proposed expansion of sugar factory co-gen plant...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT(EIA) REPORT

FOR

PROPOSED EXPANSION OF SUGAR FACTORYFROM 4000TCD TO 10,000TCD (INCREASE BY 6,000TCD),

CO-GEN PLANT FROM 15MW TO 60MW (INCREASE BY 45MW) ANDESTABLISHMENT OF 120KLPD MOLASSES BASED DISTILLERY

SHIRGUPPI SUGAR WORKS LTD.

BY

KAGWAD,TAL: ATHANI, DISTRICT: BELGAUM,

KARNATAKA

P-284-SSWL-SUGAR-72018(Revision - 01)

PREPARED BY

Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineers, Consultants and Analysts, Kolhapur (MS)

E-mail: [email protected], [email protected]

September - 2019

EQUINOX ENVIRONMENTS (I) PVT. LTD.

An ISO 9001 : 2015 & QCI - NABET Accredited Organization

TM

I am extKagwad,studies asugar & interactioSSWL. TpreparatiMagennThank yo

The promprovidingdetails ofacknowle

I must thEmpaneland repoprofessiodiscussio

My staffmanagemhouse exp

Last but also duly

tremely than Tal: Athan

and Environmcogen unit

ons, involveTheir knowlon impresseavar; Chairou very muc

mpt responseg certain inff manufacturedged here.

hank our Teclled Functionort preparatioons, they weons.

f of the EIA ment and inpperts of vari

not the leasy appreciated

nkful to the ni, District: mental Clear& establishm

ement and dledge and coed me a lotrman was ah sir!

e as well as formation, dring is duly

chnical Direnal Area expon. Despite ere always a

Study Cell hputs during tious function

st, the contrid here.

Eq

ACKNOW

managemenBelgaum, Krance procurment of distdiscussions o-operation t. Sharing oalways an in

help from Mocumentatioappreciated

ectors, In-houperts for thei

their busy available, on

here must rethe monitorinal areas hav

ibutions from

uinox Envir

IV

WLEDGEME

nt of ShirguKarnataka forement in retillery. It wawith the mas well as s

of thoughts nteresting th

Mr. Kallapaon and data r. Also, the c

use Functionr able and tischedules in

n time, for t

ceive a comng, report p

ve also contr

m my non-t

ronments (I

ENT

uppi Sugaror entrustingespect of theas indeed a anagement

support giveand plannining during t

a P. Magennrelated to th

co-operation

nal Area Expmely contribn the univerthe necessar

mmendation areparation a

ributed their

echnical sta

DR. S

India) Pvt. L

r Works Ltg assignmente expansion great experand technic

en during theng with Mrthe course o

navar; Chaihe production

of staff of S

perts as welbutions in thrsities, collery inputs; fie

and credit foand presentat

best.

aff and labor

SANGRAM Cha

ChairmanLtd. (EEIPL

td., located ts of the EIproject of thience to hav

cal experts oe EIA Repo

r. Kallapa Pof assignmen

irman durinn process anSSWL is dul

ll as our othehe EIA studieeges and oweld visits an

or all in-houstions. Our In

ratory team

M GHUGARartered Engine & MD

L); Kolhapu

at Aheveof

ortP. nt.

ngndly

eres

wnnd

sen-

is

REer

ur

V

CAUTION

The information, data, figures, flow charts and drawings in respect of manufacturing

processes, mass balance, production, lay-outs and instrumentation details included in this

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report are the sole property of Shirguppi

Sugar Works Ltd., located at Athani, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum, (KS).

The style and format of this EIA Report as well as the data, processing and presentations

of various environmental features, environmental management planning; designs;

drawings; plates; calculations, demonstrations on attributes towards pollution control and

abatement aspects etc. are the intellectual property of M/s. Equinox Environments

(India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur.

Under no circumstances, any part of this report may be used; reproduced; translated;

recorded or copied in any form and manner except by the Govt. authorities requiring this

report for taking decisions, based on details and information provided in same, during the

Environmental Clearance procedure carried out as per EIA Notification No. S.O. 1533

(E) dated 14.09.2006 as amended from time to time.

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur Environmental and Civil Engineers, Consultants & Analysts

ISO 9001: 2008 & QCI-NABET accredited Organization

CERTIFICATE Declaration by Expert contributing to the EIA in respect of proposed expansion of sugar factory from 4,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD, Cogeneration from 15 MW to 60 MW & establishment of 120 KLPD Molasses based Distillery unit by – Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. located at Kagwad, Tal: Athani, District: Belgaum, Karnataka. We, hereby, certify that we were a part of the Draft EIA team in the following capacities that developed the above EIA.

EIA Outward No. P- 284-SSWL-SUGAR- 72018EIA Coordinators Name : Dr. Sangram Ghugare

Period of Involvement : August 2018 to October 2019Contact Information : [email protected]

Functional Area Expert:

Sr. No.

Functional Area

Name of the expert/s

Involvement (Period & Task) Signature

1 WP Dr. Sangram Ghugare

August 2018 to October 2019 • Study of process and operations • Site visit and finalization of water

sampling locations • Preparation of water balance and

identification of wastewater generation.

• Evaluation of water pollution & control management

• Identification of impacts, suggestion and finalization of mitigation measures

• Study on Treatment of effluents through existing ETP and to be upgraded under proposed expansion was contemplated and designs were done accordingly.

Sr. No.

Functional Area



2 EB Prof. (Dr.) Jay Samant

October 2018- December 2018 • Selection of Site for conducting

ecological & wildlife surveys. • Interaction with Govt. offices and

agencies for certain secondary data and information pertaining to region specific issues

• Review of rules, legislation and criteria towards knowing and understanding inclusion in the study region of any eco-sensitive zones, wild life sanctuary.

• Collection, compilation and presentation of the data as well as incorporation of same in to the Draft EIA report

3 SE Dr. Anuradha Samant Mr. Neeraj Powar

October 2018 – December 2018 • Collection of data on socio-economic

aspects in study area through surveys. • Public opinions and recording of

events for future industrialization in the study area.

• Study of sociological aspects like human settlement, demographic and infrastructural facilities available in study area.

4 AP Dr. Sangram Ghugare Mr. Yuvraj Damugade

September 2018 to October 2019 • Involved in detailed study of mass

balance w.r.t. raw materials & products especially from view point of process emissions.

• Site visit and finalization sampling locations

• Identification of impact and suggesting the mitigation measures.

5 AQ Mr. J. M. Gadgil Mr. Yuvraj Damugade

October 2018- January 2019 • Designing of Ambient AQM network

for use in prediction modeling and micro metrological data development

• Development and application of air quality models in prediction of pollutant dispersion,

• Plotting of isopleths of GLCs, Worst case scenarios prediction w.r.t. source and receptors.

Sr. No.

Functional Area



6 HG Dr. J.B. Pishte

Mr. Vaibhav Survase

October 2018- January 2019 • Hydro geological studies, data

processing; analysis and evaluation, Ground water table measurement and monitoring network methodology preparation.

• Planning and scheduling of groundwater sampling stations in the region.

• Study of geology & general geological configuration of the region as well as sub-surface geology.

• Determination of impact and suggesting mitigation measures

7 GEO

8 SHW Dr. Sangram Ghugare

October 2018- October 2019 • Detailed study of manufacturing

process and mass balance. • Solid wastes generation in different

steps of manufacturing was identified and their quantification done was checked.

• Identification of various hazardous wastes generated through manufacturing process.

• Practices of storage and disposal of HW its impact and mitigation measures.

9 RH Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe

October 2018- January 2019 • All the necessary literature for

processes storage of hazardous chemicals was studied before visit.

• Site visit and Verification of adequacy of on-site emergency preparedness plan for proposed unit was done.

• Identification of probable emergencies and procedures for preparedness for handling the same was verified.

• Worst case analysis by using ALOHA, Ware house safety measures, suggestion of mitigation measures.

10 NV Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula

October 2018- January 2019 • Verification of noise levels

Monitoring (both work zone and ambient) in the industrial premises and study region

• Finalization and verification of sampling locations, ambient noise

11 LU

Sr. No.

Functional Area



monitoring stations and the data collected.

• Land use land cover mapping using NRSC Satellite image,

• Satellite image processing, Image classification, Technical analysis and study for setting up of facility, planning of storage facility.

12 SC Shri B. S. Lole October 2018- January 2019 • Involvement physical analysis &

characterization of the soils. • Identification of Impact and its

mitigation measures • Interpretation of soil analysis, results

and data including comparison of same with standard soil classification.

• Collection, study and evaluation of soil information from data obtained from secondary sources & its interpretation.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person: I, M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur, Environmental & Civil Engineers, Consultants and Analysts., hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the Draft EIA and Executive Summary w.r.t. expansion of sugar factory from 4000 TCD to 10,000 TCD, Cogeneration from 15 MW to 60 MW & establishment of 120 KLPD Molasses based Distillery unit - Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. (SSWL), located at Kagwad, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum, (KS). I also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information mentioned in this statement. Signature: Name: Dr. Sangram Ghugare, Chairman & MD Name of the EIA Consultant Organization: M/s. Equinox Environments (I) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL); Kolhapur. NABET Certificate No. & Issue Date: NABET/EIA/ 1821/ RA 0135 dated August 02, 2019

XIV

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 – INTRODUCTION

1 -14

1.1 Introduction 11.2 The Project & Project Proponent 11.3 The place 21.4 Importance to Country & Region 31.5 Scope of the Study 3 CHAPTER 2 – PROJECT DESCRIPTION

15-45

2.1 Type of Project Need for the Project

152.2 15 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential

Export Potential of the Products15

2.2.2 162.3 Project Location 16 2.3.1 Site History 172.4 Details of Land Requirement 172.5 Project Operations, Approvals & Implementation 21 2.5.1 Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule 222.6 Technology and Process Description 22 2.6.1 Product 22 2.6.2 Raw Material for Integrated Project 23 2.6.3 Raw Material & Product Transportation Details 25 2.6.4 Manufacturing Process 26 2.6.4.1 Sugar Manufacturing Process 26 2.6.4.2 Co-generation Manufacturing Process 27 2.6.4.3 Distillery Manufacturing Process 292.7 Sources of Pollution and their Control 31 2.7.1 Water Pollution 31 2.7.1.1 Fresh Water Adequacy 32 2.7.1.2 Effluent Generation Details 32 2.7.1.3 Industrial Effluent 32 2.7.1.4 Domestic Effluent 33 2.7.2 Air Pollution 33 2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emissions 37 2.7.2.2 Process Emissions 37 2.7.3 Solid waste 37 2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes 38 2.7.5 Noise Pollution 38 2.7.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution 40 2.7.6 Odour Pollution 40 2.7.7 Land Pollution 40 2.7.8 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection 40

XV

2.8 Green Belt Development Plan 41 2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan 41 2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation 42 2.8.3 Proposed Tree Plantation 42 2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development 422.9 Rain Water Harvesting 44 2.9.1 Roof Top Harvesting 44 2.9.2 Surface Harvesting 45 CHAPTER 3 – DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

46- 97

3.1 Introduction 463.2 Land Use and Land Cover(LU & LC) 46 3.2.1 Scope of work 46 3.2.2 Study Area 46 3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping 47 3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis 47 3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study 493.3 Land Use Studies 49 3.3.1 Topographical Features 51 3.3.2 Land Use of Study Area 513.4 Soil Characteristics 55 3.4.1 Introduction 55 3.4.2 Methodology 55 3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 55 3.4.2.2 Sources of Information 55 3.4.2.3 Soil Quality: Present Status 55 3.4.3 Soil Sampling 55 3.4.3.1 General Observations 593.5 Drainage and Geomorphology 61 3.5.1 Drainage & Geomorphology 613.6 Geology, Hydrology and Hydrogeology 62 3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western

Ghats 62

3.6.2 Hydrogeology 62 3.6.3 Ground Water Resources 623.7 Water Quality 66 3.7.1 Introduction 66 3.7.2 Methodology 66 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 66 3.7.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation 69 3.7.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from Oct. 2018- Dec. 2018 69 3.7.4.1 Surface Water 69 3.7.4.1.1 General Observations 69 3.7.4.2 Ground Water 71 3.7.4.2.1 General Observations 72

XVI

3.8 Meteorology 72 3.8.1 Introduction 72 3.8.2 Methodology 73 3.8.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation 74 3.8.2.2 Sources of Information 74 3.8.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project 743.9 Air Quality 74 3.9.1 Introduction 74 3.9.2 Methodology 75 3.9.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations 75 3.9.2.2 Parameter, Frequency & Analysis for AAQ Monitoring 75 3.9.3 Presentation of Results 76 3.9.4 Observations based on Period Oct. 2018 – Dec.2018 763.10 Noise Level Survey 77 3.10.1 Introduction 77 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations 78 3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations 79 3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring 80 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels 80 3.10.3 Presentation of Results 81 3.10.3.1 Observations 813.11 Socio-Economic Profile 81 3.11.1 Introduction 81 3.11.2 Methodology 82 3.11.3 Results and Discussions 82 3.11.4 Observations 83 3.11.5 Expectations of Respondents from SSWL 84 3.11.6 Conclusion 84 3.11.7 Suggestions 863.12 Ecology 86 3.12.1 Study Area 86 3.12.2 Methodology 86 3.12.3 Ecology 87 3.12.3.1 Field Observations 87 3.12.3.2 Questionnaire Survey 88 3.12.4 Biodiversity 88 3.12.4.1 Field Observations 88 3.12.4.2 Questionnaire Survey 90 3.12.5 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and

Biodiversity in the region95

3.12.6 Green Belt 95 3.12.6.1 Observations and Recommendations 95 3.12.7 CSR Activity 97 3.12.7.1 Observations and Recommendations 97

XVII

CHAPTER 4 – ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES

98-144

4.1 Introduction 984.2 Construction Phase 984.3 Operation Phase 101 4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality 103 4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modelling 104 4.3.1.2 Baseline Ambient Air Concentrations 104 4.3.1.3 Impacts under Accidental Scenario 111 4.3.1.4 Mitigation Measures 115 4.3.2 Impact on Climate 117 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources 117 4.3.3.1 Different Scenarios for Water Pollution due to

Discharge Effluent in nearby Water Body 118

4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures 123 4.3.3.3 Impact on Hydro Geology 123 4.3.3.4 Mitigation Measures 123 4.3.4 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes 124 4.3.4.1 Mitigation Measures 125 4.3.5 Impact on Soil and Agriculture 125 4.3.5.1 Mitigation Measures 126 4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels 126 4.3.6.1 Mitigation Measures 128 4.3.7 Impact of Vibration 128 4.3.8 Impact on Land use 128 4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity 129 4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures 129 4.3.10 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard 130 4.3.11 Impact on Socio-Economic Status of Study Area 130 4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measures 130 4.3.12 Impact on Historical Places 1314.4 Evaluation Of Impact 1314.5 Environmental Impact Evaluation for SSWL 1334.6 The Mitigation Measures 1404.7 Impacts Due To Decommissioning Activity 143 4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase 143 4.7.2 Planning for Decommissioning of the SSWL Project 144 CHAPTER 5 – ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE

145-147

5.1 Introduction 1455.2 Alternative Technologies 145 5.2.1 Sugar Factory 145 5.2.2 Cogen Plant 145 5.2.3 Distillery 145 5.2.3.1 Fermentation Technology 145 5.2.3.2 Distillation Process 145

XVIII

5.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology for Abating the Pollution 1465.4 Analysis of Alternative Sites 147 CHAPTER 6 – ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 148-162

6.1 Introduction 1486.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase 1486.3 Monitoring during the Post Construction/ Operational Phase 148 6.3.1 Air Pollution Management 149 6.3.2 Water Management 149 6.3.3 Noise Level Management 149 6.3.4 Land Management 150 6.3.5 Odour Management 151 6.3.6 Operation, Control and Equipment Maintenance 1516.4 Occupational Health & Safety Measures 151 6.4.1 Measures for Socio Economic Development 152 6.4.1.1 Better Employment Opportunities 152 6.4.1.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan 153 6.4.1.3 Implementation 153 6.4.1.4 Proposed CER Plan by SSWL 1536.5 Measures for Improvement of Ecology 156 6.5.1 General Guidelines 1566.6 Environmental Monitoring Program Schedule 1566.7 Implementation Schedule For Environmental Management Aspects 1616.8 Compliance To Recommendations Mentioned In The CREP Guidelines 162 CHAPTER 7- ADDITIONAL STUDIES

163-185

7.1 Public Consultation 163 7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing 163 7.1.2 Minutes of Public Hearing 1637.2 R & R Action Plan 1727.3 Potential and major hazards in Sugar Factory 1727.4 Objectives & Scope of RH Report 172 7.4.1 Objective of RH Analysis 172 7.4.2 Methodology 173 7.4.2.1 Hazard Identification 173 7.4.2.2 Hazard Assessment 173 7.4.2.3 Recommendations 1737.5 Hazard Identification in Sugar Factory 173 7.5.1 Mitigation Measures to avoid Accidents 1747.6 Boiler Section 174 7.6.1 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group 1757.7 Hazard Identification: Sugar Manufacturing Section 175 7.7.1 Bagasse Production and Storage 175 7.7.1.1 Present Scenario 175 7.7.1.2 Present scenario of safety measures 176

XIX

7.7.1.3 Suggested Measures 177 7.7.1.4 Fire fighting system for the present plant 177 7.7.1.5 Additional Mitigation Measures for safe storage 177 7.7.2 Hazard Identification : Sulphur Storage 177 7.7.2.1 Dust Explosion 177 7.7.2.2 Conditions for Dust Explosion 177 7.7.2.3 Mitigation Measures 177 7.7.2.4 Fire in Sulphur Storage 178 7.7.2.5 Mitigation Measures 178 7.7.2.6 Safety & fire fighting Tips 178 7.7.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage 179 7.7.3.1 Present Scenario 179 7.7.3.2 Mitigation Measures 179 7.7.3.3 Storage of Molasses 179 7.7.4 Hazard Identification : Sulphur di oxide Production & Handling 180 7.7.4.1 Mitigation Measures 180 7.7.4.2 Hazard Quantification 1807.8 Cogeneration Plant 1807.9 Distillation Plant 180 7.9.1 Choice of Technology 181 7.9.2 Hazard Identification: Molasses Storage 181 7.9.3 Hazard Identification: Production of Alcohol 181 7.9.3.1 Hazard Identification: Alcohol Storage 182 7.9.3.2 Qualitative Risk Analysis 182 7.9.3.3 Mitigation Measures 182 7.9.3.4 Qualitative Risk Analysis 1827.10 On-site Emergency Plan 183 7.10.1 Safety Measures during regular and shut-down 1837.11 Occupational Health Aspects And Medical Provision In The Factory 183 7.11.1 Effects of Alcohol on Health 183 7.11.2 Medical Check-up 184 7.11.3 Occupational Health Center 1847.12 EHS Policy 185 CHAPTER 8 – PROJECT BENEFITS

186-187

8.1 Introduction 186 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure 186 8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure 1868.2 Activities Done By SSWL under CER 1868.3 Employment potential 1878.4 Other Tangible Benefits 187 Chapter 9 – ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (EMP)

188-194

9.1 Introduction 1889.2 Environmental Management Cell(EMC) 188

XX

9.3 Working of Environmental Management Plan 1909.4 Recommendation & Implementation Schedule 1909.5 Environmental Post Monitoring Programmes 1919.6 Post Environmental Clearance Compliance 193 9.6.1 Monitoring Equipment 193 CHAPTER 10 – SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

195-199

10.1 Introduction 19510.2 Project at a Glance 19510.3 Process Description 196 10.3.1 Product & Raw Material 19610.4 Sources of Pollution & Mitigation Measures 196 10.4.1 Water Pollution 196 10.4.2 Air Pollution 197 10.4.3 Noise Pollution 197 10.4.4 Solid Waste 197 10.4.5 Hazardous Waste 198 10.4.6 Odour Pollution 19810.5 Green Belt Development 19810.6 Environmental Monitoring Program 19810.7 Environment Management Plan 19810.8 Conclusion 199 CHAPTER 11 – DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT ORGANIZATION

200-201

11.1 Organization 200

XXI

LIST OF APPENDICES

NO.

DESCRIPTION

PAGE NO 1 Enclosure I- ToR Letter 213-225

2 Appendices

Appendix – A Plot Layout 226 Appendix – B Valid Consent copies 227-231 Appendix – C Water Lifting Permission Letter 232-236 Appendix – D Agreement made by Industry for Treated water use for

Irrigation 237-241

Appendix – E ETP Layout 242 Appendix – F Green Belt Plan 243-246 Appendix – G Fire Fighting Details with Layout 247-250 Appendix – H Details of Boiler Interlock System 251-256 Appendix - I Worst Case Scenario 257-258 Appendix - J Health Check up Reports 259-261 Appendix - K Consent Condition Compliance submitted to KSPCB

Office 262-271

Appendix - L Public Hearing Documents 272-289 Appendix - M Grampanchayat Tax Paid By Industry 290-293 Appendix - N Purchase Orders for Construction & Maintenance of Roads 294-299 Appendix - O List of Local Employees 300-303 Appendix - P Ground Water Monitoring done by Industry 304

3 Certificates and other Document

355-366

XXII

LIST OF TABLES

Table No. Name of Table Page No. 1.1 Promoters of SSWL 21.2 Summary of Terms of Reference 32.1 Details of Manpower 152.2 Project Site & Environmental Settings 172.3 Area Statement of SSWL 202.4 Working Pattern 222.5 Project Implementation schedule 222.6 Product & By-product in the Integrated Project Complex 222.7 List of Raw Materials in the Integrated Project Complex 232.8 List of Equipments 242.9 Seasonal Cane Availability for Sugar Factory 24

2.10 Seasonal Bagasse Availability for Co-gen Plant 252.11 Availability of Molasses for Proposed Distillery 252.12 Sugarcane Transportation Details– After Expansion (Traffic Density) 262.13 Product & By-product Transportation Details 272.14 Electricity Requirement Details 282.15 Distribution of Electricity Generated from Co-gen Plant 282.16 Product and By-product Storage Details 302.17 Proposed Alcohol Storage Details 312.18 Water Consumption in Sugar, Cogen & Distillery Unit 322.19 Effluent Generation in Sugar, Cogeneration & Distillery Operations 322.20 Details of Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE) 332.21 Spentwash Characteristics 332.22 Details of Boiler and Stack in SSWL 372.23 Fuel Storage Details 372.24 Details of Existing ESP for Boiler 372.25 Solid Waste Generation & Disposal 382.26 Ash Storage Details 382.27 Sludge Storage Details 382.28 Details of Hazardous Waste From Sugar & Co-gen Unit 392.29 Capital & O & M Cost under Existing Sugar and Cogen Unit 402.30 Capital as Well as O & M Cost under Proposed Unit 412.31 Area Details 413.1 Details of Satellite Data 473.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes 513.3 Soil Sampling Locations 593.4 Existing Soil Characteristics 663.5 Standard Soil Classification 613.6 Well inventory data for the area around the site of SSWL Project Site 673.7 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water 683.8 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water 693.9 Surface Water Sample Analysis Results 70

3.10 Ground Water Sample Analysis Results 713.11 Meteorological Parameters 743.12 Details of AAQM Locations, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods 753.13 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season 76

XXIII

Table No. Name of Table Page No. 3.14 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) 763.15 Noise Monitoring Locations 773.16 Ambient Noise Level Standards 803.17 Standards for Occupational Exposure 803.18 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure 813.19 Ambient Noise Levels 813.20 Name of village between 5km and 10 km radius and Sample Size of

respondents 82

3.21 Age Distribution within Sample size 823.22 The villages visited for EB field study and questionnaire survey

within 5 and 10 km radius of the project site91

3.23 List of Birds observed during field Survey 923.24 List of fauna commonly reported by the locals during survey 944.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase 984.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase 1014.3 Identification of Impacts on Environment due to Operation Phase 1024.4 Predominant Wind Directions 1044.5 Baseline Concentrations at Site 1044.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values 1064.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values 1074.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values 1084.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOx Values 109

4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values for Non-Operation of APC 1114.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values for Non-Operation of APC 1124.12 Quantification of Pollutants' (Effluent from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant)

Load 117

4.13 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Untreated Effluent (from sugar & cogen ETP) into Nalla

118

4.14 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla into Krishna River 1184.15 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Spentwash 1184.16 Accidental Discharge of Raw spentwash into Nalla 1194.17 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla in to Krishna river 1194.18 Quantification of Pollutants Load (Effluent from Distillery CPU) 1194.19 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Untreated Effluent

(from Distillery CPU) into Nalla119

4.20 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Untreated Effluent into Krishna River

120

4.21 Inland surface Water (CPCB Standards) 1204.22 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise 1274.23 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels 1274.24 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area 1334.25 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to SSWL 1354.26 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in Battelle EES

for SSWL 139

4.27 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of SSWL 1435.1 Technology Used /to be Used for Abating Pollution 1466.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation 150

6.2 Health Care Facility Equipment 152

XXIV

Table No. Name of Table Page No. 6.3 Proposed CSR activities for SSWL 1536.4 Proposed CER Implementation Schedule 1556.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes in and around Industry 1576.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises 1606.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding the Industrial Premises 1616.8 Implementation of Environmental Monitoring Program 1627.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP 1637.2 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite 1737.3 Toxicity Number 1807.4 TLV Level 1807.5 Storage for Rectified Spirit 1817.6 Alcohol Storage Details 1827.7 Degree of Hazard 1827.8 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol 1848.1 CER activities done by SSWL 18 79.1 Environmental Management Cell 1899.2 Summary of Recommendations 1909.3 Implementation schedule 1939.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition 193

10.1 Salient Features of SSWL Project Site 19510.2 List of Products for Integrated complex 19610.3 List of Raw Materials for integrated complex 196

LIST OF FIGURES Figure No. Name of Figure Page No.

2.1 Location of Project 182.2 Images Showing Site History 192.3 Integrated Manufacturing Process Operations 262.4 Mass Balance for Sugar Factory 282.5 Process flow chart for Co-gen operations 292.6 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 120 KLPD Distillery 302.7 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar Factory ETP 342.8 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed CPU for Distillery 342.9 Photographs of Existing ETP 35

2.10 Cross Section of Spent wash Tank 362.11 Flow Chart of Proposed STP 362.12 Storage Yard for Solid & Hazardous Waste 392.13 Photographs of Existing Green Belt 433.1 Satellite Image 483.2 Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study 493.3 Google Image Showing Study Area 503.4 Process Flow Chart 513.5 Topographical Map 523.6 Land Use Land Cover Statistics 533.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map 543.8 Settlement Map 563.9 Contour Map 57

3.10 Soil Map 58

XXV

Figure No. Name of Figure Page No. 3.11 Drainage Map 633.12 Geomorphological Map 643.13 Geological Map of Part of Deccan Volcanic Province 653.14 Dug well No. 10 West of Kagwad: Section shows vesicular basalt below RCC

curbing 65

3.15 Geohydrological Map within 10 Km Radius Buffer 673.16 GW Contour for the area around SSWL Project Site 683.17 Noise Monitoring Locations 783.18 Observations of SE Survey 853.19 Habitats in the Study Area 893.20 Bio Diversity in Study Area 964.1 Flow Chart of Impact Identification 1014.2 Windrose for the Month October 2018 - November 2018 - December 2018 1054.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/Nm3) 1064.4 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 1074.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 1084.6 Isopleths of NOx (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3) 1094.7 Isopleths of PM10 During Non-Operation of APC 1114.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 During Non-Operation of APC 1124.9 Graphs for Isopleths of PM10 & PM2.5 with & without APC 113

4.10 Graphs for Isopleths of SO2 & NOx 1144.11 Image Showing KT Weirs 1229.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities 1899.2 Environmental Management Plan 190

1

Chapter 1 Introduction

1.1 INTRODUCTION 'Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA)' is the process of evaluating likely environmental impacts, both positive and negative, of a new or expansion project by taking into account natural, social and economic aspects. It also comprises suggesting possible mitigation measures, for the negative impacts, before implementation of the project. The objectives of an EIA report are -

• To describe a pre-project baseline condition with respect to Environmental Indicators. • To identify possible sources of pollution and their environmental impacts including

identifying risks associated with setting up of a new / expansion project and suggesting appropriate mitigation measures for alleviating adverse impacts to the extent possible.

• To suggest environmental / risk management plans for implementing the mitigation measures.

India is the largest producer of sugarcane and sugar, still sugar factories in India are facing problems. Sugar factories cannot survive in healthy condition on a single product i.e. sugar. Thus, it is essential to develop sugar factory into an affiliated complex so as to utilize the valuable by-products more profitably. Bio-mass is the most promising alternative fuel. Agro-waste and agro industrial products have today been recognized as ‘modern’ bio-mass material which can be converted directly into useful forms of energy. Bio-mass has the crucial advantage of being environment friendly. Bagasse is a captive bio-mass. In India, there are large numbers of sugar mills of varying crushing capacity ranging from a critical period because of over-production, low sugar price, low international market, etc., can enhance revenue by co-generation. So co-generation would benefit both the nation and the industry. It is estimated that Indian sugar industry can export 3600 MW power by adopting bagasse based co-generation units. Molasses is a very important by-product of the sugar industry. Profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. Moreover, there is a good demand for alcohol in the country as production and consumption of alcohol in India are quite balanced. Also, there is a good export potential, out of the country, for the alcohol. With a due consideration to all the above facts, the management of Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. (SSWL), has decided to go for expansion of its existing sugar factory, cogen unit and establishment of molasses based distillery. 1.2 THE PROJECT & PROPONENTS Project site of SSWL is located at S. No. 23/A, 36/1A,4A, 40/1, 40/2B, 48/2A+B, 48/1E+P+G+2A+2B, 49/1+2A/3, 49/2B+3A, 49/3B, 49/4, 50/1,2,3,4,5, 52/1+2A/1, 53/1+2+3, 54/1A, 54/2B & 54/1B+2A, Kagwad, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum, Karnataka. Expansion of sugar factory from 4,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD, cogeneration from 15MW to 60MW & establishment of 120KLPD molasses based Distillery unit shall be done in the existing industrial premises of 4,000 TCD sugar factory & 15 MW cogen plant.

2

This report is made in the overall context of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto issued by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEFCC); New Delhi Project types namely 5(j), 1(d) & 5(g). Accordingly, Form 1 application is submitted to MoEFCC; New Delhi on 27.09.2018 and Standard ToRs were issued vide letter no. IA-J-11011/299/2018-IA-II(I) on 09.11.2018. Therein, directions were given to conduct Public Hearing w.r.t. our proposed project. Subsequently, the monitoring for primary data collection was carried out for the period October 2018 – December 2018. Present EIA report has been prepared by incorporating required information and details required as per the ToRs issued by MoEFCC. Unit SSWL was registered on 29th May, 1995 with its registered office at Belgaum, Karnataka. First crushing season was carried out in the year 2012 with 4,000 TCD crushing capacity. Subsequently, 15 MW Co-generation Plant was established in year 2013. Existing Sugar & Cogen unit is having consent to operate vide letter no. AW-302308 dated 20.03.2017 valid up to 30.06.2021. A copy of same is appended at Appendix – B. Total capital Investment of existing Sugar and Co-generation project is Rs. 337.65 Crores. Total capital Investment of Sugar and Co-generation expansion project is Rs. 180 Crores and that for establishment of Distillery project is Rs. 120 Crores.

Table 1.1 Promoters of SSWL

No. Name Designation 1 Mr. Kallapa P. Magennavar Chairman 2 Dr. Ramesh P. Doddannavar Managing Director 3 Mr. Jagadish A. Savadatti Executive Director 4 Mr. Pushpadant P. Doddanavar Director

1.3 THE PLACE Proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and establishment of distillery shall be carried out at existing premises of SSWL. Total land acquired by the Sugar Factory is 4,97,455.18 Sq. M. (49.74 Ha). The total built up area is 45,688.32 Sq. M. Detailed layout & area breakup is presented in Chapter-2. Application for No Objection Certificate for the proposed project has been made to Grampanchayat, Kagwad & copy is enclosed separately. Following aspects have been taken into consideration while planning proposed project activities in the SSWL complex - 1. Adequate land for expansion of sugar factory and proposed distillery. 2. Proximity to the raw material availability. 3. Availability as well as ease towards supply of raw materials & utilities like water, steam

& electricity from existing set up for conducting various operations & processes. 4. Nearest city is Sangli (21.7Km) & Ichalkaranji (28Km) from project site & is well

connected by road as well as rail. 5. No rehabilitation and resettlement is required

3

1.4 IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY & REGION Distillery industry uses sugarcane molasses, cereals and other agro products for producing alcoholic beverages. The production of fermented and distilled drinks throughout the world is based on materials that can be grown locally and is best suited to prevailing climatic conditions. Ethyl Alcohol is manufactured by fermenting molasses. Molasses come from sugar manufacturing units, which are either based on sugarcane or beet sugar. Molasses is used mainly for production of ethyl alcohol. There are more than 400 distilleries in the country with annual installed capacity of 4.5 billion litres of alcohol production & licensed capacity of 4.42 billion liters. At present the state if Karnataka is having 39 no. of molasses based distilleries. Existing power shortages in peak demand & energy availability are quite higher, compared to the nation. It is necessary for the State Government to tap every possible alternate source of energy, from bio-mass or captive power. This is in view of the projections for requirement of power for sustained economic development of the State & shortages of funds for implementing conventional power projects. Government of Karnataka has already acknowledged the situation & has decided to promote captive & cogeneration projects in state. 1.5 SCOPE OF THE STUDY This EIA report has been complied with the ToRs issued by MoEFCC. Compliance towards ToRs granted have been summarized hereunder.

Table 1.2 Summary of Terms of References (ToRs)

No. Description of ToRs Compliance A Standard ToRs - Sugar Factory, Co-generation & Distillery

[Project Type as per EIA Notification S.O. 1533 E dated 14.09.2006- 5(j), 1(d) & 5(g)]

1 Executive Summary Refer Chapter 10, Page 195-199 2 Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

Equinox Environments India Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL), NABET Certificate No.: NABET/EIA/ 1821/ RA 0135 Issue Date: August 02, 2019 Valid till: 21.10.2021 Refer Chapter 11, Page 200-212 for more details.

ii Information about the project proponent Refer Chapter 1, Table 1.1, Page 1 iii Importance and benefits of the project Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.4, Page 3

Refer Chapter 8, Page 186-187 3 Project Description i Cost of project and time of completion Total capital Investment of existing Sugar and Co-

generation project is Rs. 337.65 Crores. Total capital Investment of Sugar and Co-generation expansion project is Rs. 180 Crores and that for establishment of distillery project is Rs. 120 Crores.

4

No. Description of ToRs Compliance ii Products with capacities for the proposed

project. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.6, Page 22

iii If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

For details of products manufactured in existing as well as under proposed unit refer Chapter 2, Table 2.6, Page 22 Proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and establishment of distillery shall be carried out at existing premises of SSWL. Total land acquired by the Sugar Factory is 4,97,455.18 Sq. M. (49.74 Ha). The total built up area is 45,688.32 Sq. M. Existing 4,000 TCD sugar & 15 MW cogen unit is having consent to operate vide letter no. AW-302308 dated 20.03.2017 valid up to 30.06.2021.

iv List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.7, Page 23 for list of raw materials and details of transportation.

v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1 to Section 2.7.4, Page 31-39

vii Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.18 & 2.19, Page 31-32, for Water consumption & effluent generation details. Fresh water required shall be taken from Krishna river. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.14 & 2.15, Page 28 for electricity distribution. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.1, Page 15 for details of man power requirement.

viii Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided.

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.8, Page 23-24 for list of equipments. Refer Chapter 2, section 2.6.4, Sub section 2.6.4.1, 2.6.4.2 & 2.6.4.3, Page 26-30 for manufacturing process of sugar, co-gen & distillery resp. Refer Figure 2.3, 2.4 & 2.5, Page 28, 29 & 31 for mass balance.

ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Refer Chapter – 7, Section 7.4 to 7.6, Page 172-175

x Expansion/modernization proposals a. Copy of all the Environmental

Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for. The project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent

As per the EIA Notification 2006 & subsequent amendments, existing 4,000 TCD sugar & 15 MW cogen unit does not require environmental clearance. Same is having consent to operate vide letter no. AW-302308 dated 20.03.2017 valid up to 30.06.2021 Compliance of Consent to Operate conditions is regularly submitted by industry. A copy of same is appended at Appendix – K (Page 262-271)

5

No. Description of ToRs Compliance to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Same as above.

4 Site Details

i Location of the project site covering village, Taluka /Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

The proposed project activities shall be carried out in the existing premises of SSWL at S. No. 23/A, 36/1A,4A, 40/1, 40/2B, 48/2A+B, 48/1E+P+G+2A+2B, 49/1+2A/3, 49/2B+3A, 49/3B, 49/4, 50/1,2,3,4,5, 52/1+2A/1, 53/1+2+3, 54/1A, 54/2B & 54/1B+2A, Kagwad, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum, (KS). Geographical location of the site is 16°42'35.67” N latitude and 74°43'16.51” E longitude.

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10Km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Refer Chapter – 3 , Figure 3.5, Page 52

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

Proposed activities shall be carried out in existing sugar factory premises. Hence, no any alternative sites were considered.

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Latitude:16°42'40.21"N, Longitude:74°43'24.74"E Latitude:16°42'47.26"N, Longitude: 74°43'24.95"E Latitude: 16°42'50.05"N, Longitude: 74°43'1.85"E Latitude:16°42'45.78"N, Longitude: 74°42'55.80"E

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

Refer Chapter – 3 , Figure 3.3, Page 50

vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Refer Appendix – A at page 226 for detailed plot layout.

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

Refer Appendix – A for plot layout. Refer Chapter 2, Figure 2.11, at Page 43 for Photographs of green belt developed on site.

6

No. Description of ToRs Compliance viii Land use break-up of total land of the project

site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area)

Refer Chapter 3, Table 3.2 & Figure 3.6, Page 53 for Land Use Land Cover within 10 Km radius of project site.

ix A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

No major industries were found within 10 Km radius from project site.

x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.6 Page 62-66

xi Details of Drainage of the project up to 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the Project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.6, figure 3.11 & 3.12, Page 62-64 for drainage & geomorphological map.

xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

The land is already acquired by SSWL & proposed project activities shall be carried out in the existing premises.

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

There will not be any R & R plan as proposed project activities will be carried out in existing premises.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable)

i Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable.

ii Land use map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

7

No. Description of ToRs Compliance v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated

by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6 Environmental Status

i Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

By using meteorological data the wind rose have been plotted. Same are reflected in Chapter 4, Figure 4.2, Page 105

ii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

Ambient air quality for 8 locations namely, Industrial Site, Shedbal, Lokur, Ganeshwadi, Hasur, Kagwad, Narwad & Mhaisal was carried out. Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9, Table 3.13, Page 76 for AAQM data.

iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF & CC guidelines.

Surface water quality for 8 locations namely; Kuttwad (Upstream), Kavateguland (Downstream), Nalla at Ganeshwadi, Tank Near Shedbal, River Nalla Confluence, Tank Near Mhaisal, Tank Near Ghanwad & Tank Near Kavateguland was carried out & results are incorporated in Chapter – 3. Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.7.4.1, Table 3.9, Page 70-71 for surface water analysis results.

v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF & CC, if yes give details.

No.

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Ground water quality for 8 locations was carried out & results are incorporated in Chapter – 3. Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.7.4.2, Table 3.10, Page 71-72 for ground water analysis results.

8

No. Description of ToRs Compliance vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within

the study area. The monitoring was carried out on 24-hourly basis and the hourly Leq. values were derived and reported for the locations - Industrial Site, Kagwad, Parameshwarawadi, Jugul, Mhaisal, Narwad, Kavateguland & Ganeshwadi Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.10, Table 3.19, Page 81 for ambient noise level measured within 10 Km study area.

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Soil quality monitoring was carried around the study area for 8 locations, namely; Project Site (Distillery Area), Kagwad, Shedbal, Parmeshwarwadi, Jugul, Mhaishal, Narwad & Kavtheguland. Samples were collected by soil auger and other required equipments, up to a depth of 30 cm as per standard soil sampling procedures. Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.4, Table 3.4, Page 60 for existing soil characteristics within 10 Km study area

ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

No major traffic issues were observed since the area is well connected by roads. Refer Chapter – 2, Table 2.12 & 2.13, page 25-26 for product & raw material transportation details.

x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.

Refer Chapter 3, section 3.12 page 85-97 for detailed study of Ecology. Sighting of bird species Common Pochard (Aythya farina), Woolly-Necked Stork (Ciconia episcopus), Painted stork (Mycteria leucocephala) and River tern (Sterna aurantia) in the study area was encouraging. According to World Conservation Union (IUCN) (2017), status of the first two bird species are becoming Vulnerable while other two species are Near Threatened globally. Interaction with local fishermen revealed presence of diverse fish species including introduced Indian major carps i.e. Catla, Rohu, Mrigal, Cyprinus and Tilapia, and the native species in ‘Marathi’ as Karpya, Maral, Magur, Ahir, Shivda, Dokrya, Katirna, Shingada, Vaghmasa, Khavalchor, Ichka, Malya, Kolshi, Chandera, Tamber, Kanas, Dandli, Alkut, and Mahseer. Of these, according to IUCN, (2015) status of species Cyprinus (Cyprinus carpio) and Kolshi (Hypselobarbus kolus) is Vulnerable, Vaghmasa (Botia striata) is Endangered and Aheer (Anguilla Anguilla) is Near Threatened.

List of flora & fauna found within 10 Km study area is presented in Table 3.23 & 3.24, Page 91-94 at Chapter 3.

9

No. Description of ToRs Compliance xi Socio-economic status of the study area. During socio-economic survey within 10 Km study

area, it was observed that, most of the villages are having basic facilities like drinking water, preliminary educational infrastructure, toilets and electricity. However, most villages lacked availability good roads, drainage system and solid waste management system. The area being close to river Krishna there is plenty of adequate water available throughout the year for drinking, farming, and domestic use but over use of this also pollutes the water source. At present some villages are experimenting Bio-farming, specially use of cow manure, cow urine and allied products for pest control. Local volunteers have taken training from Pune and have got good results and increased production. Refer Chapter – 3, section 3.11, Page 81- 86 for details of socio-economic profile of study area.

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan:

i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Refer chapter 4, Section 4.3.1, Figure 4.3, 4.4 & 4.5, 4.6 for Isopleths of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx, Page 108-110.

ii Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

Refer Chapter –4, Section 4.3.3, Table 4.12- 4.20, for quantification of impact due to discharge of untreated & treated effluent into Nalla and for quantification of impact due to discharge of untreated & treated effluent into Krishna River resp. from Page 117- 121

iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Raw materials and products are transported by road through trucks.

iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated

Refer Chapter –2, Section 2.7.1.1 and 2.7.1.2, Page 32 to 36, for detailed treatment of wastewater.

10

No. Description of ToRs Compliance effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.2, Table 2.22 & 2.23 Page 37 for details of stack emissions, fuel characteristics and details of APC equipment.

vi Measures for fugitive emission control Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.2.1, Page 37 vii

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover Techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.4, Table 2.28, Page 39 for hazardous waste generation, disposal and storage.

viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.3, Table 2.25, Page 38

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33% area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall Be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Under existing setup of SSWL an area of 1,66,947 Sq. M. is under green belt i.e. 33.5% of total plot area. There under, about 15,000 no. of different small & big plant species of ecologically as well as economically important have already been planted. Further, an area of 3021 Sq. M. shall be developed under proposed unit. Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.8.1 & 2.8.2 for details of green belt under existing SSWL premises on Page 40-43

x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Rain water harvesting through surface & rooftop shall be practiced after establishment of proposed units. Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.9, Page 44-45 for rainwater harvesting details.

xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures Shall be included.

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.8, Table 2.29 & 2.30, Page 40-41 for Capital as well as O & M costs for existing & proposed unit resp.

xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Regular monthly monitoring is being done by industry for existing industrial units. Same practices shall be continued after establishment of proposed units. Refer Chapter – 6, Section 6.6, Table 6.5, 6.6 & 6.7, Page 156-161 for on site as well as off site plan for monitoring of environmental attributes within industrial premises & implemented schedule.

xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Refer Chapter – 7, Page 163-185

11

No. Description of ToRs Compliance 8. Occupational Health

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers.

• As per the requirement of Factory Act, provision of Occupational Health Center done on site.

• Regular medical check up of employees is being done for existing unit. Same shall be carried out and records shall be maintained after establishment of proposed units.

Refer Chapter – 7, Section 7.11, Page 183-185 for more details.

ii Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise.


iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved


iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Refer Appendix-J, Page 259-261 for Health check up reports of workers working in existing industrial units.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

The Company has well defined EHS policy and is displayed as per the norms.

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes.

iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Refer Chapter 9, Section 9.2, Table 9.1 & Figure 9.1, Page 188-189 for existing environmental cell & hierarchy of environmental cell & responsibilities.

12

No. Description of ToRs Compliance iv Does the company have system of reporting of

non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

Yes, the system is followed by the industry and necessary compliance against the non compliances is being done by the industry as per the plan given by the consultant.

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase.

All basic facilities are provided to the workers working in existing units. Further, temporary sheds would be provided to the workers under proposed project.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) i Adequate funds (at least 2.5% of the project cost)

shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Under expansion project an amount of Rs. 7.5 Cr. has been earmarked for CER activities to be undertaken in study area for next 5 years.

Refer Chapter – 6, sub section 6.4.1.2, Table 6.3 and Table 6.4, Page 153-155 for detailed CER activities.

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

No any litigation is pending against the industry.

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR

Refer Chapter 1, Section 1.5, Table 1.2,

B Specific ToRs For Distillery; 5(g)

1 List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity & sourcing of raw material.

No major industries were found within 10 Km radius from project site.

2 No. of working days of distillery unit Distillery shall be operated for 330 days. 3 Details of raw materials such as molasses / grains, their

source with availability. Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.7, Page 23 for details of raw material required.

4 Details of the use of steam from the boiler. Steam required for distillery operations shall be taken from proposed 40 TPH incineration boiler.

5 Surface & ground water quality around proposed spent wash with storage lagoon & compost yard.

After establishment of distillery, Piezometers will be installed to assess ground water quality.

6 Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6 – 8 KL / KL of alcohol production.

To reduce the spentwash generation, management has planned to use new yeast culture Saccharomyces cerevisiae. By using this culture there will be reduction in spentwash generation (8 KL/KL of alcohol) shall be achieved and also quality of product will be improved.

13

No. Description of ToRs Compliance 7 Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses / grain

based distillery (spent wash, spent less, condensate & utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for archiving zero effluent discharge (ZED).

Raw Spentwash 895M3/D shall be forwarded to evaporation and concentration in Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE). Further, concentrated spentwash of 180 M3/D shall be incinerated in proposed 40 TPH boiler. Other industrial effluent would be treated in proposed Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) & recycled in to process for dilution of molasses & cooling tower make-up.

8 Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1, Sub section 2.7.1.1, Table 2.18, Page 31-32

9 Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No of Piezometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank.

After establishment of distillery, Piezometers will be installed to assess ground water quality. Spentwash will be stored in HDPE lined tanks.

10 Action plan to control ground water pollution. Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.3.3 – B, Page No. 121-123

11 Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details of incinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal.

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.3, Table 2.25, Page 38

12 Details of bio – composting yard (if applicable). Not Applicable. 13 Action plan to control odour pollution Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.3-D, Point No. 9 at Page

No. 115-11614 Arrangements for installation of continuous online

monitoring system (24 x 7 monitoring device).

In existing unit, online monitoring system is installed.

D Specific ToRs For Sugar Industry; 5(j)

1 Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operations in production of sugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).

Refer Chapter 2, section 2.6.4, Sub section 2.6.4.1, 2.6.4.2 & 2.6.4.3, Page 26-30 for manufacturing process of sugar, co-gen & distillery resp. Refer Figure 2.3, 2.4 & 2.5, Page 28, 29 & 31 for mass balance.

2 Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Efforts to minimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

Refer Chapter 2, Table 2.18 & 2.19, Page 31-32, for Water consumption & effluent generation details.

3 Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of each treatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7.1 to Section 2.7.4, Page 31-39

4 Number of working days of the sugar production unit.

Sugar factory is working for 180 days only.

5 Details of the use of steam from the boiler. Steam required after expansion of sugar & cogen activities shall be taken from existing 100 TPH & proposed 100 TPH boiler.

6 Details of proposed source-specific pollution control schemes and equipments to meet the national standards.

Effluent generated from existing & expansion activities shall be treated in ETP. Boilers shall be provided with ESP with adequate stack height (90M). D.G. sets are enclosed in separate canopy. PPEs are provided to workers working in high noise area.

14

No. Description of ToRs Compliance 7 Collection, storage, handling and transportation of

molasses Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.6, Table 2.16 at Page 30

8 Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and Pressmud

Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6.6, Table 2.16 at Page 30

9 Fly ash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan

Refer Chapter – 2, Section 2.7.3, Table 2.25 & 2.26, Page 38

10 Details on water quality parameters such as Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc.

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.7.4.1, Table 3.9, Page 70-71 & Section 3.7.4.2, Table 3.10, Page 71-72

11 Details on existing ambient air quality and expected,

stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5, SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meet Standards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)

Refer Chapter – 3, Section 3.9 Table 3.13 Page 76 for AAQM data. Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.3.1 for GLC evaluation from Page 108-110

15

Chapter 2 Project Description

2.1 TYPE OF PROJECT

The Project of SSWL is an expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and establishment of distillery. Crushing of sugar factory will be increased from 4,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD and that of co-gen plant from 15 MW to 60 MW and establishment of 120 KLPD molasses-based distillery.

2.2 NEED OF PROJECT

As discussed in Chapter-1, India is the largest producer of sugarcane and sugar. Sugar factories cannot survive in healthy condition on a single product i.e. sugar. Thus, it is essential to develop sugar factory into an affiliated complex so as to utilize the valuable by-products more profitably. Bagasse based cogeneration of steam and electricity has been practiced since long time in sugar mills. Thereby, enhancing the rate of revenue by co-gen. Molasses is also another important by-product of the sugar industry. The profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. Further, there is a good demand for alcohol in the country as well as abroad as production and consumption of alcohol in India are quite balanced. Government of India initiative project for extending financial assistance to Sugar Mills for enhancement & augmentation of Ethanol Production Capacity. Proposed Ethanol project is the one, out of total 114 projects approved by the Govt. of India for establishing & promoting Ethanol production under Bio-fuel Policy. Ethanol is a cleaner fuel, burns completely, leading net reduction in emission of CO2, CO & HC. The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA) approved Ethanol Blended Petrol (BEP) in the Country – to augment the Govt. Tax & Revenues. This project would insulate the sugar industry & thereby the farmers get benefitted. Further, bagasse based co-gen Plant fulfills captive power need. Surplus to be exported to the grid. Apart from this following are also the need of the project. 2.2.1 Employment Generation Potential Activities under expansion project of SSWL will improve socio-economic status of people in the study area in terms of local employment and contract basis jobs. Proposed activity could provide employment opportunities to the skilled and semi-skilled local populace, especially in small-scale business and other related services. Following table 2.1 gives details about the number of workers employed in the existing set up as well as those to be employed under expansion and proposed activities.

Table 2.1 Details of Manpower

No. Unit Existing Expansion/ Proposed Unskilled Skilled Unskilled Skilled

1 Sugar & Co-gen 50 200 50 100 2 Distillery -- -- 30 60 Total 50 200 80 160

Total Workers 250 240 490

16

2.2.2 Potential of the Products

India is the largest producer of sugarcane and sugar, still sugar factories in India are facing problems. Sugar factories cannot survive in healthy condition on a single product i.e. sugar. Thus, it is essential to develop sugar factory into an affiliated complex so as to utilize the valuable by-products more profitably. Bio-mass is the most promising alternative fuel. Agro-waste and agro industrial products have today been recognized as ‘modern’ bio-mass material which can be converted directly into useful forms of energy. Bio-mass has the crucial advantage of being environment friendly. Bagasse is a captive bio-mass. In India, there are large numbers of sugar mills of varying crushing capacity ranging from a critical period because of over-production, low sugar price, low international market, etc., can enhance revenue by co-generation. So co-generation would benefit both the nation and the industry. It is estimated that Indian sugar industry can export 3600 MW power by adopting bagasse based co-generation units. Molasses is a very important by-product of the sugar industry. Profits earned by conversion of molasses into alcohol are much higher than that of sale of molasses alone. Moreover, there is a good demand for alcohol in the country as production and consumption of alcohol in India are quite balanced. Also, there is a good export potential, out of the country, for the alcohol.

Distillery industry uses sugarcane molasses, cereals and other agro products for producing alcoholic beverages by fermentation process. The production of fermented and distilled drinks throughout the world is based on materials that can be grown locally and is best suited to prevailing climatic conditions.

There are more than 400 distilleries in the country with annual installed capacity of 4.5 billion litres of alcohol production & licensed capacity of 4.42 billion liters. At present the state Karnataka is having 39 no. of molasses-based distilleries.

Existing power shortages in peak demand & energy availability are quite higher, compared to the nation. It is necessary for the State Government to tap every possible alternate source of energy, from bio-mass or captive power. This is in view of the projections for requirement of power for sustained economic development of the state & shortage of funds for implementing conventional power projects. Government of Karnataka has already acknowledged the situation & decided to promote captive as well as cogeneration projects in state. 2.3 PROJECT LOCATION Establishment of distillery as well as activities under sugar & cogen expansion will be carried out in the existing premises of SSWL. Present set up is located at Kagwad, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum of Karnataka. Geographical location of the site is 16°42'35.67”N latitude and 74°43'16.51”E longitude. While making selection of site for existing activities of SSWL, certain aspects were taken in to consideration prominently. Same were namely – (1) Availability of all basic facilities like water, electricity, manpower, raw material etc., (2) Belgaum, Kolhapur & Sangli district had road links to prominent market places so that procurement of raw material as well as marketing of finished products was easier and economical, (3) Availability of good communication facilities, (4) No rehabilitation and resettlement required, (5) No national park or wildlife habitats were located in immediate vicinity of the project site.

17

Table 2.2 Project Site & Environmental Settings

No. Particulars Details 1 Name and Address of the Industry

Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. (SSWL) S. No. 23/A, 36/1A,4A, 40/1, 40/2B, 48/2A+B, 48/1E+P+G+2A+2B, 49/1+2A/3, 49/2B+3A, 49/3B, 49/4, 50/1,2,3,4,5, 52/1+2A/1, 53/1+2+3, 54/1A, 54/2B & 54/1B+2A, Kagwad, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum, Karnataka.

2 Total Land Acquired 4,97,455.18 Sq.M. (49.74 Ha) 3 Elevation 560 M above MSL4 Nearest Habitation Kagwad at 1.8 Km & Mhaisal at 4.3 Km 5 Nearest City Kagwad (1.8Km)6 Nearest Highway NH- 4 is about 48 Km & SH-12 is about 0.9 Km 7 Nearest Railway Track Shedbal Railway Station (3.5Km)8 Nearest airport Kolhapur Airport (47Km) & Belgaum Airport (94Km)9 Nearest tourist places Shree Datt Temple, Narsobawadi at 13 Km 10 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius11 Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius12 Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius13 Reserved /Protected forest / National Parks/

Wildlife Sanctuary (from Project Site)Nil within 10 Km radius

14 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies Krishna River (3.1 Km)15 Nearest Industrial Area --16 Interstate Boundary Maharashtra–Karnataka interstate boundary at 0.5Km17 Site Co-ordinates (all corners) Latitude: 16°42'40.21"N , Longitude: 74°43'24.74"E

Latitude: 16°42'51.99"N, Longitude: 74°43'11.83"E Latitude:16°42'45.78"N, Longitude: 74°42'55.80"E Latitude:16°42'32.01"N, Longitude:74°42'56.81"E

2.3.1 Site History

SSWL is located at Kagwad, Athani Taluka of Belgaum district in Karnataka. Unit was registered on 29th May 1995. Before establishment of sugar factory and cogen plant, the entire land was barren and not used for agricultural purpose. Thereafter, in 2011, SSWL commissioned its sugar factory and first cane crushing was done in October 2012 & 15MW cogeneration unit was started in May 2013. Following images gives the idea of land use status before establishment and after establishment of the factory.

2.4 DETAILS OF LAND REQUIREMENT

Total land area acquired by the SSWL is 49.74 Ha. Out of this total built up area under sugar factory, co-gen plant & distillery is 4.56 Ha. Detailed area statement is given in table 2.3.

Refer Appendix–A for plot layout plan of project site.

18

Figure 2.1 Location of Project

19

Figure 2.2 Images Showing Site History

Land use Status of site before Establishment of Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant by SSWL – Year 2011

Land use Status of site After Establishment of Sugar Factory and Co-gen Plant by SSWL – Year 2018

20

Table 2.3 Area Statement of SSWL

No. Description Area (Sq. M.) A Built-up Area i Sugar Factory & Cogen- Existing+Expansion 1 Diesel Bunk 1328.03 2 Temple 64.726 3 Staff Quarters-1 300.10 4 Staff Quarters-2 201.1 5 Cane Office 106.46 6 Drinking Pump House 19.5 7 HT Tower 57.73 8 Spray Pond 2556.45 9 Worker Canteen 53.37 10 Security Cabin 14.33 11 Time Office 154.23 12 Farmers Canteen 86.84 13 Token Office 41.8 14 Toilet Block 30.59 15 Bio Tower & ETP Office 27.22 16 Toilet 19.22 17 Chemical Shed 24.09 18 Diffused Aeration Tank 429.66 19 Polishing Pond 279.8420 Secondary Lamela Clarifier 21.43 21 Sludge Drying Bed 253.72 22 Untreated Water Tank 307.64 23 Primary Lamella Clarifier 21.08 24 Carbon & Sand Filter 11.20 25 Untreated Water Tank 34.18 26 Equalization Tank 190.6227 Oil & Grease Chamber 40.77 28 Anaerobic Hybrid Reactor 123.27 29 Contractors Lab 78 30 Toilets 8.57 31 Water tank 6.98 32 Sulpher & lime godown-1 267.5 33 Sulpher & lime godown-2 81.07 34 Mini spray pond 281.91 35 Molasses tank -1 478.8 36 Molasses tank -2 527.11 37 Cane carrier 7471.44 38 Contractors shed -1 200.03 39 Contractors shed -2 228.53 40 80 ton Weighbridge 292.37 41 WTP 270.77 42 Neutralization Tank 27.5 43 Clarifier water storage tank 194.72 44 Water clarifier 372.55 45 DM water tank 43.68 46 Mill house 4133.52 47 Boiler 97.76 48 Chimney 18.5149 Bagasse shed 25.67

21

No. Description Area (Sq. M.) A Built-up Area i Sugar Factory & Cogen- Existing+Expansion

50 water tank 16.59 51 Labour shed 16.0352 Coal junction 25.31 53 Bagasse belt conveyor 34.14 54 Bagasse bunker 75.6855 Coal junction 57.76 56 Sugar godown -1 1332.6 57 Store building 1117.43 58 Power house 1336.45 59 Boiling house 4490.35 60 Flag post 2.1 61 GLSR Tank 1724.28 62 Pump house 134.06 63 DG shed 34.74 64 Old GLSR 1015.78 65 Jack well 10.74 66 Curing tank old 16.43 67 Injection pump house 111.73 68 Sugar godown -2 6663.01 69 Cooling Tower 704.87 70 Cooling Tower pump house 64.91 71 Cheema boiler shed 66.67 72 Fabrication labour shed 57.21 73 Civil office (Old mess) 89.37 74 HT Tower -1 28.39 75 Labour shed 31.476 HT Tower -2 57.92 77 Switch yard 1242.14 78 Cement shed 25.81 79 Sugar godown 3 888.4 80 DB (Civil) office 22.72 81 Cheema boiler shed 44.45 82 HT Tower 28.39 83 Switch yard 354.89 84 Total 43,828.93 ii Proposed Distillery 1859.39

Total Built-up Area 45,688.32 B Open Area 2,81,798.8 C Green belt area (Norm: 33% of total plot area)

Existing (33.5% of Total plot area) 1,66,947 Proposed (0.6% of Total plot area) 3021

Total 1,69,968 Total Plot area (A+B+C) 4,97,455.12

2.5 PROJECT OPERATIONS, APPROVALS AND IMPLEMENTATION Presently, in an integrated project complex of SSWL, 4000TCD Sugar Factory &15 MW Co- Gen Plant are in operation and has been granted Consent to Operate (CTO) by KSPCB. Refer Appendix – B for valid Consent copies. As per the prevailing acts and rules; the 4,000 TCD sugar factory and 15 MW co-gen plant did not require obtaining EC permissions.

22

Proposed industrial activities will be implemented only after obtaining requisite approvals, permissions, consents from concerned departments like MoEFCC; New Delhi, KSPCB etc. Project will be formulated in such a fashion and manner so that the utmost care of safety norms and environment protection measures will be taken. Project details in respect of days of operation w.r.t. SSWL project is given in Table 2.4

Table 2.4 Working Pattern

No. Type of Activity Days of Operation Season Off- Season Total

1 Sugar Factory 180 -- 180 2 Co-gen Plant 180 60 240 3 Distillery 180 150 330

2.5.1 Plan for Approval and Implementation Schedule Table 2.5 Project Implementation schedule

No. Activity Approval / Implementation Schedule 1 Grant of EC by MoEFCC December 2019 2 Application for CFE from KSPCB January 2020 3 Construction and Erection of Machinery February- May 2020 4 Application for CFO from KSPCB May 2020 5 Trials & Commissioning of plant June 2020

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 2.6.1 Products Details of products that are being manufactured under existing sugar factory and co-gen plant as well as those to be manufactured under sugar and co-gen expansion and proposed distillery are represented in following table.

Table 2.6 Product & By-product in the Integrated Project Complex

Industrial unit Product& By-product Quantity Existing Expansion Total

$ Sugar Factory Capacity (4000 TCD) (6000TCD) (10,000 TCD) Sugar (11-12%)* (MT/M) 12,000 20,700 32,700 By-ProductBagasse (30%)* (MT/M) 36,000 54,000 90,000 Press Mud (4%)* (MT/M) 4800 7200 12,000 Molasses (4%)* (MT/M) 4800 7200 12,000

$ Co-Gen Electricity (MW/M) 450 1350 1800 Distillery Product& By-product Proposed Quantity

Ethanol/ Rectified Spirit (RS)/ Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) (KL/M)

-- 3600 3600

By-ProductFusel Oil (KL/M) - 7.5 7.5 CO2 (MT/M) - 2850 2850

Note: $ - Values as per valid CFO, * - Percent of Cane Crushed.

By-products generated during production of sugar in the form of molasses and bagasse will be used as raw materials for production of alcohol and power respectively. Press mud will be stored in dedicated separate yard in own premises and sold to farmers.

23

2.6.2 Raw Material for Integrated Project

Basic raw materials required for sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery along with their quantities and sources are listed in the following table-

Table 2.7 List of Raw Materials in the Integrated Project Complex

Industrial unit Name of Raw Material

Quantity (MT/M) Source Existing Expansion Total

Sugar Factory Sugarcane 1,20,000 1,80,000 3,00,000 Near By FarmsSulphur 80.0 120.0 200 Local

Suppliers Lime 240.0 360 600Co-gen Bagasse 30,240 30,240 60,480 Own sugar factoryDistillery (Proposed) Molasses - 13,350 13,350 Own sugar factory/

outside purchase Yeast - 8 8 Self-Propagated Urea - 4 4 Local

Vendors De-foaming Oil - 12 12

Following table represents details about the equipments under existing Sugar and Co-gen & proposed Distillery unit.

Table 2.8 List of Equipments

No. Equipment Quantity A Sugar Factory 1 Cane Carrier 12 Feeder Table 2 3 Cane leveler 24 Cane milling plant 1 5 Rotary Juice screen 26 Boiling house 1 7 Juice sulphiter 18 Sulphur burner 39 Syrup & Molasses Storage tanks 8 10 C masseuite mono vertical crystallizer 2 11 B masseuite mono crystallizer 1 12 A centrifugals 4 13 B & C Centrifugals 6 14 Sugar Elevator 2 15 Sugar Grader 2 16 Sugar hopper 317 Vaccum Filter, Juice heaters, Door 2,5,1 B Co-Gen Plant 1 Steam Generator & Auxiliaries (100 TPH) 1 2 Turbo generator (15MW) 13 Cooling Tower of capacity (3200 M3/hr) 2 4 Condensate System (1,600M3/hr) 15 Fuel handling Conveyor 6 Ash handling Dense phase ash handling

24

No. Equipment Quantity C Proposed DistilleryI Fermentation Section 1 Molasses tank 22 Fermenters 2 3 Wash holding tank 14 Sludge settling tank 15 Alcohol vapour recovery column (CO2 Scrubber) 1 II Distillation Section Column 1 Analyzer column 1 2 Degasifying column 13 Aldehyde column/ Pre-rectifier 1 4 Rectifying column cum exhaust 1 5 Fusel oil column 1

Condensers/Reboilers/Coolers1 Rectifier condenser 22 Pre-rectifier condenser – I 2 3 Alcohol Cooler/product cooler 1 4 Impure spirit cooler 15 Analyzer column re-boiler 16 Vent scrubber heat exchanger 1 D Miscellaneous 1 Degasifying Tank 12 Fusel oil De-canter 2 3 Plate heat exchangers 2 4 Jet mixer 15 Hot water tank (Collection tank) 1 6 Fusel oil collection tank 17 Vapour /liquid separator 28 Spent wash/ Spentlees siphon 1 9 Spentwash evaporation (5 Effect MEE with falling film &

condensers, pumps, flow-meters & level indicators)1

10 Conc. sp. wash Incineration Boiler (40 TPH with stack & ESP)

1

2.6.3 Raw Material Availability for SSWL complex

Table 2.9 Seasonal Cane Availability for Sugar Factory

No. Description Remarks 1 No. of share holders 980 2 Land under cane crop of each shareholder (Acres) 8.2 3 Total shareholders land under cane crop (Acres) 8036 4 Avg. yield (MT/Acre) 50.0 5 Cane available from shareholders land (MT) 4,01,800 6 Cane available from non-shareholders farms (MT) 14,00,000 7 Total cane available (MT) 18,01,800 8 Avg. distance of cane transportation from sugar factory (Km) 50.0

25

Table 2.10 Seasonal Bagasse Availability for Co-gen Plant

No. Description Quantity1 Sugar Cane Crushing 10,000 TCD2 Working Days of Sugar Factory 180 Days3 Total Crushing 18,00,000 MT/Season4 Bagasse Quantity generated @ 30% of Cane Crushed 3000 MT / Day5 Bagasse Quantity generated during season 5,40,000 MT / Season6 Daily Bagasse required for Co-gen boiler after expansion 2016 MT/Day7 Bagasse required for Co-gen during season (180 Days) 3,62,880 MT/Season8 Bagasse required for Co-gen boiler during off-season (60 Days) 1,20,960 MT/Season9 Total Bagasse required for season and off season 4,83,840 MT 10 Total saved bagasse 56,160 MT

Presently, bagasse is stored in yard & covered properly for dust attenuation. Bagasse is transported to boiler through conveyors, covered properly. Saved bagasse will be sold after season. Additional plantation will be done around bagasse yard; under green belt augmentation plan.

Table 2.11 Availability of Molasses for Proposed Distillery

No. Description Quantity 1 Sugar cane crushing capacity 10,000 TCD 2 Sugar factory operating days 180 Days3 Total Cane Crushing 18,00,000 MT/Season 4 Molasses generated @ 4% of cane crushed 400 MT/Day5 Molasses generated during season (180 days) 72,000 MT/Season6 Distillery Capacity 120 KLPD7 Daily molasses required for distillery 445 MT/Day8 No. of days of Distillery operations 330 Days9 Total molasses required for distillery 1,46,850 MT/Season 10 Molasses to be purchased from outside parties 74,850MT /Season 11 Distillery working pattern on • Own molasses - 161 Days• Procured molasses - 169 Days

Total 330 Days

2.6.3 Raw Material and Product Transportation Details

Sugarcane as raw material for sugar factory will be made available from nearby farms in 50 Km area from the factory. During cultivation of sugarcane in farms, farmers inform the field men of SSWL (appointed region wise) regarding the start of cultivation. Later on, the field men submit the information to sugar factory office. Accordingly, days of maturation of sugarcane cultivation are calculated and labours as well as vehicles are forwarded by the industry to the individual farms for its harvesting. Subsequently, harvested cane is brought to sugar factory site and consumed for processing within 24 hrs. Vehicles filled with cane wait in parking lot for their turn and directly dump their contents on the carrier chain leading to mills. Hence, no any bulk storage of sugarcane is done on site. Sugarcane shall be transported to site through various means of transportation viz. bullock carts Mini tractor and tractor trolleys. Ample parking space is provided, at industry site, for the bullock carts and other vehicles.

26

Table 2.12 Sugarcane Transportation Details– After Expansion (Traffic Density)

No. Type of Vehicle Avg. wt (MT) / Vehicle

Avg. Daily No. of Vehicles

Cane Quantity (MT) %

1 Bullock Carts 2 840 1680 16.82 Tractor Trolleys/

Trucks 16 400 6400 64.0

3 Mini Tractor 6 320 1920 19.2Total 10,000 100

Table 2.13 Product & By-product Transportation Details

2.6.4 Manufacturing Process 2.6.4.1Manufacturing Process for Integrated Complex

Figure 2.3 Integrated Manufacturing Process Operations

No. Product Type of Vehicles

Avg. Vehicle Frequency/Day

Avg. Vehicle Capacity

Quantity of Final Product transported

1 Sugar Trucks 55 20 MT 33,000 MT/M 2 Press mud [During

Season only] Tractor 100 4 MT 12,000 MT/M

3 Alcohol Tanker 6 18-20 KL 3600M

27

2.6.4.2 Manufacturing Process for Sugar Matured, clean and fresh cut sugar cane from the field of cultivators is brought by bullock carts, trucks & tractor trolleys to sugar factory site. It is weighted on the electronic platform type weigh bridge. The carts, trucks & trolleys are unloaded into cane carrier by mechanical unloader. The cane is cut into small fine pieces by means of chopper, leveler, cutter & fibrizor called the cane preparatory devices. The prepared cane is then crushed by five or six mill tandem. The imbibitions hot water is added before last mill for better extraction of juice. The all juice extracted is screened through DSM or rotary screen, weighted by mass flow matter and sent to boiling house for further processing. The last mill bagasse, which is a by-product, is used for co-gen boiler as a fuel. Saved bagasse shall also be used for co-generation in the off-season. The weighed and mixed juice is heated up to 70°C to 75°C in juice heater and sent to reaction tank where same is treated with milk of lime and SO2 gas and the pH is kept as 7 to 7.1. This sulphured juice is again heated up to 100°C to 105°C in juice heater and sent to clarifier for sedimentation. Here, clear juice and precipitated non-sugars, organic & inorganic chemicals are separated which are called mud of the clarifier. The mud is filtered by means of vacuum filter unit where sugary filtrate and press cake (pressmud) are separated. The filtrate is reprocessed and pressmud, which is a by-product. The clear juice from clarifier having 95°C temperature is heated to 112°C to 115°C in the juice heater and taken to evaporator set where 16° Brix juice is concentrated up to 60° Brix syrup. Thereafter, it is again treated with SO2 gas and finally sulphured syrup is sent to pan floor supply tanks. At pan section, 3 massecuite boiling system or 3.5 massecuite boiling is adopted accordingly to purities of basic products. 1. A Massecuite – Syrup + Melt + A light + Dry seed or B seed2. B Massecuite – A Heavy + B Grain3. C Massecuite – B Heavy + C Light + C GrainSlurry is used for B & C grain preparation. After boiling massecuite in the vaccum pans, it is discharged in the crystallizers for maturation and cooling purpose. The cooled A, B, C massecuite are then taken for separation of sugar and mother liquor through continuous high speed and batch type automatic three speed machines. Thus, all mother liquors, B sugar and C sugar are taken for reprocess and the white sugar is taken from drying and cooling through hoppers and elevators to grader where L30, M 30 & S30 sugar is separated. The dust is taken for reprocess. C mass mother liquor is called final molasses which is a byproduct that is sold for distilleries. It could be consumed in own distillery also for production of alcohol, ENA & ethanol. The above graded white sugar is taken to silo and then it is filled in bags after weighing (50 Kg net wt.) and some are sent to go downs for storage. Refer figure 2.3 for mass balance of sugar factory.

2.6.4.3 Manufacturing Process for Co-generation

Co-generation is broadly defined as the coincident generation of useful thermal energy and electrical power from the same input fuel. Thus, cogeneration can allow the energy consumers to lower their energy costs, through use of the energy normally wasted in conventional systems as losses. Useful thermal energy could be in the form of hot gases, hot liquids or steam; generally used for meeting the process and or heating requirements. When the thermal energy is required in the form of steam, industries employ steam boilers for raising the required steam at the required pressure and temperatures, suitable for the process. Existing co-generation plant has boiler of capacity 100 TPH with 110 kg/cm²working pressure. It generates superheated steam with temperature 510°C+/-5°C. A portion of power generated in the turbo generators will meet the power requirements of the co-generation plant auxiliary loads and sugar plant loads. After meeting the in-house requirements, the plant can

28

export a net power during cane crushing season and during off-season, under normal operating conditions. Following table 2.14 shows the electricity distribution for existing and expansion project. Also table 2.15 indicated distribution of electricity for in-house & grid.

2.6.4.4 Process Mass Balance for Sugar Factory-10,000 TCD Figure 2.4 Mass Balance for Sugar Factory

Table 2.14 Electricity Requirement Details

No. Industrial Unit Existing (MW) Expansion (MW) 1 Sugar Factory & Colony 5.0 10.0 2 Co-gen 1.5 2.5 3 Distillery -- 8 (Proposed)

Total 6.5 20.5

Table 2.15 Distribution of Electricity Generated from Co-gen Plant

No. Description Electricity - On season

(MW)Electricity - Off season

(MW) Existing Expansion Existing Expansion

1 In-house 6.5 20.5 1.5 10.5 2 Grid 8.5 39.5 13.5 49.5

Total 15 60 15 60

29

Figure 2.5 Process flow chart for Co-gen operations

2.6.4.5 Manufacturing Process for Distillery Molasses is stored in mild steel storage tank. Proper care is taken to cool down molasses before it goes to molasses tanks. Then the molasses is pumped from the MS storage tanks to weighing scales. Here it is weighed on automatic weighing scales and then fed for further processing. In the production of ethyl alcohol from molasses, two major steps are involved.

1) Fermentation of Molasses with the help of yeast strains of the species Saccharomycescerevisiae to produce 6% to 8% alcohol in the fermented wash; and

2) Distillation of the fermented wash for recovery and concentration of alcohol.

Fermentation: Molasses containing 40 to 50% of total sugar would be weighed and diluted with clean as well as fresh water to the desired concentration. This would be achieved in a continuous diluter. The molasses-water mixture would have a specific gravity to the tune of 1.060 for pre-fermentation and specific gravity of to the tune of 1.096 to 1.100 for the main fermentation process. Molasses with sp. gr. of 1.060 would be taken in to pre-fermenters and to it, ready compressed yeast would be added for further activation. As soon as the yeast becomes active in solution, the molasses-yeast slurry would be transferred to main fermenters for the process of conversion of sugars into alcohol. It takes about 24 to 30 hours to complete the fermentation reaction. Sugar in the molasses gets converted into ethyl alcohol and carbon dioxide through metabolic activities of the yeast. Fermentation efficiency observed, in above process, is generally to the tune of 85% and ethyl alcohol concentration to the tune of 6% to 8% of volume in the fermented wash is obtained. This depends on the quality of molasses & its total sugar content.

Distillation: Fermented wash, then, would be taken to Distillation House. The distillation unit mainly consists of wash boiling column and rectification column. Before feeding to the boiling column the fermented wash would be passed through beer heater and heat exchangers where the final temperature rises to about 850C to 900C. Fermented wash would be fed to the wash boiling column

Steam

Electricity 60 MW

Back Pressure turbine)

Bagasse

Condensate

Boiler 100 TPH (2 Nos)

110 Kg/cm2 540OC

Condenser

Process (sugar &Distillery )

To power Grid

Power for Inplant use

30

from its top and open steam would be introduced from its bottom. While the wash trickles from the top, alcohol vapours get recovered along with rising steam. Alcohol vapours, analyzed from this wash boiling column, containing 40% to 45% of alcohol would then be fed to rectification column at its bottom. Here, in this column, alcohol rectification from 45% to 95% would take place. The product i.e. 95% alcohol would be drawn from the top of rectification column where temperature would be @ 780C, which is boiling point of rectified spirit. Thereafter, the alcohol would be cooled and stored in daily receiving tanks. Condensers and refluxes would be provided to each column for proper concentration and condensation. About one beer heater and one condenser are provided for the boiling column, whereas two condensers and one beer heater are provided to the rectification column. Daily product manufactured would be transferred to spirit storage warehouse.

Figure 2.6 Mass Balance and Process Flow Chart for 120 KLPD Distillery

2.6.5 Product and By- Product Storage Details Table 2.16 Product and By-product Storage Details

No. Product, By-products Mode of Storage Details of Storage

1 Sugar Sugar is filled in 50 Kg bags and these bags are stored in Godowns

There are 2 Nos. of RCC covered Godowns covering an area of 7995.61 Sq. M. are provided

2 Bagasse Bagasse is stored in dedicated separate yard in own premises

Bagasse Yard Area – 2800 Sq. M. (Dimensions 70 x 40 M)

3 Press mud Immediate disposal through trolley Pressmud is sold to farmers as a manure 4 Molasses Existing: Molasses Storage Tanks

(In Sugar Factory) Quantity: 2 Capacity: 6,000MT each Dimensions: 24M Dia. X 9.75 M Ht.

Proposed: Molasses Storage Tanks (In Distillery)

Quantity: 3 Capacity: 5000 MT each

31

Table 2.17 Proposed Alcohol Storage Details

No. Description Specifications 1 Rectified Spirit Receiver Capacity: 1000 M3, Quantity: 2 No.; Material: M.S. 2 Extra Neutral Alcohol Receiver Capacity: 750 M3, Quantity: 1 No.; Material: M.S.3 Ethanol/ Absolute Alcohol

Receiver Capacity: 1000 M3, Quantity: 2 No.; Material: M.S.

4 Impure Spirit Receiver Capacity: 100 M3, Quantity: 2 No.; Material: M.S.

2.7 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND THEIR CONTROL Basic sources of pollution from existing and proposed operations in the SSWL complex shall be mainly manufacturing operations and processes in the industry, boiler and stand by D.G., cooling towers etc. Detailed identification and quantification of impacts, due to above sources, are separated under various heads. They are – (1) Water Pollution, (2) Air Pollution, (3) Noise Pollution, (4) Hazardous Wastes, (5) Solid Waste, and (6) Land Pollution. 2.7.1 Water Pollution (WP) The assignment w.r.t. water pollution aspect was done by Dr. Sangram Ghugare, in-house Functional Area Expert (FAE) for WP. Requirement for fresh water will be met from Krishna river. Water lifting permission is procured from concerned department. Same is attached at Appendix-C for reference.

Details of the project wise as well as head wise water consumption have been presented in Table 2.18.

Table 2.18 Water Consumption in Sugar, Cogen & Distillery Unit

No. Description

Water Demand (M3/Day) Sugar Factory & Co-gen Distillery

Existing After Expansion As per Approved CFO Existing Sugar & Cogen

Proposed

1 Domestic 15# 22(5#+17$) 20# 5(2# +3$)

2 Industrial a. Process

1226* 3066*

600#

954♣

(Fermentation Dilution)

b. Cooling 375# 1900* 110# c. Boiler 240# 480* 96#

d. DM Plant 52# 100# --

e. Lab & Washing 10# 20* 5#

f. Ash Quenching 2* 4* 2#

g. Decanter & AlcoholScrubber

-- -- 10#

3 Industrial Total (a+b+c+d+e+f+g)

1905 (1228*+677#) 64% Recycle

5570 (5470* +100#) 98% Recycle

600# 1177(223#+954♣) 81% Recycle

Greenbelt 140* 145* -- -- 4 Grand Total

(1+3) 2060

(1368*+692#) 5737

(5615* +105# +17$)620# 1182 (225#+954♣+3$)

Fresh Water Consumption

169 Lit/MT 10 Lit/MT 150 Lit/MT 1.8 KL/KL

Fresh Water Consumption Norm

100 Lit/MT of Cane Crushed 10 KL/KL of Alcohol

Note: # - Actual quantity of water taken from Krishna River, * - Cane Condensate Water after CPU, ♣ - Recycled water from proposed Distillery CPU & $ - Treated Water from proposed STP

32

2.7.1.1 Fresh Water Adequacy • For the Sugar Factory & Cogen Plant, total fresh water requirement in a season of

180 Days will be -105CMD X 180 Days = 18,900 M3/Season

• For Distillery, total fresh water requirement in a season of 330 Days will be–225CMD X 330 Days = 74,250 M3/Season

Hence, total fresh water requirement will be – 93,150 M3/Season From above calculations; it is seen that total fresh water requirement in SSWL campus is 93,150 M3/Season (330 M3/Day). The permission granted to SSWL by Krishna River Water Lifting Scheme is 25.78 Mcft/Season i.e. 4052 M3/Day, which is more than the actual usage under existing as well as proposed activities in the complex.

Presently, excess condensate alongwith treated effluent from ETP, is forwarded to irrigation purpose on land of about 155 Acre. An agreement is made for same. Refer Appendix – D for copy of treated water agreement made for existing unit.

2.7.1.2 Effluent Generation Details

Details of effluents generated from existing and expansion activities in sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery establishment are presented in following table. -

Table 2.19 Effluent Generation in Sugar, Cogeneration & Distillery Operations

No. Description

Effluent (M3/Day) Sugar Factory & Co-gen Distillery

Existing After Expansion As per Approved CFO Existing Sugar & Cogen

Proposed

1 Domestic 13 18 16 3 2 Industrial

a. Process

225 350

592

Raw Spent wash - 895 Conc. Sp. Wash - 180

Spent lees - 230 MEE Condensate - 715

b. Cooling 40 190 15c. Boiler 48 96 19d. DM Plant 52 100 --e. Lab & Washing 10 15 4f. Decanter & Alcohol

Scrubber -- -- 8

3 Industrial Total (a+b+c+d+e) 375 751 592 Other Effluents – 991

Conc. Spentwash – 180 Effluent Generation 94 Lit/MT 75 Lit/MT 148 Lit/MT 1.5 KL/KL Effluent Generation Norm

200 lit/MT of Cane Crushed 8 KL/KL of Alcohol

2.7.1.3 Industrial Effluent Total trade effluent generated from existing & expansion of sugar and co-generation activities will be 751 M3/D. Same will be treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) provided in own factory premises comprising of primary, secondary & tertiary unit operations. Existing ETP is having 1480 M3/D capacity, which is feasible after expansion also. Effluent generated from sugar factory and co-gen plant @75 Lit/MT of cane crushed against CPCB norm of 200 Lit/MT of cane crushed. Treated effluent from sugar factory ETP will be given to nearby farmers for irrigation purpose on 155 Acre land as well as used for

33

gardening. Refer Appendix – D for the copy of agreement made for utilization of treated effluent. ETP units comprises of Screen chamber & Oil & Grease trap, primary holding tank, equalization Tank, Reaction Tank, Primary Lamella Clarifier, Aeration Tank, Secondary Lamella Clarifier, Tank, Treated Water Tank, PSF& ACF.

As per CREP norms, 15 days storage capacity tank for treated water will be provided on site. Refer Appendix – E for ETP layout. Flow chart of existing ETP is presented in Figure 2.6.

Industrial effluent generated from proposed distillery activities will be in the form of Spent Lees 230 M3/D, Condensate from MEE 715 M3/D, boiler blow down 19 M3/D, cooling blow down 15 M3/D, effluent from alcohol scrubber 8M3/D & that from lab & washing 4 M3/D. This entire effluent would be treated in proposed CPU having capacity 1000 M3/D. Treated effluent would be recycled in to process for dilution of molasses and cooling tower make-up.

Raw Spentwash to the tune of 895M3/D will be forwarded to evaporation and concentration in Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE). Further, concentrated spentwash of 180 M3/D will be incinerated in proposed 40 TPH boiler.

Table 2.20 Details of Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE) No. Description Details

1 Type Vaccum based Multi Effect forced circulation followed by falling film evaporation system

2 Capacity 1000 M3/Day 3 Raw Spent Wash 895 M3/Day 4 Operational Efficiency 98%

Table 2.21 Spentwash Characteristics No. Parameter Raw Spentwash Concentrated Spentwash 1 pH 3.9 – 4.5 4.0 –5.0 2 Total Solids (mg/l) 1,00,000- 1,15,000 5,10,000 –5,65,000 3 SS (mg/l) 20,000 - 25,000 85,000–1,00,000 4 TDS (mg/l) 80,000 – 95,000 4,25,000-4,65,000 5 BOD (mg/l) 60,000 - 80,000 3,35,000 - 3,80,000 6 COD (mg/l) 1,20,000-1,40,000 6,25,000- 6,50,000

2.7.1.4 Domestic Effluent Domestic effluent from existing activities of SSWL sugar factory and co-gen plant is 13M3/Day same is being treated separately in septic tanks followed by soak pits provided in a decentralized manner. After implementation of sugar & cogen expansion project & distillery unit, total domestic effluent from SSWL campus will be 20 M3/ Day (Domestic effluent from sugar factory & co-gen plant – 17M3/ Day and to that of distillery 3 M3/ Day). Same will be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) having 30 M3/ Day capacity and treated effluent will be used for flushing purpose. 2.7.2 Air Pollution Air Pollution can be defined as the presence in the outdoor atmosphere, of one or more air contaminants (i.e. dust, fumes, gas, mist, odour, smoke or vapour) in sufficient quantities, of such characteristics and of such duration so as to threaten or to be injurious to human, plant or animal life or to property, or which reasonably interferes with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property. Assignment w.r.t. Air Pollution (AP) & Air Quality (AQ) including modelling were undertaken by in-house Functional Area Experts of EEIPL namely Dr. Sangram Ghugare & Mr. Yuvraj Damugade.

34

Figure 2.7 Flow Chart of Existing Sugar Factory ETP

No. Parameter Unit Raw Effluent Treated Effluent Limit 1 pH -- 4-6 7.2 - 8.2 7.5-8.5 2 COD mg/lit 2500-3000 165 – 235 250 3 BOD mg/lit 1250-1500 44 – 90 1004 TDS mg/lit 1600-2100 1000-1500 2100 5 SS mg/lit 500-600 62 – 82 100

Figure 2.8 Process Flow Diagram of Proposed CPU for Distillery

35

Figure 2.9 Photographs of Existing ETP

Provision of Five days (61x 22x1.5M) storage tank will be done in distillery for storing concentrated spentwash. A PLC based operative system will be installed in distillery wherein raw spentwash from distillation section will be automatically transferred to MEE in closed circuit. Spentwash tank will be designed as per CPCB/CREP norms wherein HDPE layer of 500 micron thickness &RCC lining will be provided to avoid seepages &ground water contamination. Figure 2.8 shows cross section of spentwash lagoon. Piezomters will be installed around spentwash storage tank for ground water quality monitoring.

Details of existing and proposed sources of air pollution & control equipment are presented in Table 2.22. Fuel Storage and ESP details are in Table 2.23 and Table 2.24 respectively.

36

Figure 2.10 Cross Section of Spent wash Tank

Figure 2.11 Flow Chart of Proposed STP

37

Table 2.22 Details of Boiler and Stack in SSWL

No. Description Existing - Sugar & Co-

generation UnitUnder Expansion - Sugar

& Co-generation Unit Proposed Distillery

Unit Boiler 1 D.G. Set (2) Boiler 2 Boiler 3

1 Capacity 100 TPH 1010 KVA (2 Nos.)

100TPH 40 TPH

2 Fuel type Bagasse Diesel Bagasse Coal/Bagasse + Spentwash

3 Fuel Quantity 1008 MT/D 300 Lit/hr 1008 MT/D 75 MT/D + 243 MT/D 4 MOC RCC MS RCC RCC 5 Stack Height 90 M 7 M (ARL) 90 M 70 M 6 Internal Diameter 3.37 M 100 NB 3.37 M 2.5 M 7 APC Equipment ESP -- ESP ESP

NOTE: A common stack of 90 M height will be provided for existing & proposed boilers under Sugar & Cogen unit.

Table 2.23 Fuel Storage Details

No. Fuel Type Storage Type Storage Capacity Handling 1 Coal Shed & Yard – 25.31 M2 8500 MT Conveyor Belt2 Bagasse Bagasse Yard-101.35 M2 50,000 MT Conveyor Belt3 Conc. Spentwash HDPE Lined Tank

(Proposed) 900 M3 Pumps and Pipeline

Table 2.24 Details of Existing ESP for Boiler

No. Description Details 1 Make M/s. CBL 2 Boiler Capacity 100 TPH 3 Fuel Bagasse 4 Gas Flow Inlet 82.04M3/Sec 5 Operating Temp. 515+/-50C 6 Inlet Dust Load 6gm/Nm3

7 Outlet Emission 150 mg/Nm3

8 Removal Efficiency 98%

2.7.2.1 Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emission under existing and expansion activities of sugar factory shall be mainly the dust emissions. Sources of same are mill house, sugar bagging, bagasse yard, pressmud yard, internal kuccha roads, bagasse conveyor; feeding section and ash storage yard in co-gen plant, improper function of APC equipment etc. Trouble with dust in work zone and ambient atmospheres shall be controlled by certain dedicated measures. An action plan has been prepared in the industry that includes – proper exhaust and ventilation arrangements, monitoring of proper working of pollution control equipment, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, use of PPEs for staff and workers, augmentation of existing green belt with adequate density and type to control and attenuate dust transfer in the premises, provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premises (tarred and concrete). To control the fugitive emissions from all vulnerable sources water sprinkling system will be made to curb the emissions during movement of vehicles.

38

2.7.2.2 Process Emissions There are no any sources of process emissions from sugar factory & co-gen Plant. Generation of CO2 shall take place in fermenter of the distillery. CO2 to the tune of 95 MT/D shall be released from 120 KLPD distillery plant. In a fermented, sugar in the wash gets converted to ethyl alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2 is evolved as emission of the bio-chemical reaction. CO2 has been labeled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be properly controlled. To curb this process emission CO2 will be bottled and supplied to manufacturers of beverages / secondary uses.

2.7.3 Solid Waste Solid wastes from the industries are categorized as hazardous and non-hazardous. Waste that pose a substantial danger immediately or over a period of time to human, plant, or animal life are classified as hazardous wastes. Non-hazardous waste is defined as the waste that contributes no damage to human or animal life. However, it only adds to the quantity of waste. Assignment w.r.t. solid and hazardous waste was done by in-house Functional Area Expert - Dr. Sangram Ghugare for SHW.

Table 2.25 Solid Waste Generation & Disposal

No. Unit Type of Waste Quantity (MT/M) Disposal Existing Expansion Total 1 Sugar Factory &

Co-gen Plant Boiler Ash (Bagasse) 756 756 1512 As manure / sale to

bricks manufacturers ETP Sludge 9 12 21 Used as manure

2 Distillery (Proposed)

Boiler Ash (Coal + Sp. Wash)

-- 1560 Sale to brick/cement manufacturers

Yeast Sludge -- 810 810 Used as manure CPU Sludge -- 20 20

Note: Agreement with brick manufacturer/cement industry will be done under proposed expansion project.

Table 2.26 Ash Storage Details

No. Unit Boiler Ash Qty. (MT/M) Storage Type Days of

storage Capacity Handling

1 Existing Sugar & Co-Gen

100 TPH 756 Stored in ash storage yard provided on site

30 Days 1000 MT Using covered trolleys 2 Expansion Sugar &

Co-Gen 100 TPH 756 30 Days 1000 MT

3 Proposed Distillery 40 TPH 1560 30 Days 1850 MT

The ash generated will be collected separately and taken to ash silo system. Water sprinkling arrangement will be made to avoid suspension of fly ash into the air. Following table gives the details about storage of sludge generated from distillery unit.

Table 2.27 Sludge Storage Details

No. Unit Sludge Quantity (MT/M) Storage Disposal

1 Distillery Yeast Sludge 810 Sludge Pit; Capacity 30MT/D

Used as manure CPU Sludge 20

39

2.7.4 Hazardous Wastes

Hazardous waste being generated from existing operations as well as those to be generated from proposed activity and their disposal method is presented in following table.

Table 2.28 Details of Hazardous Waste From Sugar & Co-gen Unit

No. Type of Waste Quantity (MT/ Yr) Disposal Existing Expansion Total 1 5.1 - Used Oil/ Spent Oil 2.5 3.5 6.0 Authorized re-processor 2 33.3- Contaminated

Cotton Waste 0.4 0.6 1.0 To authorized dealer for

burning in boiler 3 33.1- Empty Containers 36 Nos. 60 Nos. 96 Nos. Authorized re-seller

No any hazardous waste will be generated from distillery unit. Refer the figure 2.10 given below for storage yard of hazardous waste

2.7.5 Noise Pollution Noise is normally defined as objectionable or unwanted sound, which is without agreeable quality and essentially non-euphonious. Concern on noise depends upon the noise level near the source, on the work environment and near the residential zone. Earlier, noise was summarized to be exclusively an occupational problem. Since the effects are found also on people who are not directly involved, it has acquired wider dimension. Hence, it is necessary to know the noise levels near the sources as well as near the residential colonies.

Figure 2.12 Storage Yard for Solid & Hazardous Waste

40

2.7.5.1 Sources of Noise Pollution In the Sugar factory, co-gen and distillery; noise generating sources generally are the boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, distillation section etc. The expected noise levels in these sections would be in the range of 60 to 65 dB(A). All preventive measures such as regular operation & maintenance of pumps, motors, and compressors will be carried out and enclosures will be provided to abate noise levels at source.

2.7.6 Odour Pollution

There are number of odour sources in existing sugar factory and proposed distillery, which include molasses handling and storage, fermentation and distillation, secondary effluent treatment, storage of effluents, stale cane, bad mill sanitation, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. Measures adopted under existing unit for controlling same are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of press mud.

2.7.7 Land Pollution

Land pollution may take place due to use of untreated effluent for gardening / irrigation purpose. Fly ash, if gets deposited and /or disposed on land in haphazard manner will lead to land pollution. Certain steps will be taken and many advanced technologies will be adopted that include – spentwash concentration in MEE & incineration in proposed incineration boiler, installation of high pressure incineration boiler provided with ESP as APC equipment, adoption of automatic and continuous pollution monitoring equipment etc. Appropriate and adequate management practices including good housekeeping and periodic monitoring of various attributes contributing to dust will considerably curb these types of emissions.

2.7.8 Budgetary Allocation by Industry towards Environment Protection

Details of capital as well as O & M costs towards environmental aspects under the existing sugar & cogeneration setup are as follows –

Table 2.29 Capital & O & M Cost under Existing Sugar and Cogen Unit

No. Description Cost Component (Rs. Lakhs)

Capital O & M / Year

1 APC Equipment for 1 no. Boiler – ESP & Stack 406.81 10.0

2 Water Pollution Control - ETP 757.28 17.11

3 Environmental Monitoring & Management 16.37 1.66

4 Occupational Health and Safety 77.88 10.0

5 Green Belt Development 25.0 5.0

6 Laboratory & Chemicals 20.11 1.0

7 Noise Pollution Control 30.0 10.0

TOTAL 1333.45 54.77

41

Investment to be done by SSWL towards EMP under distillery establishment as well as sugar & cogen expansion is presented as follows –

Table 2.30 Capital as Well as O & M Cost under Proposed Unit

No. Description Cost Component (Rs. Lakhs) Capital Annual O & M

1 Cogen Boiler (100 TPH), Incineration Boiler (40 TPH), APC Equipment – ESP & Stack

2000.0 75.0

2 Water Pollution Control – CPU & STP 580.0 60.0 3 Occupational Health & Safety 1.0 0.5 4 Green Belt Augmentation Plan & Rain Water

Harvesting implementation 15.0 3.0

5 Noise Pollution Control 10 1.0 6 Environmental Monitoring & Management 5.0 1.5 7 CER amount (for 5 years after expansion) 750 --

Total 3361.0 141.0

2.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN

The major impacts due to proposed expansion activities by SSWL have been described above. Impact due to noise generation and particulate emission can be abated by plantation of green belt. Accordingly a comprehensive green belt has already been developed in SSWL campus. Further, under proposed project, augmentation of existing green belt shall be done in phase wise manner. Native and fast growing species will be selected for green belt development. For detailed area break up of entire industrial complex Table 2.3 may be referred.

2.8.1 Area Calculation for Green Belt Plan

Table 2.31 Area Details

No. Description Area (Sq. M.) 1 Total Plot Area 4,97,455.18 2 Total Built – up area under Sugar, Co-gen

and Distillery 45,688.32

3 Open Space 2,81,798.8 4 Existing Green Belt Area

(33.5% of Total plot Area) 1,66,947

5 Proposed Green Belt area 3,021

2.8.2 Existing Tree Plantation

Total plot area of SSWL (including existing sugar factory, co-gen plant & proposed distillery) is 4,97,455.18 Sq. M. As per MoEFCC norms, green belt should be developed on 33% of the total plot area of industry. Under existing setup of SSWL an area of 1,66,947 Sq. M. is under green belt i.e. 33.5% of total plot area. There under, about 15,000 no. of different small & big plant species of ecologically as well as economically important have already been planted.

Figure 2.9 may be referred for photographs of existing green belt.

42

2.8.3 Proposed Tree Plantation

A comprehensive ‘Green Belt Development' programme would be implemented in a phase wise manner under proposed activities. An area of 3021 Sq. M. will be developed under proposed unit. Salient features of the same are as follows –

1. Tree plantation at different tiers to suit existing topography.2. Avenue plantation along the roads and shelterbelt plantation along peripheral fence of the

plots.3. Mass Plantation in certain pockets in the SSWL campus.4. Plantation of peculiar tree species serving typical purposes such as noise attenuation and

dust suppression at selected premises.5. To arrest dust and to attenuate noise, plantation of certain species like

Mangiferaindica(Mango), Terminaliacatappa (Indian Almond Tree), Polyalthialongifolia(Ashok) etc. will be done.

Refer Appendix -F for detailed green belt plan.

2.8.4 Criteria for Green Belt Development

Emission of SPM, SO2 is the main criteria for consideration of green belt development. Plantation under green belt is provided to abate effects of the above emissions. Moreover, there would also be control on noise from the industry to surrounding localities as considerable attenuation would occur due to the barrier of trees provided in the green belt.

Preparation for Plantation:

• Take pits of 2 X 2 X 2 ft. for good soil strata while 3 X 3 X 3 ft. for poor soils or murumstrata.

• Expose them to direct sun for 15 days• Fill the pits as per availability of site soil-

o In case of shortage of good quality site soil : site soil (35%) + good fertile soil (35%) + good composted cow dung (30%) + Neem cake (200 gm)

o In case of good quality site soil: site soil (80%) + good composted cow dung (20%) +Neem cake (200gm) + leaf litter and grass or agri residue.

• Plant appropriate sapling after rain starts and start water plant after rains• Make shade for saplings when temperatures rise, generally after February or March

depending upon local climate and condition of plants. This can be managed with bamboosticks and locally available grass.

43

Figure 2.13 Photographs of Existing Green Belt

44

2.9 RAIN WATER HARVESTING

Rain water harvesting could be of two types namely harvesting from ground and harvesting from rooftops. The quantity of harvested rainwater that becomes available during and after precipitation depends upon number of factors such as area of land, nature of soil, impervious or paved areas, plantation on the land, average annual rainfall in the region, ambient temperatures of the region, wind direction and speed etc.

2.9.1 Rooftop Harvesting

Here collection of the rainwater getting accumulated from direct precipitation on the total roof area is taken in to account. The rainwater thus becoming available from terraces as well as roofs of various structures and units in the industrial premises would be collected through arrangements of channels and pipes to be provided as per appropriate slopes at the roof level. The collected rain water would then be taken to ground and either stored in open excavated tanks / ditches in the ground or charged directly to bore wells to be provided in the premises.

For the calculation of rain water quantity that is going to become available subsequent to rooftop harvesting, a computation method from the ‘Hydrology and Water Resources Engineering’ has been adopted. There under, A. N. Khosla’s formula has been followed. The calculations are as under-

Average annual rainfall in the area = 580mm.

Now, as per “A. N. Khosla’s Formula”, the average annual accumulation can be calculated by using the following equation: R = (P- t / 2.12)

Where, R=Average annual accumulation in cm, for the catchment area. P=The corresponding average annual rainfall or precipitation, in cm, over the entire catchment. (In current case it is 580 mm i.e. 58 cm) t = Mean annual temperature in deg. Centigrade. (In current case it is 270C.) ∴The accumulation on the entire catchment area will be, R = [(58 – (27/2.12)] = 45.27say 45 cm ∴ Volume acquired by this accumulation water will be, = 45 Cm × Roof Top Area = 0.45M ×10,982.37 M2

= 4942.06 M3

Thus, about 4942M3 of rainwater could become available during every season from the ‘Roof Top Harvesting’ operations. This when charged to open / bore wells would definitely have a positive impact on the ground water quantity.

2.9.2 Surface Harvesting

Under this type of harvesting, the rainwater getting accumulated through surface runoff, from land area in the industrial premises, would be collected and stored in open excavated tanks / pits to be provided in the industrial plot. This harvested rainwater would recharge the ground water through actions namely seepage and infiltration to the aquifers. On the open land in the premises counter bunding, terracing and dressing will be done so as to divert the rainwater as

45

per natural slopes to various tranches excavated on the plot in a decentralized manner. The entire industrial premises would be divided in zones and the harvested water from such zone would be directed to the nearest available ditch / tank constructed as mentioned above. Further, the recharge points would be located as per geometry of zones.

(Total Plot Area) – Built up Area = Available Land Area 4,97,455.18 Sq. M. – 45,688.32Sq.M. = 4,51,766.8Sq. M.

Now, a. Average annual rainfall in Solapur area – 580 mmb. Available land area for surface water harvesting –4,51,766.8 Sq. M.c. Type and nature of the area with about 30% area being impervious (paved). Here, areas

under curing roads, bagasse storage and ash storage come in the category of pavedsurfaces.

d. Value of Runoff Co-efficient based on type and nature of area as well as the land is 0.40e. Runoff getting accumulated from the land area under Point No. b above-

4,51,766.8 Sq. M. X 0.58 M x 0.4 = 1,04,810 M3

Hence, the total water becoming available after rooftop and land harvesting will be 4942 M3+ 1,04,810 M3= 1,09,752M3 i.e. 110 ML

46

Chapter 3 Description of the Environment

3.1 INTRODUCTION

This chapter incorporates description of existing environmental status in the 'Study Area' which is a region within a circle of 10 Km radius with the industry at its centre. The existing environmental condition of the study area is representative of impacts due to all the industries, units and projects in it and is described with respect to the topography, climate, hydro-geological aspects, atmospheric conditions, water quality, soil characteristics, flora, fauna, socio-economic profile, land use and places of archaeological importance. The study area in respect of expansion of sugar & cogen & distillery establishment project by Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. (SSWL) located in Taluka Athani, of Belgaum district. The industrial site is located at Latitude 16°42'35.67” N & Longitude 74°43'16.51” E.

3.2 LAND USE AND LAND COVER (LU & LC)

The term Land Use relates to the human activity or economic function associated with a specific piece of Land, while the term Land Cover relates to the type of feature present on the surface of the earth (Lillesand and Kiefer, 2000). The knowledge of Land Use Land Cover is important for many planning and management activities as it is considered as an essential element for modelling and understanding the earth system. The satellite Remote Sensing technology has found its acceptance worldwide for rapid resource assessment and monitoring, particularly in the developing world. All these advancement have widened the applicability of Remotely Sensed data in various areas, like forest cover, vegetation type mapping, and their changes in regional scale.

The assignment w.r.t. land use and land cover mapping of study area using LISS IV Satellite Image has been done by Mr. Vinaykumar Kurakula, an empanelled FAE of EEIPL for LU & LC. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs.

3.2.1 Scope of Work

Major objective of the assignment was to prepare Land Use Land Cover map of the study area and simultaneously demarcating topographic features especially emphasizing drainage map of the region.

3.2.2 Study Area

The study area is located in and around Athani Taluka, northeast of Belgaum district in the state of Karnataka. For the present study, an area of 10 Km radius from SSWL unit (which comes about 314 Sq. Km) has been marked and selected as per guidelines. The location of SSWL industry is shown on satellite image in figure 3.1 and visual interpretation keys used for the study are given in figure 3.2. The Population of Athani Tehsil in 2011 as per census is 5,25,832 of which Males constitute 51% of the population and females 49%. Average literacy rate of Athani in 2011 was 74%.

47

3.2.3 Purpose of Land Use Mapping Land use study requires data regarding topography, zoning, settlement, industry, forest, roads and traffic etc. The collection of this data was done from various secondary sources viz. census books, revenue records, state and central government offices, Survey of India toposheets etc. and through primary field surveys as well as high resolution multi spectral satellite image from IRS RESOURCE SAT 2 Satellite with LISS IV sensor. The image has a spatial resolution of 5 M X 5 M. Apart from LULC Map, topographic features of the region were extracted covering village locations, streams, roads, river in the satellite image. In addition to this, natural drainage network is also captured to prepare drainage map as required. The purposes of land use studies are –

1. To determine the present land use pattern; 2. To analyse the impact on land use due to industrial growth in the study area; 3. To give recommendations for optimizing the future land use pattern vis-à-vis growth of

industries in the study area and its associated impacts

3.2.4 Land use Map Analysis Land use Map Analysis done based on the image color, texture, tone etc. Following steps are used to analyse the Land use pattern of project site:

1. Collection of IRS Resourcesat-2 images and made fused and blended the images for color combinations using Image interpreter-Utilities and Layer stack option available in ERDAS.

2. Identification Area of interest and made a buffer of 10km radius. 3. Enhance the Fused and blended IRS Resourcesat-2 image using the Spatial, Radiometric

and Temporal options in ERDAS. 4. Rectify the IRS Resourcesat-2 image using Geo-referencing technique, Toposheet to get

UTM coordinate system. 5. Subset the IRS Resourcesat-2 images and Toposheet using 10Km buffer AOI. 6. Automatic classifications done for IRS Resourcesat-2 images using maximum iterations

and number of options in unsupervised classification options. 7. Created the signature file by selecting the more samples of different features with AOI

on Unsupervised classification image. 8. Export to Vector layer from supervised classification image. 9. Conducting QC / QA and finalized the data.

Satellite Data: Obtained from NRSC, Hyderabad

Table 3.1 Details of Satellite Data

No. Satellite Data Date Format 1 IRS–Resourcesat2 10-11-2016 TIFF

48

Figure 3.1 Satellite Image

49

Figure 3.2 Visual Interpretation Keys used for the Study

Project Site

Settlement

Railway Line

Roads

Crop Land

Fallow Land

Water Bodies

River

Open Scrub

3.2.5 Methodology for LU & LC Study The overall methodology adopted and followed to achieve the objectives of the present study involves the following steps - Satellite data of IRS Resourcesat-2 sensor is geometrically corrected and enhanced using principal component method and nearest neighbourhood re-sampling technique. Preparation of basic theme like layout map, transport & settlement map and from the satellite image by visual interpretation. Essential maps (related to natural resources) like Land use / Land cover map are prepared by visual interpretation of the satellite imagery. Visual interpretation is carried out based on the image characteristics like tone, size, shape, pattern, texture, location, association, background etc. in conjunction with existing maps/ literature. Preliminary quality check and necessary corrections are carried out for all the maps prepared. All the maps prepared are converted into soft copy by digitization of contours and drainages. In that process editing, labelling, mosaicing, quality checking, data integration etc are done, finally Land use areas are measured in Square Kilo meters. 3.3 LAND USE STUDIES

It includes study of topographic features and land use under which area statistics for Land Use Land Cover classes and Land Use Land Cover statistics are included.

50

Figure 3.3 Google Image Showing Study Area

51

Figure 3.4 Process Flow Chart

3.3.1 Topographical Features

The topographical map of project site is of scale 1:50,000 which was obtained from Survey of India. The map is prepared with two topographical maps to cover the study area. Refer figure 3.5 for Topographical Map. 3.3.2 Land Use of Study Area Land use map developed was based on the image color, texture, tone and also ground truth verification data. Ground truth verification was carried out to validate the results of classified image and reconciliation was carried out with actual location of land mark features such as water bodies, agriculture land, etc. The supervised classification of the satellite image yielded the following classes:

52

Figure 3.5 Topographical Map

53

Table 3.2 Area Statistics for Land Use Land Cover Classes

Graphical representation of LULC classification within 10 Km radius of project site is shown below.

Figure 3.6 Land Use Land Cover Statistics

Settlement Map: The project site is located close to National Highway – 204. The area has good literacy rate and there is a lot of development taking place in this area. All the villages are well connected with the roads. Because of other existing industries, the area is well developed with roads, water and electricity supply.

Settlement map shows location of villages along with roads & industries as shown in figure 3.8.

2.90%

57.36%

32.66%

0.70%

0.23%6.16%

Land Use Classification

Built Up Area

Crop Land

Fallow Land

River

Water Bodies

Grass land with open scrub

No. Land Use Land Cover Area (Ha) Percentage (%) Remark 1 Built Up Area 910 2.9 Surrounding villages around the project site are well developed

with road, electricity, and water supply. 2 Crop Land 18,020 57.36 Most of the land use within the 10km radius buffer is crop land.

This is because of fertile soil and water source from Krishna River.

3 Fallow Land 10,260 32.66 Land is fallow because of changing crop type and leaving the land uncultivated to get fertile. Further, hilly region observed & is lacking water supply.

4 River 220 0.76 Major river is Krishna with small tributaries, occupies about 0.93% in this study area. 5 Water Bodies 71 0.23

6 Grassland with open Scrub

1934 6.16 Grassland with open scrub covers about 6.16 % of study area, where the soil is not so good for cultivation.

Total 31,415 100

54

Figure 3.7 Land Use and Land Cover Map

55

The contours are digitized using the topographical maps with scale 1:50,000. The contours levels range from 560 to 780 M in the 10 Km buffer zone. The contour map has been developed with the contour interval of 20 M. In order to know the height information, the contour liners are indicated with different colors. The source of the contour is from survey of India, topographical map. The project site is located at a height of around 560 M w.r.t. mean sea level. The contour map of the study area is given in figure 3.9. 3.4 SOIL CHARACTERISTICS

3.4.1 Introduction

Agriculture is the main occupation in the area. Hence, it is essential to determine agriculture potential of soil from the area and identify the impacts of urbanization and industrialization in the area. Study has been conducted to determine the agricultural and afforestation potential of the soil. The assignment w.r.t. Soil Conservation was done by Mr. B. S. Lole; Functional Area Expert for SC.

3.4.2 Methodology

3.4.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation For studying soil profile of the region, eight locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the project area representing various land use conditions. The physical and chemical properties and heavy metal concentrations of the soil were analysed. The soil samples were collected once during October 2018 – November 2018 – December 2018. Soil samples were collected by ramming core-cutter in the soil up to a depth of 30 cm from surface as per standard soil sampling procedure, given in Soil survey manual, All India soil and land use survey, New Delhi-1970 of Ministry of agriculture, Govt. of India. 3.4.2.2 Sources of Information

In addition to field surveys, the other sources of information were offices of National Bureau of Soil Survey and Land Use Planning (NBSS and LUP) as well as District Census Data from Census of India, 2011. 3.4.2.3 Soil Quality: Present status

Soil quality is the capacity of a specific kind of soil to function, within natural or managed ecosystem boundaries, to sustain plant and animal productivity, maintain or enhance water and air quality and support human health and habitation. Soil quality plays vital role in any particular geographical phenomenon of ecology as well as physico-chemical environment. Soil quality can indicate the current as well as future issues related with the water, ecology and life in the particular region. Thus, it is clearly visible that soil.

3.4.3 Soil Sampling

Soil samples were collected at selected locations in the study area to assess the existing soil conditions in and around the plant site. This will establish the baseline characteristics and will facilitate identification of the incremental concentrations from the proposed plant at a later stage. The baseline characteristics analysed include the impact on soil due to the existing industries in the study area.

56

Figure 3.8 Settlement Map

57

Figure 3.9 Contour Map

58

Figure 3.10 Soil Map

59

Thus, the sampling locations were decided based on criteria listed below – 1. To determine baseline soil characteristics of the study area; 2. To determine the impact on soil characteristics due to the activities of the existing industries

located in the study area; 3. To determine the impact on agricultural productivity of soil due to the proposed project

activity.

Overall, eight soil sampling locations were selected. The locations are listed in Table 3.3. Soil characteristics presented in Table 3.4 are compared with standard classification given in Table 3.5. Comments on soil characteristics are presented at Table 3.4

Table 3.3 Soil Sampling Locations

Station Code Name of the Sampling Point Distance w.r.t. Site (Km) Direction w.r.t. SiteS1 Project Site (Distillery Area) -- -- S2 Kagwad 1.8 S S3 Shedbal 4.4 SE S4 Parmeshwarwadi 8.3 SE S5 Jugul 9.5 SWS6 Mahishal 4.3 N S7 Narwad 4.7 NE S8 Kavtheguland 7.1 W

3.4.3.1 General Observations From the interpretation of field data, physical and chemical analysis data it can be concluded that, soils are fine textured, having low bulk density, imperatively good water holding capacity, and slow permeability. Soils are rated as moderate to good for agriculture. As per chemical characters soil reaction (pH) soils are neutral, slightly to moderately alkaline and electrical conductivity (EC) is non saline (normal). Organic matter is better to sufficient. Macro nutrient like nitrogen is better to sufficient and phosphorus is low, potassium is low, calcium, magnesium are medium to good and base saturation is moderate to good. Sodium is below the limit to make soil saline or sodic or alkaline. Micro-nutrients, Mn (very low may cause deficiency), Zn, Fe ,Al ( nil to low, will cause deficiency), B is low( may cause deficiency) SO4 low to medium and Cl are medium to high. Cation Exchange capacity is high indicating to good fertility. Exchangeable (Ex) Ca is o good with good base saturation, Ex K is low, and Ex Na is also low not indicating any alkalinity. Sodium adsorption ratio indicates the soils are normal.

60

Table 3.4 Existing Soil Characteristics

No. Parameter Unit Location

Project Site (S1)

Kagwad (S2)

Shedbal (S3)

Parmeshwarwadi (S4)

Jugul (S5)

Mahishal (S6)

Narwad (S7)

Kavtheguland (S8)

1 Colour -- Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown Brown 2 Grain Size

Distribution --

• Sand % 25.0 18.0 19.0 17.0 14.0 20.0 16.0 16.0• Silt % 20.0 24.0 21.0 20.0 21.0 22.0 24.0 18.0• Clay % 55.0 58.0 60.0 63.0 65.0 58.0 60.0 66.0

3 Texture Class Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay Clay4 Bulk Density gm/cc 1.11 1.28 1.37 1.35 1.39 1.25 1.32 1.365 Permeability cm/hr 0.69 0.57 0.73 0.71 0.74 0.68 0.62 0.566 Water Holding

capacity % 35.1 40.80 36.3 36.4 35.9 37.1 39.80 41.2

7 Porosity % 37.8 42.60 38.4 37.1 38.2 39.2 40.10 42.58 pH (1: Aq

Extraction) -- 7.1 7.58 7.72 7.75 7.5 7.9 7.94 7.56

9 Electrical Conductivity (1: Aq Extraction)

µS/cm 168.1 135.4 156.2 168.4 148.4 124.8 121.60 128.2

10 Cation Exchange Capacity

meq/100gm 23.08 36.16 44.36 36.75 39.92 50.74 49.74 45.21

11 Exchangeable Ca meq/100gm 12.5 23.69 28.78 25.42 26.59 30.82 28.71 28.0212 Exchangeable Mg meq/100gm 10.23 12.21 15.22 11.02 12.96 19.58 20.81 16.9413 Exchangeable K meq/100gm 0.23 0.21 0.22 0.2 14 Exchangeable Na meq/100gm 0.12 0.05 0.14 0.11 0.21 0.17 0.13 0.1815 Sodium

Absorption Ratio -- 0.036 0.012 0.03 0.026 0.16 0.17 0.09 0.07

16 Nitrogen (N) mg/kg 221.8 374.6 282.9 340.4 0.036 0.034 0.018 0.01517 Available P mg/kg 11.24 18.21 22.34 16.89 450.6 571.6 390.8 488.718 Available K mg/kg 90.8 80.1 84.8 79.50 15.12 17.18 21.34 31.1519 Organic Carbon % 1.38 2.05 3.27 2.88 81.6 65.6 51.4 70.820 Organic Matter % 2.37 3.53 5.62 4.95 2.09 2.77 1.98 1.7521 Water Soluble

Chloride (Cl) mg/kg 11.98 20.1 38.58 76.2 3.59 4.76 3.41 3.01

22 Water Soluble Sulphate (SO4)

mg/kg 16.8 47.1 19.4 42.1 60.2 112.8 75.1 84.1

23 Aluminum (Al) mg/kg 0.12 BDL BDL 0.16 11.6 34.8 118.8 112.924 Total Iron (Fe) mg/kg 28.4 41.2 32.8 20.4 0.18 BDL BDL BDL25 Manganese (Mn) mg/kg 1.28 1.77 2.01 3.36 20.4 36.8 22.4 13.426 Boron (B) mg/kg 0.04 0.05 0.02 0.03 1.26 0.36 0.05 1.3827 Zinc ( Zn) mg/kg 2.24 1.34 2.16 1.28 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.0528 Total Cr mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL 1.26 7.27 3.36 9.3429 Lead (Pb) mg/kg 0.41 0.48 0.28 0.16 BDL BDL BDL BDL30 Nickel (Ni) mg/kg 3.04 5.36 4.14 2.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL31 Arsenic (As) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL 2.06 7.14 4.34 5.1832 Mercury (Hg) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL33 Cadmium (Cd) mg/kg 0.05 0.04 BDL 0.05 BDL BDL BDL BDL34 Barium as (Ba) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.02 0.13 0.04 0.1435 Selenium (Se) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL36 Copper (Cu) mg/kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

61

Table 3.5 Standard Soil Classification No. Soil Tests Classification 1 pH <4.5 extremely acidic

4.50-5.5 very strongly acidic 5.00-5.5 strongly acidic 5.50-6.0 moderately acidic 6.00-6.5 slightly acidic

6.5-7.3 neutral * 7.3-7.8 slightly alkaline * 7.6-8.5 moderately alkaline* 8.5-9.0 strongly alkaline 9.0 very strongly alkaline (* tolerable to crops)

2 Salinity Electrical conductivity (mhos/ cm) (1 mhos/ cm = 640 PPM)

upto 1.0 average 1.01-2.0 harmful to germination 2.01-3.0 harmful to crops sensitive to salts

--

3 Organic Carbon upto 0.2 very less 0.21-0.4 less 0.41-0.5 medium

0.61-0.8 on an average sufficient 0.81-1.0 sufficient >1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (kg/ha) upto 50 very less 51-100 less 101-150 good

151-300 better above 300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (kg/ha) upto 15 very less 16-30 less 31-50 medium

51-65 on an average sufficient 65-80 sufficient above 80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (kg/ha) 0 very less 120-180 less 181-240 medium

240-300 average 301-360 better above 360 more than sufficient

3.5 DRAINAGE AND GEOMORPHOLOGY The assignment w.r.t. Hydrology, Ground water & Water conservation and Geology (HG & GEO) has been done by Dr. J. B. Pishte, an empanelled FAE of EEIPL for HG & GEO and Mr. Vaibhav Survase, inhouse FAE for HG & GEO. The scope of work methodology involved and allied details are presented in following paragraphs. The drainage system and geomorphology of this part of Belgaum district is typical of Deccan Trap terrain. The area around the project site is more or less flat in the flood plain of Krishna River on its left bank. There are no prominent mountains or hill ranges. The project is located in the plains having altitude range between 550 M to 580 M. 3.5.1 Drainage & Geomorphology Drainage map of the study area was mapped using the field data and topographical map. The drainage map shows that there are not many water bodies in the 10km radius of proposed project site. Drainage system and geomorphology of this part of Belgaum district is typical of Deccan Trap terrain. The area around the project site is more or less flat in the flood plain of Krishna River on its left bank. There are no prominent mountains or hill ranges in the area. Project site is located in the plains having altitude range between 550 to 580 meters. Refer figure 3.11 for Drainage Map & figure 3.12 for Geomorphological Map.

62

Drainage maps shows that there are many small streams and drains near the proposed project site. Most of these streams are connected to the Krishna River. As per the topography and drainage pattern, the proposed is not under any flood area. Area of influence of the project has low drainage density. The overall drainage pattern is dendritic type. The seasonal streams in the area around project site drain into Krishna River. These streams are frequently, temporarily fed by water percolating from farm lands that are irrigated by Lift Irrigation Schemes. Water logging was noticed in some low lands and depressions in the area. 3.6 GEOLOGY, HYDROLOGY AND HYDROGEOLOGY

3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession of Deccan Basalt Group of the Western Ghats

(After Beane et al.1986, Bodas et al. 1988, Cox and Hawkesworth, 1985, Subbarao and Hooper, 1988 and Khadri et al. 1988 in Geology of Maharashtra, editor Dr. G. G. Deshapande, 1998, by Geological Society of India, Bangalore – Modified to suite this report). Geologically the area falls in the southern part of the Deccan Volcanic Province (DVP) of Peninsular India (Figure 3.13). The DVP is dominated by basaltic lava flows in the form of horizontally bedded sheets spread over large area. The individual lava flows are more or less uniform in physical appearance, but lateral variations in color, composition and texture or structure are not uncommon. Two variants of lava flows, namely compact basalt and vesicular-amygdular basalt are exposed in well sections. Good black cotton soil is seen all over the area and outcrops or exposures of rocks are visible only in road sections, and in dug-wells. The thickness of soil cover ranges between 1 m in eastern part away from river to 5 m in western part towards the river. Figure 3.14 shows a representative dug well section in sugarcane fields west of Kagwad village. 3.6.2 Hydrogeology Hydrogeology of study area is governed by depth of weathering and physical nature of basalt rock. The weathered portions of basalt at shallow depth in the area west and south of the Project Site have better porosity and permeability. Close spaced jointing in compact basalt is favorable for movement and storage of groundwater. 3.6.3 Groundwater Resources During field visit it was observed that the area has limited natural groundwater resources. There are many dug wells and bore wells sunk for irrigation purpose, but their natural yield is reported to be insufficient for farming. However, most of the area around the Project Site is irrigated by Lift Irrigation Schemes on Krishna River; hence there is no noticeable shortage of water. This facilitates recharging the wells with water percolating from adjacent irrigated farmlands. Most of the area around the project site has perennial crop pattern dominated by sugarcane. The well inventory data is presented in Table 3.6.

63

Figure 3.11 Drainage Map

64

Figure 3.12 Geomorphological Map

65

Figure 3.13 Geological Map of Part of Deccan Volcanic Province

Figure 3.14: Dug well No. 10 West of Kagwad: Section shows vesicular basalt below RCC curbing

66

Table 3.6 Well inventory data for the area around the site of SSWL Project Site

Village/ Well

location Latitude Longitude SWL m bgl R. L. of Ground m amsl

R.L. of SWL m amsl

1 16°41'41.13"N 74°43'38.14"E 1.5 564 562.5 2 16°41'40.51"N 74° 5'9.23"E 1.0 563 5623 16°42'38.28"N 74°43'36.21"E 8.0 574 5664 16°42'36.00"N 74°43'40.05"E 8.0 574 5665 16°42'33.95"N 74°43'40.02"E 7.0 573 5666 16°42'32.08"N 74°43'54.44"E 6.0 574 5687 16°43'4.16"N 74°43'47.03"E 4.0 569 5658 16°42'31.51"N 74°42'56.80"E 2.0 558 5569 16°41'43.01"N 74°43'7.20"E 5.5 563 557.510 16°41'44.09"N 74°42'46.87"E 4.0 559 55511 16°41'43.36"N 74°42'41.17"E 4.5 558 553.512 16°42'19.66"N 74°42'49.05"E 3.5 556 552.5

Dug/Bore wells are more common and popular in the study area. Most of the wells are shallow type and water table is at about 5 M deep. The deep dug wells are up to a depth of 12 M. Refer figure 3.15 for Geohydrological Map. Ground water contours are shown in figure 3.16. 3.7 WATER QUALITY 3.7.1 Introduction Selected water quality parameters, for surface and ground water resources within 10 Km radius from the site (as a center), have been considered for assessing the water environment and evaluate the impact due to the project. Understanding the water quality is important in the preparation of environmental impact assessment and to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation. 3.7.2 Methodology 3.7.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation Reconnaissance was undertaken and monitoring locations were finalized based on (1) Topo maps and drainage map to identify major water bodies, and (2) likely areas which can represent baseline conditions. Sampling and analysis of water samples for physical, chemical and heavy metals were undertaken through NABL & MoEFCC; New Delhi approved laboratory - M/s. Green Envirosafe Engineers & Consultant Private Limited, Pune. Eight locations for surface water and eight locations for ground water samples were selected which are listed in Table 3.7.

67

Figure 3.15 Geohydrological Map within 10 Km Radius Buffer

68

Figure 3.16 GW Contour for the area around SSWL Project Site

Table 3.7 Monitoring Locations for Surface Water

Station Code Name of the Station Distance from the Project Site (Km)

Direction w.r.t. Project Site

SW1 Kuttwad (Upstream) 6.4 NW SW2 Kavateguland

(Downstream) 7.1 W

SW3 Nalla at Ganeshwadi 3.8 W SW4 Tank Near Shedbal 5.5 SE SW5 River Nalla Confluence 3.13 NW SW6 Tank Near Mhaisal 3.73 NW SW7 Tank Near Ghanwad 9.13 W SW8 Tank Near Kavateguland 8.22 SW

69

Table 3.8 Monitoring Locations for Ground Water

No. Station Code Name of the Station Latitude Longitude

1 GW1 Near Kagwad 16°41'41.13"N 74°43'38.14"E2 GW2 Near Industry 16°42'38.28"N 74°43'42.04"E3 GW3 Near Industry 16°42'36.00"N 74°43'40.05"E4 GW4 Near Industry 16°43'4.16"N 74°43'47.03"E5 GW5 Near Industry 16°42'31.51"N 74°42'56.80"E6 GW6 Near Ganeshwadi 16°41'43.01"N 74°43'7.20"E7 GW7 Near Ganeshwadi 16°41'44.09"N 74°42'46.87"E8 GW8 Near Ganeshwadi 16°41'43.36"N 74°42'41.17"E

3.7.3 Sampling Procedure for Primary Data Generation Ground and surface water sources, covered in an area of 10 Km radius from the project site were examined for physico-chemical, heavy metal and bacteriological parameters in order to assess the effect of industrial and other activities on surface and ground water. The samples were collected and analysed as per procedures specified in ‘Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater’ published by American Public Health Association (APHA).Samples for chemical analysis were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples were collected in sterilized glass bottles for bacteriological portability test. Parameters analysed at the site were pH, temperature, odor, turbidity and dissolved oxygen using portable water analysis kits. Selected physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters have been analysed for projecting the existing water quality status in the core area. Results for the parameters analysed in surface water samples, are compared with Class ‘C’ water as per IS: 10500:2012, Second Revision; “Specifications for Drinking Water”. 3.7.4 Presentation of Results for Survey from Oct. 2018 – Nov. 2018 – Dec.2018 3.7.4.1 Surface Water - Analysis results for surface water are given in the table 3.9. 3.7.4.1.1 General Observations

Table 3.9 shows surface water characteristics in study area of SSWL, Kagwad. For this 8 samples were collected from 10 Km study area. Samples were collected and analysed as per APHA (2015) and compared with IS (2012) standards. Water at all sites is found alkaline in nature. BOD values were in the range of 9 – 21.9 mg/l while COD ranges from 31 – 44.9 mg/l. TDS values ranges from 521.96 to 691.55 mg/l. It is also seen that, at some locations values of Calcium, Magnesium, Sulphates and Fluorides exceeded the limit. And at all sites, water samples showed presence of total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are above the prescribed permissible limits. Hence, from observations it could be seen that the water is chemically as well as biologically not potable. Water can be used for domestic purpose after proper water treatment method/technologies.

70

Table 3.9 Surface Water Sample Analysis Results

No. Parameter Unit Location Limits IS 10500:2012 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

1 Color Hazen 1.51 3.26 1.71 3.11 2.05 2.05 2.18 1.55 Colorless2 Odor -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable3 pH -- 7.6 7.91 7.5 7.6 7.7 7.4 7.8 7.7

Not Specified

4 Conductivity µS/cm 779.03 932.93 1032.14 862.49 943.45 831.52 876.71 868.97 6.5-8.55

TDS mg/lit 521.96 625.08 691.55 577.88 632.13 557.13 587.41 582.22

Not Specified

6 Turbidity NTU 03.00 04.00 03.00 04.00 04.00 03.00 03.00 02.00 < 500.007 TSS mg/lit 35.18 44.16 27.24 45.89 39.56 51.47 34.28 28.44

Not Specified

8 COD mg/lit 32.26 44.00 44.59 31.00 39.84 34.00 42.52 44.96 1.09 BOD days at

27oC mg/lit 14.11 18.00 21.93 09.00 17.77 11.00 15.31 19.84Not

Specified10 Ammonical

Nitrogen mg/lit 0.12 0.30 0.32 0.10 0.40 0.25 0.24 0.21 < 45.011 Nitrate as

NO3 mg/lit 2.01 20.19 2.80 2.70 2.50 2.80 11.10 12.80Not

Specified12 Nitrite as

NO2 mg/lit 0.22 0.98 0.40 0.50 0.30 0.60 0.68 0.56Not

Specified13 Nitrogen as

N mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDLNot

Specified14 Phosphorous

as PO4 mg/lit 3.10 9.60 3.90 3.24 4.20 3.28 9.10 9.28Not

Specified15 Potassium as

K mg/lit 35.80 54.80 45.40 46.80 41.80 41.20 42.10 36.80Not

Specified16 Sodium as

Na mg/lit 58.90 65.80 58.90 54.10 56.40 53.60 69.80 72.40Not

Specified17 Calcium as

Ca mg/lit 32.40 91.95 102.80 76.80 90.50 84.80 94.80 101.40Not

Specified18 Magnesium

as Mg mg/lit 22.10 33.64 42.60 24.80 35.80 31.80 26.80 32.10 < 75.019 Total

Hardness as CaCO3

mg/lit 172.05 368.47 432.51 294.18 373.75 343.02 347.42 385.75 < 30.0

20 Carbonates as CO32- mg/lit 126.70 144.90 158.90 148.90 136.90 136.80 136.80 124.90 < 200.0

21 Bicarbonates as HCO3 mg/lit 100.20 91.40 111.40 101.40 124.80 98.40 68.10 61.40

Not Specified

22 Chlorides as Cl- mg/lit 61.30 46.45 101.20 56.40 68.90 52.80 54.90 52.40

Not Specified

23 Sulphates as SO4 mg/lit 76.55 61.20 59.80 62.40 66.40 48.20 69.80 75.40 < 250.0

24 Sulphide as H2S mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 200.0

25 Fluorides as F- mg/lit 1.76 1.21 1.20 1.24 1.40 1.02 1.24 1.28 < 0.1

26 Iron as Fe mg/lit 1.20 0.86 0.62 0.58 0.68 0.48 0.96 0.18 < 0.527 Aluminum

as Al mg/lit 0.64 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.328 Barium as

Ba mg/lit

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.0529 Boron as B mg/lit BDL 0.41 0.48 0.41 0.23 0.35 0.21 0.26 <5.030 Copper as

Cu mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05

31 Selenium as Se

mg/lit 0.09 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01

32 Zinc as Zn mg/lit BDL 0.98 0.74 0.71 0.84 0.65 0.68 0.74 < 0.00133 Cadmium as

Cd mg/lit 0.98 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.00334 Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01

71

No. Parameter Unit Location Limits IS 10500:2012 SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4 SW5 SW6 SW7 SW8

35 Mercury as Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL ABSENT

36 Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL ABSENT37 Arsenic as

As mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL38 Chromium

as Cr mg/lit BDL 0.019 BDL 0.012 BDL 0.022 0.018 0.02439 Total

Coliform No./100ml 1598 966 734 896 812 698 1020 980 ABSENT40 Fecal

Coliform No./100ml 620 622 344 512 410 398 456 688 ABSENT

3.7.4.2 Ground Water

Analysis results for ground water are given in the table 3.10.

Table 3.10 Ground Water Sample Analysis Results

No. Parameter Unit Location Limits 10500:2012 GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

1 Color Hazen 1.25 1.78 1.22 1.05 1.40 1.56 1.74 1.60 5.00 2 Odor -- Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable 3 pH -- 7.4 7.5 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.6 7.7 7.5 6.5-8.54 Conductivity µS/cm 854.16 860.70 853.92 610.51 838.40 884.53 933.02 811.43

Not Specified

5 TDS mg/lit 572.30 576.68 572.14 409.05 561.74 592.65 625.14 543.67 < 500.00 6 Turbidity NTU 3.00 5.00 2.00 2.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 2.00 < 1.007 TSS mg/lit 34.21 51.28 35.69 24.57 33.45 46.19 32.76 38.62 Not

Specified8 COD mg/lit 53.00 53.87 50.17 42.12 48.38 55.24

59.75 26.00 Not Specified

9 BOD 3 days at 27oC mg/lit

19.54 20.17 19.82 15.69 18.74 21.8424.58 8.00 Not

Specified 10 Ammonical

Nitrogen mg/lit 0.30 0.23 0.14 0.16 0.18 0.24 0.28 0.18 < 0.50

11 Nitrate as NO3 mg/lit 2.15 2.42 2.10 2.26 2.36 2.20 2.14 1.69 < 45.00

12 Nitrite as NO2 mg/lit 0.21 0.18 0.18 0.22 0.21 0.21 0.27 0.18 Not

Specified13 Nitrogen as

N mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL Not Specified

14 Phosphorous as PO4 mg/lit 3.54 3.27 3.26 3.43 3.24 3.16 3.14 3.24 Not

Specified15 Potassium as

K mg/lit 36.80 38.40 31.20 32.40 31.10 26.80 40.10 40.80 Not Specified

16 Sodium as Na mg/lit 61.80 62.80 66.50 62.40 52.10 54.90 65.40 63.80 Not

Specified17 Calcium as

Ca mg/lit 84.53 106.85 98.27 75.99 114.16 91.45 102.10 74.86 < 75.00

18 Magnesium as Mg mg/lit 26.85 24.18 34.21 26.53 38.40 30.80 35.40 28.46 < 30.00

19 Total Hardness as CaCO3

mg/lit 321.95 366.75 386.62 299.28 443.61 355.52 401.10 304.41

< 200.00

20 Carbonates as CO3-- mg/lit 121.10 134.80 112.10 16.80 126.80 134.80 135.40 112.40 Not

Specified21 Bicarbonates

as HCO3 mg/lit 96.40 78.40 86.40 69.00 83.40 101.40 98.10 86.40Not

Specified22 Chlorides as

Cl- mg/lit 84.50 56.40 62.40 53.40 45.10 62.40 68.10 72.90 < 250.00

23 Sulphates as mg/lit 51.20 66.10 72.40 64.90 62.40 81.20 72.10 56.40 < 200.00

72

No. Parameter Unit Location Limits 10500:2012 GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8

SO4 24 Sulphide as

H2S mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05

25 Fluorides as F- mg/lit 1.35 1.28 1.34 0.57 1.12 1.28 1.21 1.05 < 1.00

26 Iron as Fe mg/lit 0.58 0.56 0.56 0.22 0.38 0.46 0.64 0.63 < 0.3027 Aluminium

as Al mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.03

28 Barium as Ba

mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.70

29 Boron as B mg/lit 0.24 0.21 0.21 0.08 0.19 0.16 0.34 0.22 < 0.5030 Copper as

Cu mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.05

31 Selenium as Se

mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.01

32 Zinc as Zn mg/lit 0.64 0.51 0.81 0.64 0.54 1.09 0.34 0.38 <5.0033 Cadmium as

Cd mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.003

34 Lead as Pb mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.0135 Mercury as

Hg mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL <0.001

36 Nickel as Ni mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.0237 Arsenic as

As mg/lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL < 0.01

38 Chromium as Cr mg/lit BDL BDL

BDL BDL BDL 0.02 BDL BDL < 0.05

39 Total Coliform No./100ml 12 22 24 30 28 26 32 36

Absent40 Fecal

Coliform No./100ml 08 14 08 18 14 16 22 26 Absent

3.7.4.2.1 General Observations

Table 3.10 shows ground water characteristics in study area of SSWL. Ground water was collected at eight different locations which are listed in table 3.8. Same is analyzed as per APHA (2015) and compared with IS 10500: 2012.

pH values were observed in the range of 7.4 to 7.7. TDS were found in the range of 409 mg/l to 625 mg/l. TDS for ground water collected from 7 locations, exceeding the limit. COD values observed in the range of 26 mg/l to 59.7 mg/l and that for BOD in the range of 8 mg/l to 24.5 mg/l. At all sites, water samples showed presence of total coliforms and fecal coliforms. Ground water results of these eight sample sites showed that the water is not potable, these sample contain high TDS.

3.8 METEOROLOGY

3.8.1 Introduction Micro-meteorological data within the study area during the air quality survey period is an indispensable part of air pollution studies. The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for input to the predictive models for air quality dispersion. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological status of the region. Site specific data can be compared with the historical

73

data in order to identify changes, which may have taken place due to the rapid industrialization in the area. The micro-meteorological parameters regulate the transport and diffusion of pollutants released into the atmosphere. The principal variables, which affect the micrometeorology, are horizontal connective transport (average wind speed and direction), vertical connective transport (atmospheric stability and inversion conditions) and topography of the area. The climate of the study area and surrounding area is generally dry except in the southwest monsoon season. The year may broadly be divided into four seasons- Winter season : December to February Pre-monsoon season : March to May Monsoon season : June to September Post monsoon season : October and November

Climate is the main aspect of the physical environment affecting agriculture. The potential crop producing ability of a given area is dependant primarily upon the existing climate and soil condition under which the crop must be grown (Singh, Jasbir 1976). Climate can influence the agriculture and also land degradation process, indirectly through its impact of soil formation or directly through such factors as length of growing season, the occurrence of forest and availability of water, crop growth. Thus climatic conditions have an important bearing on the agricultural development. The climate of the Athani tehsil on the whole is dry in the major part of the year. The climate is typically monsoonal in character with four months of rainy season followed by eight months of relatively dry period of winter and summer. Temperature The coldest month is December with an average low temperature of 25.3 °C and the hottest month is May with an average high temperature of 40 °C. Winter temperatures rarely drop up to 18 °C (54 °F), and summer temperatures seldom exceed 30–40 °C Rainfall Being situated in upper region of Belagavi district which lies in the elevated terrain of north-western Karnataka, Athani has a tropical climate. It is known for its moderately climate throughout the year. Athani receives rainfall from both the northeast and the southwest monsoons and the wettest months are June–September. It has a distinct normal climate in every season. Extreme climate should not found here. June and August have a good deal of rainfall, while the winters have very little. The average annual rainfall is 582 mm. 3.8.2 Methodology The methodology adopted for monitoring surface observations is as per the standard norms laid down by Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) and the Indian Meteorology Department (IMD). On-site monitoring was undertaken for various meteorological variables in order to generate the data, which is then compared with the meteorological data generated by IMD, Belgaum.

74

3.8.2.1 Methodology of Data Generation Meteorological data has been generated at the site. The meteorological parameters were monitored for one season i. e. from October 2018 – November 2018– December 2018. Details of parameters monitored, equipments used and the frequency of monitoring is given in Table 3.11

Table 3.11 Meteorological Parameters

No. Parameters Instrument Frequency 1 Wind Speed Counter Cup Anemometer Every Hour 2 Wind Direction Wind Vane Every Hour 3 Temperature Thermometer Min. /Max. - Once in a day4 Relative Humidity Dry/Wet bulb Thermometer Twice a day

3.8.2.2 Sources of Information Secondary information on meteorological conditions has been collected from the IMD station, Belgaum. Wind roses, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall intensity have been compiled from IMD station, Belgaum. Similarly, data on cloud cover is compiled from climatological tables from the IMD station, Belgaum. 3.8.2.3 Wind Pattern at Project Wind Speed and direction are recorded at site every hour. The predominant wind during the study season is from East (E) direction. 3.9 AIR QUALITY

3.9.1 Introduction The ambient air quality with respect to study zone of 10 Km radius around the SSWL site forms the baseline information. The study area represents some urban environment although there is dominance of rural habitation. The various sources of air pollution in the study area are commercial and residential activities from the urban as well as rural areas, transportation and vehicular traffic etc. The impact of said actions and events through various emissions is reflected in the results of ambient air quality monitoring. The major air pollutants released into atmosphere from the different sources are PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and CO. However, these vary with type and nature of the sources. This section describes selection of sampling locations, includes the methodology of sampling and analytical techniques with frequency of sampling. Presentation of results for the October 2018 – November 2018– December 2018 survey is followed by observations. All the requisite monitoring assignments, sampling and analysis was conducted through the environmental laboratory of M/s. Green Envirosafe Engineers & Consultant Private Limited, Pune; NABL accredited and MoEFCC; New Delhi approved organization. Further it has also received ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 OHSAS 18001–2007 certifications by DNV. Assignment w.r.t. air quality was done by empanelled FAE, Mr. J. M. Gadgil and Inhouse FAE Mr. Yuvraj Damugade.

75

3.9.2 Methodology 3.9.2.1 Selection of Sampling Locations The baseline status of the ambient air quality has been assessed through an ambient air quality monitoring network. The design of monitoring network, in the air quality surveillance program, is based on considerations namely – (1) Meteorological conditions, (2) Topography of the study area, (3) Representativeness of regional background air quality for obtaining baseline status, and (4) Representativeness of likely industrial impact areas. Ambient air monitoring was conducted in the study area to assess the quality of air for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, and CO. Ambient AAQM stations were set up at 8 locations with due consideration to the above mentioned points, details of which are presented below.

Table 3.12 Details of AAQM Locations, Monitoring Frequency and Analysis Methods

AAQM Station Code

Name of the Station

Station Location

Distance from the

Site (Km)

Direction w.r.t. Site Parameters Frequency of

Monitoring Analysis Methods

A1 Industrial Site

-- -- --

PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx CO

PM10 & PM2.5 : Continuous, 24 Hourly, twice a week

Gravimetric Method (IS:5182, Part IV)

A2 Shedbal Up- Wind 4.4 SE

A3 Lokur 7.5 E SO2 & NOx: 8 Hourly, three samples/day, twice a week

SO2: Modified West and Gaeke Method (IS:5182, Part II; Sodium Tetra chloro-mercurate).

A4 Ganeshwadi Down Wind

3.8 W NOx: Jacobs and Hochheiser Method (IS: 5182, Part VI)

A5 Hasur 5.1 W CO: Once in a day, once a week

NDIR Method (IS: 5182, Part X)

A6 Kagwad Cross wind

1.8 SA7 Narwad 4.7 NEA8 Mhaisal Nearest

Habitation 4.3 N

3.9.2.2 Parameters, Frequency and Analysis Methods for AAQ Monitoring

The frequency adopted for sampling is two days per week; 24 hourly for all eight ambient air quality stations. The baseline data of air environment, for all monitoring stations, was generated. Details of same are presented in table above. 3.9.3 Presentation of Results

The summary of results for analysis of ambient air monitoring is presented in Table 3.13. The permissible ambient air quality limits are also presented in Table 3.14

76

Table 3.13 Summary of the AAQ Monitoring Results for Season [October 2018 – November 2018– December 2018]

Parameter Location

Industrial Site Shedbal Lokur Ganesh

wadi Hasur Kagwad Narwad Mhaisal

PM10

(μg/M3) Max. 65.40 66.10 68.20 64.80 66.20 64.20 66.80 66.90Min. 53.80 54.20 51.40 53.40 52.00 52.40 54.90 53.70Avg. 58.30 59.52 58.83 57.82 59.94 58.07 60.07 59.5998% 62.45 61.76 63.31 62.06 62.63 61.41 63.18 62.50

PM2.5

(μg/M3) Max. 29.80 27.40 27.60 27.00 24.00 26.90 30.00 31.10Min. 16.80 14.80 14.80 14.80 16.50 17.20 14.50 16.80Avg. 22.14 21.55 21.28 20.99 20.60 20.87 21.63 23.4798% 26.58 24.55 25.57 24.95 23.43 24.49 25.11 26.12

SO2

(μg/M3) Max. 29.80 26.90 26.80 24.90 26.80 26.80 26.80 26.80Min. 16.80 14.80 14.80 15.60 12.40 14.20 16.80 14.90Avg. 22.52 19.29 20.87 21.17 20.63 20.90 20.59 19.9798% 25.64 23.31 24.69 23.89 24.99 24.66 22.95 23.58

NOx (μg/M3)

Max. 38.40 35.10 37.20 34.60 35.30 35.80 36.00 36.10Min. 25.50 26.40 25.60 26.60 26.00 26.20 26.20 25.40Avg. 32.95 29.85 30.64 30.60 29.61 29.46 32.06 31.4698% 35.20 32.74 33.33 33.27 33.22 32.78 34.53 34.25

CO (mg/m3)

Max. 0.16 0.16 0.16 0.18 0.16 0.15 0.17 0.14Min. 0.05 0.03 0.06 0.06 0.03 0.04 0.05 0.05Avg. 0.10 0.10 0.11 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.10 0.1098% 0.13 0.14 0.15 0.14 0.13 0.14 0.14 0.14

Note: 1. PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are computed based on 24 hourly values.

2. CO is computed based on 8 hourly values.

Table 3.14 National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) Specified By Central Pollution Control Board Notification (New Delhi, The 18th November, 2009)

Parameter (μg/M3) Standards Industrial and mixed use zone Residential and rural zone

PM10 24 Hr 100 100 A.A. 60 60

PM2.5 24 Hr 60 60 A.A. 40 40

SO2 24 Hr 80 80 A.A. 50 20

NOx 24 Hr 80 80 A.A. 40 40

CO (mg/m3) 8 Hr 2 2 1 Hr 4 4

Note: A.A. represents “Annual Average” 3.9.4 Observations Based On Period October 2018 – November 2018– December 2018

The observations in respect of results presented in Table 3.13 are given below.

Particulate Matter (PM10)

The PM10 values at all the eight locations are attributed to wind blown dust. The 98 percentile values at eight locations observed between 61.4μg/M3 to 63.3μg/M3, which are within the permissible limit of 100 μg/M3.

77

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

The 98 percentile value of PM2.5 for industrial site is 26.58 μg/M3, those for other locations ranges in between 23.43 μg/M3 to 26.12μg/M3. Observed values for all locations are within the permissible limit for residential and rural zone i.e. 60 μg/M3. Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

SO2 concentrations for all the locations are well below the permissible limit of 80 μg/M3 with 98 percentile value ranges between 22.95μg/M3 to 25.64μg/M3 Nitrogen Oxides (NOx)

The 98 percentile value of NOx for industrial site is 35.2μg/M3. NOx values for remaining stations are within the permissible limit 80 μg/M3. The 98 percentile values ranges between 32.74μg/M3 to 35.2μg/M3. Carbon Monoxide (CO)

The 98 percentile value of CO concentration observed at site is 0.13 mg/m3 and those for other locations found within the permissible limit with range 0.13-0.15 mg/m3. 3.10 NOISE LEVEL SURVEY 3.10.1 Introduction

The physical description of sound concerns its loudness as a function of frequency. Noise in general is that sound which is composed of many frequency components of loudness distributed over the audible frequency range. Various noise scales have been introduced to describe, in a single number, the response of an average human to a complex sound made up of various frequencies at different loudness levels. The most common and universally accepted scale is the ‘A’ weighted scale which is measured as dB (A). This is more suitable for audible range of 20 to 20,000 HZ. The scale has been designed to weigh various components of noise according to the response of a human ear. The impact of noise sources on surrounding community depends on:

• Characteristics of noise sources (instantaneous, intermittent or continuous in nature). It can be observed that steady noise is not as annoying as the one, which is of continuously varying loudness.

• The time of day at which noise occurs, for example high noise levels at night in residential areas are not acceptable because of sleep disturbance.

• The location of the noise source, with respect to noise sensitive land use, which determines the loudness and period of exposure.

Environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from noise induced hearing loss to annoyance depending on loudness of noise levels. The environmental impact assessment of noise from the industrial activity, vehicular traffic can be undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing, physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses. Study area of 10 Km radius with reference to the SSWL industry site was covered for noise environment. The four zones viz. residential, commercial, industrial and silent zones have been considered for noise monitoring. Some of the major arterial roads were covered to assess the noise due to traffic. Noise monitoring was undertaken for 24 hours at each

78

location. The purpose of noise pollution impact assessment in the study area is to assess impact of total noise generated by industries and vehicular traffic on the human settlements within 10 Km radius. The main objectives of the studies conducted were - Assessment of background noise levels Identification and monitoring the major noise sources of the existing activity Impact of noise on the workers as well as on general population.

The assignment of noise monitoring was done by FAE of EEIPL for NV - Mr. Vinay Kumar Kurakula in the month of November 2018. 3.10.2 Identification of Sampling Locations

A preliminary reconnaissance survey was undertaken to identify the major noise generating sources in the area. Noise generating sources have been identified with respect to the activities, viz. industrial noise and ambient noise due to industries and traffic, which have impact on sensitive areas. The noise sampling locations have been indicated below.

3.10.2.1 Ambient Noise Monitoring Stations

The noise survey involved determination of noise levels, in decibels, at following 8 locations in the study area. Noise levels were recorded once in a month for 24-hour period at each village.

Table 3.15 Noise Monitoring Locations

Station Code Name of the Sampling Location

Direction w.r.t. Project Site

Distance w.r.t. Project Site

N1 Industrial Site -- -- N2 Kagwad S 1.8 N3 Parameshwarawadi SE 8.3 N4 Jugul SSW 9.7 N5 Mhaisal N 4.3 N6 Narwad NE 4.7 N7 Kavateguland WWS 8.1 N8 Ganeshwadi W 3.8

Parameters Measured During Monitoring - A noise rating developed by EPA for specification of community noise from all the sources is the day-night sound level, (Ldn). It is similar to a 24-hour equivalent sound level except that during the night-time period, which extends from 10 PM to 6 AM, a 10 dB (A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing 24 hour average. This night time penalty is added to account for the fact that noise during night, when people usually sleep, is judged more annoying than the same noise during the daytime. For noise levels measured over a given period of time interval, it is possible to describe important features of noise using statistical quantities. This is calculated using the percent of the certain noise levels exceeding during the time interval. The notation for the statistical quantities of noise levels is described below : L10 is the noise level exceeded 10 percent of the time L50 is the noise level exceeded 50 percent of the time, and L90 is the noise level exceeded 90 percent of the time Lday is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during day (6 AM to 10 PM). Lnight is equivalent noise level measured over a period of time during night (10 PM to 6 AM).

79

Figure 3.17 Noise Monitoring Locations

Equivalent Sound Pressure Level (Leq): The Leq is the equivalent continuous sound level that is equivalent to the same sound energy as the actual fluctuating sound measured in the same period. This is necessary because sound from noise source often fluctuates widely during a given period of time. This is calculated from the following equation: (L10-L90)2 Leq=L50+ ------------- 60 Ldn: The noise rating developed for community noise from all sources is all Day-Nights Sound Level (Ldn). It is similar to a 24 hr equivalent sound level except during night time period (10 PM to 6 AM) where a 10 dB(A) weighing penalty is added to the instantaneous sound level before computing the 24 hr average. The Ldn for a given location in a community may be calculated from the hourly Leq’s, by the equation. Ldn=10 log {1/24[15(10 Ld/10) +9 (10(Ln+10)/10)]} Where Ld is the equivalent sound level during the daytime (6 AM to 10 PM) and Ln is the equivalent sound level during the night-time (10 PM to 6 AM).

80

3.10.2.2 Method of Monitoring A detailed noise level survey was undertaken to study the levels of noise, as the high noise levels may cause adverse effect on human beings and the associated environment. The noise level monitoring was carried out through MoEFCC; New Delhi accredited and NABL approved laboratory- M/s. Green Envirosafe Engineers & Consultant Private Limited, Pune. Further it has also received ISO 9001:2008, ISO 14001:2004 OHSAS 18001–2007 certifications by DNV. 3.10.2.3 Standards for Noise Levels MoEFCC has notified ambient air quality standards in respect of noise vide Gazette notification Dated 14th February 2000. It is based on the ‘A’ weighted equivalent noise level (Leq). The standards are given in following table

Table 3.16 Ambient Noise Level Standards

Area Code Category Limits in dB(A) Leq Day Time Night Time

A Industrial Area 75 70 B Commercial Area 65 55 C Residential Area 55 45 D Silence Zone 50 40

Ref: Gazette of India 14th Feb 2000. Standards for Occupational Noise: (U.S.A)

Industrialized countries have specified limits for occupational noise exposure. The permissible noise exposure limit for industrial workers is primarily concerned with the harmful aspect of noise and its objective is to protect the hearing of majority of working people. The American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH), USA has prescribed the following permissible noise exposure limits for industrial workers. These limits are given in Table 3.18

Table 3.17 Standards for Occupational Exposure

Exposure Time in Hour/day Limit in dB(A) 8 090 4 093 2 0961 099½ 102¼ 105

1/8 1081/16 1111/32 114

Exposure to continuous or intermittent noise louder than 115 dB(A) should not be permitted. Exposure to pulse or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB (A).

81

OSHA Standards

The Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) have also prescribed the following allowable limits to noise exposure for industrial workers. These are given in the following Table

Table 3.18 OSHA Standards for Occupational Exposure

Duration per day (in hours) Sound level in dB(A) 8 856 874 903 922 95

1.5 971 100

0.5 105 0.25 110

3.10.3 Presentation of Results

The ambient noise levels measured are presented in Table 3.19. The table indicates equivalent noise levels viz. L10, L50, L90, Lday, Lnight and Ldn at different places located within the study area. Similarly, these values viz. Leq, Lday, Lnight and Ldn are compared with the limits.

Table 3.19 Ambient Noise Levels

No. Location Average Noise Level in dB(A)L10 L50 L90 Leq(day) Leq(night) Ldn

1 N1 64.6 66.7 70.8 68.0 66.6 73.22 N2 44.3 47.0 48.4 52.3 42.2 52.33 N3 43.9 44.5 46.7 52.0 37.3 50.74 N4 44.3 47.2 48.5 52.7 42.3 52.65 N5 44.4 46.9 48.8 52.4 42.0 52.26 N6 44.9 47.0 49.2 53.0 41.6 52.57 N7 44.5 46.7 48.3 52.3 41.7 52.18 N8 44.8 46.4 49.0 52.9 40.4 52.1

3.10.3.1 Observations

The noise levels in the study area are within the permissible limits. The equivalent noise levels during day time in residential area as well as rural area are observed to be within the permissible limits. The equivalent value observed during night time is well below the permissible standards. 3.11 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE

3.11.1 Introduction Socio-economic status of any population is an indicator for development of the region. Any developmental project will have bearing on the living conditions and on the economic base of population in particular and the region as a whole. Similarly, the proposed project will have its share of socio-economic influence in the study area. The section delineates the overall appraisal of socially relevant attributes.

82

This report is a part of EIA study to be carried out as per the MoEF Notification No. 1533(E), dated 14th September, 2006. Survey of selected seventeen villages within the 10 Km radius of the study area was carried out with the help of an interview schedule. The objective of the survey is to understand the current socio-economic status of these villages and the view of locals about the impacts of existing SSWL as well as to know how versed they are about the proposed project. The following data was collected on 17th & 18th November, 2018 by Dr. A.J. Samant (FAE- SE), Mr. Neeraj D. Powar (FAE/B), Mr. Chetan Jagdale (Executive). 3.11.2 Methodology Survey of 13 villages (selected out of 17 villages within the 10 Km radius of SSWL), was carried out with the help of a structured close ended interview schedule, comprising of 31 questions in Marathi. The schedule was administered by using Simple Random Disproportionate Sampling Technique. Microsoft office excel software was used for data analysis. A total of 133 locals were covered during the study.

Table 3.20 Name of village between 5km and 10 km radius and Sample Size of respondents

No. Name Sample Size

1 Kagwad 14 2 Ganeshwadi 6 3 Kanwad 104 Mhaisal 155 Narwad 136 Shedbal 16 7 Hasur 8 8 Shedshal 8 9 Kavateguland 8 10 Shirati 12 11 Dhavali 6 12 Lokur 6 13 Jugul 11

Total 133 3.11.3 Results and Discussion

The male: female ratio among the respondents was 55:45 respectively. Educated females like high school teacher, local graduates, gram panchayat members, PHC- employees and girls taking higher education were deliberately chosen through snow ball sampling method to elicit information from them due to their educational background, exposure and experience.

Table 3.21 Age Distribution within Sample size

No. Age Group Percentage 1 21 to 30 13 % 2 31 to 40 35 % 3 41 to 50 25 % 4 51 to 60 23 % 5 Above 61 4 %

83

Within the sample size, 35% respondents were within the age-group 31 to 40 years, 13% 21 to 30 years, 25% between 41 to 50 years, 23 % between 51 to 60 years and remaining 4 % above 60 years. This selection pattern enabled to get views of different age groups about the project. Refer photographs of SE survey conducted.

Most (92%) of the respondents within the sample size were literate. Among the literates 34% had up to primary, 41% secondary, 11% higher secondary education and 6% were graduate. Though the majority of resp was prominent This shows the lack of aspiration of the villages for higher education. This situation may be due to agriculture occupation.

The respondents were found to be involved in various livelihood activities namely agriculture, service, agriculture labour and self employment about 41 % of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupation. Around 33 % relied on daily wages, while 22% were involved in diverse services, like mason work, carpentry, plumbing, wool preparation, etc. depending on the demand. Only few (5%) had their own business like general stores, retail stores, mineral water outlet etc.

Around 34% households had their annual income between Rs. 1,00,000 to 1,25,000, 39 % households had their annual income between Rs. 1,25,000 to 1,50,00, and 18% had above Rs. 1, 50,000. Whereas remaining 9% households had an annual income between Rs. 75,000 to 1, 50,000. This shows that most households belonged to the lower middle class and upper middle class category.

In all villages total population depended for drinking water on the river. As one of the substitute source 15% relied on groundwater and other sources such as wells and bore wells and 46% were dependent on piped water supply. According to most (96%) of the respondents there is no shortage of water in the area as it is sufficiently available throughout the year.

Most (94%) of the respondents revealed that there was no change in the available surface water quality in their area. When enquired about the negative environmental effects of existing factory of SSWL, 98% of the respondents revealed that they are not experiencing any negative effect as yet.

Almost 94% of the respondents were unaware of the proposed expansion project. When asked about their opinion on this, mixed opinions were expressed. About 77% perceived that there was no change in the existing social or economic conditions while 71% were hopeful about increase in employment. However, they were concerned about getting new job opportunities as the Industry prefers only technical/ skilled manpower with specific qualification, is rarely available in study villages. The ignorance of the locals regarding the project expansion may be due to their in different approach as well as non-communication by the industry, concerned agencies and local self governing bodies like Gram Panchayat.

About 43% respondents reported existence of library in their village which was utilised by villagers. Also 49% respondents mentioned that a cultural centre for the use of villagers in the village was available. Many (78%) reported mandapam in front of their temple which was utilised for multiple purposes. According to 91% respondents there are Public Health Centres (PHC) in the village, functioning properly with availability of doctors. Similarly most (89%) of respondents confirmed availability of toilet facility at homes. According to All respondents confirmed sports ground facility only in few schools which is being used by students for various sports activities. However there is no common playground in majority of the villages. According to 66% respondents’ primary school is available in their villages. According to over 90% of the respondents there is a bus stand in their villages and 85% respondents mentioned about availability of private vehicles on hire for local transportation.

84

The presence of self help groups in all villages for socio-economic empowerment of the locals was endorsed by respondents. However no specific group business was carried out by self help groups except collecting money and giving loans. However some of their members were into tailoring business.

The respondents expressed diverse expectations from SSWL. About 45% stressed on the need for better health facility, 40% demanded domestic waste water management and 6% asked for solid waste treatment facilities. Some (26%) wanted good educational facilities to increase the educational standard and other (26%) mentioned the need of a high school and junior college. A majority (60%) expected road construction. 3.11.4 Observations

It was observed that most of the villages are having basic facilities like drinking water, preliminary educational infrastructure, toilets and electricity. However, most villages lacked availability good roads, drainage system and solid waste management system. The area being close to river Krishna there is plenty of adequate water available throughout the year for drinking, farming, and domestic use but over use of this also pollutes the water source. Availability and excessive use of water has also changed the crop pattern in the area, as sugarcane has now become a dominant crop. It was interesting to observe that a major part of agricultural land especially in villages namely Mhaisal, Shedbal and Dhawali suffered from, high soil salinity and making farmlands infertile. The state of agricultural land is mainly due to over-irrigation as well as excessive use of chemical fertilizers in agricultural fields. Similarly most respondents witnessed changes in climatic conditions , incidences of foggy conditions and this has forced them stop growing grapes in their farmlands. At present some villages are experimenting Bio-farming, specially use of cow manure, cow urine and allied products for pest control. Local volunteers have taken training from Pune and have got good results and increased production. They are now spreading the message of bio-farming.

3.11.5 Expectation of Respondents from SSWL The main expectations of the respondents from SSWL following concerns

• Higher rate for their sugarcane be paid and bills released in time. • Training in eco-friendly agricultural practices, especially in reducing soil salinity and

increasing crop yield. • Most stressed on need of safe drinking water, roads and street lights in their respective

villages. • Provision of sewage gutters, solid waste management and better health facilities • Some suggested that the treated waste water from the sugar factory be provided to

agriculture fields, however failing to understand that this may often be harmful to agriculture.

3.11.6 Conclusion Most respondents from all the study villages are dependent on agriculture. Main crop grown in the area is sugarcane, mainly near river Krishna, as easy perennial availability of water from the river. Bulk of the population within the sample size had a good income mostly due to sugarcane cultivation. Lack of good roads, are mainly due to the heavy sugar-cane transport to SSWL factory and saline soils. Excess irrigation and heavy use of chemical fertilizers are the major problems faced by the locals.

85

Figure 3.18 Observations of SE Survey

86

3.11.7 Suggestions

• Massive drive for organic farming, with compulsion for drip irrigation, needs to be undertaken by the SSWL industry by involving concerned government departments, local self government agencies, locals as well as NGOs.

• Efforts should also be made to transform saline agriculture lands under cultivation by using innovative methods. The activities like distribution of bio-fertilizer, seed, saplings, at a subsidise rate as well as demonstrations and training programme should be conducted for local villages at large, instead of the present activities restricted only for factory share-holders and employees.

• SSWL should organize medical camps at village and school level. • Proper sanitation facilities are also a basic necessity of the villages in the area. • Municipality / ZP should make provision for infrastructure like roads & domestic &

toilets in public places through the ongoing ‘Swatch’ campaign by govt. at every level. • SSWL should sponsor block tree plantation of large local varieties, to act as absorbers of

industrial air pollution, with people’s participation in identified villages to be maintained & nurtured by schools, gram panchayat, institution & monitored by the SSWL.

• Many youth were observed aimlessly sitting idle at various junctions in villages. This youth potential should be actively involved in CER activities by SSWL.

3.12 ECOLOGY

EB survey for Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd., (SSWL) Kagwad is done by Dr. Jay S. Samant (FAE), Mr. Anup Gargate and Mr. Nachiket Patil as associate.

3.12.1 Study Area

Study area (10 Km radius) from the project site at Kagwad village falls in Athani Tehsil of Belgavi district exactly on Maharashtra Karnataka boundary. There are 24 villages in the study area out of which 7 villages fall in 5 km radius and 17 villages fall between 5 to 10 km radius. Topography of the area is plane mainly comprised of agriculture and open scrub. The regional climate is predominantly sub tropical and moderate throughout the year. There are three distinct seasons cold (November to the mid February), warm (March to May) and monsoon (late June to early October). The annual average temperature is 26.5o C and it ranges from average maximum of 35o C and minimum of 18o C. The soils in the study area are dominated by black soils. (Belgaum district Gazetteer, 2006).

3.12.2 Methodology

On the basis of LULC map information and ground reality out of the total 24 villages within 10 km radius a total of 10 villages were selected for EB field study purpose, i.e. 6 villages within 5 km radius and 4 villages between 5 to 10 km radius. (Table 3.22).

Table 3.22 The villages visited for EB field study and questionnaire survey within 5 and 10 km radius of the project site

In radius 0 to 5 Km In radius 5 to 10 Km No. Names of Study villages No. Names of Study villages 1 Kagwad 7 Kavateguland 2 Shedbal 8 Parmeshwarwadi 3 Ganeshwadi 9 Lokur4 Kanwad 10 Dhavali 5 Maisal 6 Narwad

87

During EB field study Topo sheet (surveyed in 1967-68 and updated during 2005-06), IRS Resourcesat-2 LISS-IV satellite imagery (10/11/2016) and LULC maps are used. Relevant data from district Census (2011), Belgavi District Gazetteer, district forest report were referred. In ecology study ground truthing was done in field to confirm the LULC map and to learn about major macro and micro habitats in the study area. In major terrestrial habitats grassland, scrub and agriculture and in wetland habitats streams, rivers and tanks were studied in the vicinity of the identified villages.

Field surveys were conducted throughout the day on 3 days (i.e. 20.10.2018, 03.11.2018 and 04.11.2018). In biodiversity study random sampling method for flora and opportunistic sighting method for fauna (Larsen and Viana, 2016) were followed. Visual observation and estimation method was primarily used for qualitative study of the biota. Birds and fish were considered being good Indicators of local environmental change. Floral study mainly focused on distribution and dominance of major tree species. Field equipment used in the EB studies included Binoculars of Nikon (10X50-5.2O) and Minolta (5X50-7O) make for bird observations by referring guides by Salim Ali (1996), Grimmet et al. (2005). Extensive photo documentation was done for habitats and biodiversity records using Canon camera (Power-shot SX30IS (hd35x, 14 Megapixels). Line transects method (Sale and Berkmuller, 1988), and standard point count method (Altmann, 1974) was followed in bird survey. The data thus generated was used to estimate diversity and status of bird species in the area. Other organisms observed under different faunal and floral taxa are recorded.

A structured close ended interview schedule based on SIA methodology, comprising of specially framed 21 ecology-biodiversity related questions in Marathi, was administered in local population. By design in this stratified random sampling 70% of the respondents were above 50 years of age in the total sample size of 40 respondents interviewed in the 10 identified villages. This method was adopted in order to get perception of the local elders about the past and present environmental scenarios and related changes in local ecology and biodiversity. During field visits the direct and indirect environmental impacts of developmental activities on local ecology and biodiversity are also photo documented. Because of time constraint, the field study reflects only post monsoon season data, that too limited to observations at selected sites only.

3.12.3 Ecology

3.12.3.1 Field Observations

The study area is comparatively a level surface with few small undulates. Majority area is comprised either of manmade ecosystems like agriculture and horticulture (39.4%) and natural terrestrial ecosystems such as open scrub (31%), forest woodland (6.6%) , grassland, fallow and barren land (6%), wetlands (0.6%) and human habitations (3%) as per the LULC map of the total study area. Due to availability of water through lift irrigation from River Krishna in the west, major part of this area is covered under sugarcane cultivation. The undulating areas in the North-East side represent open scrub and natural grassland habitats. Aquatic habitats include 6 water tanks near villages namely Kagwad, Shedbal and Mhaisal and marshy areas, streams and stretches of Krishna River. Thus the wetlands are scattered around the project site. Except one tank at Shedbal all other tanks are in 5 km radius while the stretch of River Krishna runs at a distance of 3 km on west of the project site. Due to post monsoon season the water bodies were full at the time of visit and provided suitable habitat to significantly rich aquatic biota and avifauna including migratory birds and also supported littoral biodiversity, therefore these habitats need to be protected and conserved. The terrestrial habitats are found dominated by manmade habitats, such as agricultural, mostly sugarcane which represented negligible biodiversity. Washing of clothes and vehicles,

88

dumping of solid wastes, and discharge of untreated domestic sewage from town and villages, run off of the non point agro chemicals from the adjoining farming belt in river Krishna catchment is polluting the water bodies causing cumulative, adverse environmental impact in general on ecology and dependent biodiversity in the study area. 3.12.3.2 Questionnaire survey As per the perception of around 85% of the respondents, particularly elderly respondents, it is revealed that the original natural vegetation cover, especially scrub and grasslands is now on a gradual decline. No significant change in the natural tree cover is reported as the forest habitat is scanty, as the area predominantly covered by grassland and scrubland habitats. Thus only few seniors are aware of the earlier deforestation in the area. Over 65% of the respondents opined that land under sugarcane and agriculture are rapidly increasing. In wetland habitats, Krishna River is the main source of water for livelihood and irrigation; however few villages depend upon seasonal streams, wells, tube wells and village tanks. Though few respondents (10%) reported increasing number of nalla bunds in the region, more than half of the respondents (55%) endorsed degrading water quality in wetlands in the study area, especially the streams carrying domestic sewage from human settlements. According to 33% due to pollution of wetlands, the quality and number of waterholes in the region is decreasing. It is revealed from the respondents’ response to the multiple option questions, that agricultural expansion (85%) and increasing urbanization (70%) are two major reasons for the negative change in environmental status and natural habitats in the region, followed by Industrialization (35%), effluent pollution and village sewage (25%) and Tree cutting (15%).

3.12.4 Biodiversity 3.12.4.1 Field Observations Normally birds are considered as good indicators of local habitat health and biodiversity richness, thus in the present field study main restricted to avifauna. A total of 423 birds belonging to 73 species, 14 orders, 42 families and 64 genera were recorded during the brief survey. Out of these 33 species were common resident, 12 species were not common resident, 5 species were locally common resident, 2 species were common winter visitor and 3 species were not common winter visitor. Considering relatively small area, short term study and brief opportunistic observations, this is an indicator of relatively good environmental quality, mainly due to the mosaic of natural and manmade local habitats and food chains therein. In case of Feeding Guilds 15 species are dependent on multiple sources for feeding while remaining 58 species are dependent on single source. Out of these single source species 15 species were Piscivorous, 15 were Insectivorous, 12 species were Omnivorous, 7 Carnivorous, 6 were Granivorous, 2 were Nectarivorous and 1 was Frugivorous. Though all these bird species are listed in schedule IV of Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, sighting of bird species Common Pochard (Aythya farina), Woolly-Necked Stork (Ciconia episcopus), Painted stork (Mycteria leucocephala) and River tern (Sterna aurantia) in the study area was encouraging. According to World Conservation Union (IUCN) (2017), status of the first two bird species are becoming Vulnerable while other two species are Near Threatened globally.

89

Figure 3.19 Habitats in the Study Area

90

3.12.4.2 Questionnaire survey Major crops diversity in the area is represented by sugarcane followed by groundnut, chilli, vegetables, along with some wheat, jowar, Pearl millet, pigeon pea (tur) and maize. The diversity in horticulture species includes mango, banana, grapes, custard apple, coconut, sapodilla, pomegranate, guava and papaya. The locally common trees in the study area are Banyan, Peepal, Umbar, Tamarind, Drumstick, Mango, Babul, Neem, Jamun and Gulmohor. Eucalyptus and Teak are planted by private as well as by the government under social forestry plantations. According to the respondents major wildlife in the area is Indian Wolf, Bonnet Macaque, Common Langur, Indian Fox, Common Mongoose (WPA Schedule II), Indian Hare, Three-striped Palm Squirrel, Indian Fruit Bat and Wild Boar. A large majority (90%) of respondents confirmed occurrence of birds like Indian peafowl (WPA Schedule I), Common Myna, House Sparrow, House Crow, Black Kite, Spotted Owlet, Rose ringed Parakeet, Common Quail, Francolin and some species of unidentified Raptors. According to local seniors lately the vultures species (white backed and Egyptian), which were once common in the region, have completely disappeared. Similarly the number of raptors like eagles, buzzards and falcons has gone down. Interestingly over 23% locals reported existence of the shy and now rare freshwater Indian Smooth coated Otter (Lutrogale perspicillata) (WPA Schedule II), along Krishna River banks in the area. In reptiles, presence of soft shell turtle and Indian monitor lizard (WPA Schedule I), Spectacled Cobra and Russel’s viper (WPA Schedule II), Common Indian Krait, Indian Rat Snake, Garden lizard and house gecko are common in the region. Occurrence of marsh crocodile (WPA Schedule I) along the banks of Krishna River is reported by over one fourth of the respondents. Interaction with local fishermen revealed presence of diverse fish species including introduced Indian major carps i.e. Catla, Rohu, Mrigal, Cyprinus and Tilapia, and the native species in ‘Marathi’ as Karpya, Maral, Magur, Ahir, Shivda, Dokrya, Katirna, Shingada, Vaghmasa, Khavalchor, Ichka, Malya, Kolshi, Chandera, Tamber, Kanas, Dandli, Alkut, and Mahseer. Of these, according to IUCN, (2015) status of species Cyprinus (Cyprinus carpio) and Kolshi (Hypselobarbus kolus) is Vulnerable, Vaghmasa (Botia striata) is Endangered and Aheer (Anguilla Anguilla) is Near Threatened. As expected there was hardly any information on invertebrate diversity. However, many respondents mentioned about presence of spiders, diverse types of butterflies, scorpions and crabs in their locality, however they could not name the species. Conversely, a vast majority (93%) of the locals reported common occurrence of wildlife in their cropland such as Langur, Wild Boar, Bonnet Macaque, Indian Hare, Field Rat, Indian Fox, Peacock, Rosy Sterling and Sparrows, and complained about crop damage due to them. All respondents, and especially the seniors, reported drastic decline in biodiversity in the recent past. This negative change is attributed directly to agriculture expansion by 90% along with some other factors namely urbanizations (33%), Industrialization (30%), tree cutting (30%), increased weed growth (10%) and hunting and poaching (3%). List of flora and fauna reported by the respondents from the study area during the survey is given in table 3.24 below.

91

Table 3.23 List of Birds observed during field survey

No. Order Family Scientific Name Common Name Local Status

Feeding Guild

IUCN Status

1 Accipitriformes Accipitridae Circus aeruginosus Eurasian Marsh Harrier C/I LC 2 Anseriformes Anatidae Anas clypeata Northern Shoveler CW C LC 3 Anus poecilorhyncha Spot-Billed Duck NR P LC 4 Aythya farina Common Pochard NW P VU 5 Anas querquedula Garganey O LC 6 Charadriiformes Charadriidae Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover I LC 7 Vanellus indicus Red Wattled Lapwing CR I LC 8 Jacanidae Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant-Tailed Jacana I/C LC 9 Laridae Sterna aurantia River Tern NR I NT

10 Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus Black Winged Stilt NR I LC 11 Scolopacidae Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper C/I LC 12 Calidris temminckii Temminck’s Stint I LC 13 Tringinae Tringa ochropus Green Sandpiper CW C LC 14 Ciconiiformes Ardeidae Ardea cinerea Grey Heron NW P LC 15 Ardea purpuria Purple Heron NW P LC 16 Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret CR P LC 17 Casmerodius albus Great Egret NR C LC 18 Egretta garzetta Little Egret CR P LC 19 Ciconiidae Ciconia episcopus Wooly-Necked Stork NR P VU 20 Mycteria leucocephala Painted Stork NR P NT 21 Threskiornithidae Platalea leucorodia Eurasian Spoonbill NR P LC 22 Pseudibis papillosa Red Naped Ibis P LC 23 Columbiformes Columbidae Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove CR G LC 24 Columba livia Rock Pigeon O LC

92


Feeding Guild

IUCN Status

25 Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove G/I LC 26 Coraciiformes Alcedinidae Ceryl rudis Pied Kingfisher CR P LC 27 Halcyon smyrensis White Throated Kingfisher CR P LC 28 Bucerotidae Ocyceros birostris Indian Grey Hornbill NR O LC 29 Meropidae Merops orientalis Green Bee-Eater CR I LC 30 Cuculiformes Centropodidae Centropus bengalensis Lesser Coucal NR C LC 31 Cuculidae Clamator jocobinus Pied Cuckoo I/F LC 32 Falconiformes Accipitridae Accipiter badius Shikra CR C LC 33 Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite LCR C LC 34 Milvus migrans Black Kite CR C LC 35 Gruiformes Rallidae Fulica atra Common Coot CR O LC 36 Porphyrio poliocephalus Purple Swamphen G/I NL 37 Passeriformes Acrocephalinae Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailor Bird CR N/I LC 38 Cisticolidae Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia I LC 39 Corvidae Corvus spendense House Crow CR O LC 40 Corvus macrorhynchos Large-Billed Crow O NL 41 Dicruridae Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo CR O LC 42 Estrildidae Euodice malabarica Indian Silverbill G LC 43 Lonchura Malacca Black-Headed Munia G LC 44 Amandava amandava Red Avadavat LCR G LC 45 Lonchura punctualata Scaly-Breasted Munia CR G LC 46 Hirundinidae Hirundo daurica Red Rumped Swallow CR I LC 47 Hirundo smithii Wire-Tailed Swallow I LC 48 Laniidae Lanius vittatus Bay-Backed Shrike NR C/I LC 49 Leiothrichidae Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler F/I/N/G LC 50 Motacilliane Anthus rufulus Paddyfield Pipit LCR I LC

93


Feeding Guild

IUCN Status

51 Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail I LC 52 Motacilla maderaspatensis White-Browed Wagtail I LC 53 Muscicapidae Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat LCR I LC 54 Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin CR I LC 55 Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin I/C/N LC 56 Nectarinidae Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird CR N LC 57 Leptocoma zeylonica Purple Rumped Sunbird CR N LC 58 Passeridae Passer domesticus House Sparrow O LC 59 Ploceidae Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver LCR G LC 60 Pycnonotidae Pycnonotus cafer Red Vented Bulbul CR O LC 61 Rhipiduridae Rhipidura aureola White-Browed Fantail I LC 62 Sturnidae Acridotheris fuscus Jungle Myna CR O LC 63 Acridotheris tristis Common Myna CR I/G LC 64 Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Starling NR O LC 65 Pelecaniformes Anhingidae Anhinga melanogaster Darter NR P LC 66 Ardeidae Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron C/F/I LC 67 Egretta gularis Western Reef Heron P/C LC 68 Mesophoyx intermedia Intermediate Egret C/F/I LC 69 Phalacrocoracdiae Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant CR P LC 70 Threskiornithidae Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis O LC 71 Piciformes Capitonidae Megalaima haemacephala Coppersmith Barbet CR F/I LC 72 Podicipitidae Podicipitidae Tachybaptus ruficollis Little Grebe CR P LC 73 Psittaciformes Psittacidae Psittacula krameri Rose Ringed Parakeet CR F LC

94

Table 3.24 List of fauna commonly reported by the locals during survey

No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status WTP 1972 Mammals

1 Lepus nigricollis Indian hare LC Sch IV2 Sus Scrofa cristatus Wild boar LC Sch III3 Funambulus palmarum Three striped palm squirrel LC NL 4 Macaca radiata Bonnet macaque LC Sch II5 Presbytis entellus Common langur LC Sch II6 Pteropus giganteus Indian flying fox LC Sch V7 Herpestes edwardsi Common mongoose LC Sch II8 Vulpes bengalensis Indian Fox LC Sch II 9 Lutrogale perspicillata Smooth-coated otter VU Sch II

Reptiles 10 Naja naja Spectacled cobra NL Sch II 11 Ptyas mucosa Indian rat snake NL Sch IV12 Bungarus caeruleus Common Indian krait NL Sch IV13 Daboia russelii Russel’s viper NL Sch II 14 Echis carinatus Saw scaled Viper LC Sch IV 15 Crocodylus palustris Marsh crocodile VU Sch I 16 Varanus bengalensis Indian monitor lizard LC Sch I 17 Calotes versicolor Garden lizard NL NL 18 Lissemys punctate Indian flap-shell turtle LC Sch I 19 Hemidactylus frenatus Common house gecko NL NL

Amphibians 20 Hoplobatracus tigerinus Indian Bull Frog LC Sch IV

Fish 21 Catla catla Catla LC - 22 Clarias batrachus Magur LC - 23 Labeo rohita Rohu LC - 24 Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal LC - 25 Oreochromis mossambica Tilap NL - 26 Glossogobius giuris Kharpya LC - 27 Anguilla Anguilla Aheer CE - 28 Wallago attu Valshivda NT - 29 Cyprinus carpio Cyprinus VU - 30 Channa orientalis Dokrya NL - 31 Channa marulius Maral LC - 32 Mystus cavasius Katarna LC - 33 Siluriformes Shingada NL - 34 Botia striata Vaghmasa EN - 35 Neotropius khavalchor Khavalchor NL - 36 Gagata itchkeea Ichka VU - 37 Garra mullya Malya LC - 38 Hypselobarbus kolus Kolshi VU - 39 Chandera - 40 Labeo fimbriatus Tamber LC - 41 Labeo calbasu Kanas LC - 42 Pachypterus atherinoides Sura LC - 43 Brachydanio rerio Dandli LC - 44 Oxygaster clupeoides Alkut LC - 45 Tor tor Mahseer LC -

95

No. Scientific Name Common Name IUCN Status WTP 1972 Birds

46 Pavo cristatus Indian peafowl LC Sch I47 Acridotheres tristis Common myna LC Sch IV48 Passer domesticus House sparrow LC Sch IV49 Corvus spendens House crow LC Sch IV50 Milvus migrans Black kite LC Sch IV51 Psittacula krameria Rose-ringed parakeet LC Sch IV52 Athene brama Spotted owlet LC Sch IV53 Coturnix coturnix Common quail LC Sch IV54 Francolinus sps. Francolin LC Sch IV

Butterflies 55 Catopsilia pyranthe Mottled emigrant NL - 56 Leptosia nina Psyche LC - 57 Euploea core Common crow LC - 58 Danaus genutia Striped tiger NL - 59 Eurema hecabe Common grass yellow LC - 60 Byblia ilithyia Joker LC -

NOTE: LC: Least Concern, NT: Near Threatened, VU: Vulnerable, EN: Endangered, NL: Not listed 3.12.5 Environmental Impact of Proposed Project on Ecology and Biodiversity in the region

The impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby nallas, river Krishna and air pollution as the factory site is surrounded by agricultural farms and human settlements. Three nalla flow near the factory site and probably carry leachate, sewage and industrial effluents through agriculture belt and human settlements during operations. If not controlled, the proposed project may further aggravate pollution in the area. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause significant environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and further affecting dependent biodiversity. Most of the agriculture in the region especially on east side is depends on ground water i.e. well and tube wells. Therefore the contamination of ground water source could affect the agricultural areas. In case of air pollution, the industry is going to contribute increased SPM pollution load in the surrounding areas. This will have negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crop yields and local population. The pollution control measures as per EMP should strictly be implemented by the industry. It is to be ensured that hazardous effluents, waste does not escape into neighbouring habitats such agriculture fields, horticulture, woodlands, grasslands in the area through the streams, even if they are seasonal, and ground water. Therefore a thick Green Belt should be developed along the entire land boundary of the project to restrict air pollution as per the TOR and CPCB norms.

3.12.6 Green belt

3.12.6.1 Observations and Recommendations

As per the information provided by the proponent the total plot area of the existing and proposed expansion of the industry is 4,97,455.18 Sq. M. The existing green belt shown is 1,66,947 Sq. M. while proposed green belt area shown is 3021 Sq. M. However the existing vegetation in fact is not a Green Belt around the land periphery as per the GB norms of CPCB (2000), but it is mostly of ornamental plants, shrubs, avenue trees and block plantation within the premises of the factory. As per the ToR the required green belt i.e. 33% of the total plot area should be 1,66,947 Sq. M.

96

Figure 3.20 Bio Diversity in Study Area

97

According to the Green belt norms of the ToR required number of trees needs to be not less than 1500 trees per Ha, so the total number of trees required to be planted in the industry comes to 25,042. Whereas, the existing number of ‘trees’ shown by the proponent is 10,034 only. Most of these are not the desired large type trees in GB but are ornamental plants, bushes, shrubs, avenue trees, exotics and fruit bearing trees within the premises of the project. As per the norms the trees in industrial green belt development should be of the recommended local species, for environmental projection purpose, and should be planted all along the periphery of the entire industrial plot in rows to restrict types of pollutions. Plantation of ornamental plants, lawns, bushes and shrubs, if planted within the premises, should be in addition to the minimum required trees in the GB for mitigation purpose. Also plantation of fruit bearing trees in the green belt is not advisable due to the hazard of bio-accumulation and biomagnifications of hazardous chemicals from the industry to human health and biodiversity. Use of industrial effluents and hazardous waste as manure and for irrigation of the trees and existing horticulture is also to be avoided. Therefore the green belt should be developed as per CPCB, (2000) MoEF&CC norms. 3.12.7 CER Activity 3.12.7.1 Observations and Recommendations Since the green belt, as per the TOR, is not presently existing in the industry its development should be undertaken on top priority at the earliest. As measure of protection and conservation of the natural habitats and biodiversity therein, following activities with participation of locals are to be carried out on priority by the industry in the area. The three villages identified namely 1) Kagwad, 2) Shedbal and 3) Ganeshwadi are recommended under CER activity for conservation of existing ecology and biodiversity in their vicinity, as it is still in better state. Based on local conditions and by involving workers and locals, industry should demonstrate, encourage and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies in the villages in 10 km area such as activities like 1.Block tree plantations of local species, 2. Removal of weeds and exotics, 3. Solid waste and sewage management, 4. Water conservation through rain water harvesting and ground water recharge and 5. Environment awareness campaigns for use of solar power, organic farming, biogas, vermin-composting etc. involving local youth groups and women self-help groups. In addition to controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on the village population, these activities would help improve health of locals, most of who are directly or indirectly associated with the sugar and distillery industry. This will motivate the locals and industry employees to protect ecology and biodiversity in and around their own villages. The proposed CER activities in Ecology and Biodiversity protection and conservation by the company therefore need to be different than routinely carried out ritual CSR activities, rather they should be need based, time bound, result oriented, and phase wise programs for environment protection for the well being of local population. The thrust of the CER activity should be innovative, based on eco-friendly, self-reliant and sustainable development of the villages around the industry.

98

Chapter 4 Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

4.1 INTRODUCTION Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters, due to SSWL project, is an important aspect to be studied. This chapter incorporates both, qualitative and quantitative descriptions of various environmental impacts due to proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-generation plant and establishment of distillery. Various scientific techniques are available to predict and evaluate the impact of developmental activities on the physical, ecological and socio – economic environments. Predictions are superimposed over the base line status (pre- project) of environmental quality to obtain the final (post- project) environmental conditions. ‘Environmental Impact’ can be defined as any alteration of the environmental conditions or creation of a new set of environmental conditions, adverse or beneficial, caused or induced by the action or set of actions under consideration. Generally, the environmental impacts can be categorized as either primary or secondary. Primary impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project. On the other hand, secondary Impacts are the ones which are indirectly induced and typically include the associated investments and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed action. Expansion as well as establishment project may influence the environment of the study area in two phases as under- • Construction Phase: During the construction period, the impact may be temporary. • Operational Phase: Operational phase impact may have long term effects.

4.2 CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Construction phase impacts on the environment can be considered short term. Activities during erection of plant and civil structures may affect environment of the area surrounding site. Impacts as well as mitigation measures for the same are described below.

Table 4.1 Impact Identification and Mitigation Measures due to Construction Phase

No. Component / Aspect Parameter Causes Impacts Type of

Impact Mitigation measures /

Remarks 1 Air Dust (SPM)

Vehicular movement, drilling, excavation and land levelling

• Respiratory problems – coughing & difficult or painful breathing; eye irritation.

• High SO2 and NOX - lung disorders such as wheezing and shortness of breath.

• Obstruction in activities like photosynthesis and evapo-transpiration due to deposition of dust on surface of leaves thereby reducing crop yield.

Minor (Negative

Impact)

• SO2 and NOX at single location will not increase as the vehicular movement and machines will be mobile.

• Control of dust emissions by sprinkling water on open spaces, kuccha roads, heaps of earthen filling material etc. until paved roads get constructed.

• Provision of PPEs (Goggles and Masks) to staff and workers

• Augmentation of the green belt will be done immediately after

SO2 Vehicular movement NOX

99



Remarks commencement of proposed activity.

2 Water Deterioration of Water quantity, quality and aesthetics of water body.

• Water requirement for construction and domestic activities.

• Surface runoff & seepage.

• Domestic effluent.

• Spill from fuel, oil and other chemicals.

• Leachate from temporary waste dumps on site.

Industrial premises at SSWL has already been well developed. Hence, construction to be taken up under proposed expansion project will not have significant impact on water environment, may contaminate nearby water body

Minor (Negative

Impact)

• Proper and adequate segregation of construction area and appropriate drainages, to minimize runoff

• Cutting and filling work will be avoided during rainy season.

• Stone pitching on the slopes and construction of concrete drains for storm water to minimize soil erosion.

• Strengthening the existing green belt.

3 Noise Noise Nuisance and Disturbance

• Construction equipment like dozers, scrapers, concrete mixers, cranes, pumps, compressors, pneumatic tools, saws, vibrators etc.

• Continuous and intermediate source

• During construction, not a continuous source; do not pose a health risk or damage peoples' sense of hearing.

• Adversely affects the quality of life of occupants and nearby residents.

• Disturbance in nearby residents.

• Constant exposure to high noise levels can result in damage of ear drums and loss of hearing.

• Increased blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems.

Minor (Negative Impact)

• The proposed distillery will be established in existing sugar and co-gen unit. There will be minimum construction work.

• Provision of proper acoustic enclosure for noise generating and vibrating machinery.

• Protective equipments such as ear plugs, earmuffs etc for workers will be provided.

• Onsite workers must not be exposed, for more than 8 hours, to high noise generating sources.

4 Soil and Land use

Soil Quality and Topography

• Spill from fuel, oil & other chemicals.

• Substratum excavated during construction of foundations.

• Improper storage of solid waste

• Affects soil, micro & macro flora. Thereby, disturbing the nutritive composition of soil.

• Positive benefits in the form of land levelling and tree plantation in the plant vicinity & other premises.

• Bad aesthetics due to littering.


• Proper maintenance of vehicles as well as machinery used during construction to avoid oil, fuel leakages.

• Disposal of waste to authorised recyclers and resellers.

100



Remarks 5 Biodiversity

and Habitat Terrestrial as well as aquatic Flora, Fauna and Avifauna.

• Dust emissions • Noise generation • Influx of onsite

workers • Flood lights, high

masts etc.

• No any major impacts envisaged but some minor impacts may be observed.

• Retarded growth and productivity of the plants.


• Noise generating & vibrating machinery will be provided with proper acoustic enclosure

• Water sprinkling arrangement will be provided to curb dust emissions during construction activities.

• Workers staying onsite will be supplied with fuel source such as LPG, Kerosene etc. for cooking. Moreover, proper care be taken so that surrounding ecological area is duly conserved.

6 Risk, Hazard and Occupational health & Safety

Accidental risk and Hazard

• Lifting of heavy tools and tackles, construction equipment

• Repetitive motion, awkward postures & vibrations

• High noise generating machinery

• Continuous exposure to dust

• Welding of metal parts

• Cabling of electrical work.

• Unhygienic conditions resulting from day-to-day activities of workers living in the industrial area.

• Physical problems viz. Carpal tunnel syndrome, tendonitis, back pain, muscle soreness and nerve damage reduction in hearing efficiency of workers

• Shortness of breath following physical exertion, severe cough and chest pains

• Fatigue and loss of appetite

• Eye irritation and eye sight problems

• Electrical shock • Spread of various

diseases

Minor (Negative

Impact)

• Use of advanced technology and sophisticated machinery during construction

• Maximum Employment of young and adequately trained persons

• Providing various PPEs like dust masks, safety glasses, helmets, gum boots, ear plugs and ear muffs etc. to the workers.

• Proper earthing for electrical supply

• Separation of deep excavations and marking of dangerous areas with barricading etc.

• 24 X 7 medical aid with trained doctors and ambulance facility

• Training to the workers from view points of safety, health and hygiene.

7 Socio-Economic

Social and Economic status

Expansion of existing sugar factory, cogen and proposed distillery

• Primary and secondary employment generation

Major (Positive Impact)

There will be positive impact to the residents nearby industrial unit in the form of new job opportunities & increase in good employment generation potential.

101

Table 4.2 Disposal of Waste Generation during Construction Phase

No. Type of Waste Mitigation Measures 1 Metal scrap Sold to scrap dealers for reprocessing 2 Wooden scrap Utilized by local labours as fuel for

domestic operations 3 Broken bricks, stones and cement

concrete wastes Used as filler material in plinth, low lying areas etc.

4 Paint cans, brushes and other plastic waste materials

Sold to re-cyclers, authorised re-processers

4.3 OPERATION PHASE Operational phase activities may have impacts minor or major, positive or negative on environmental disciplines such as soils, surface and ground water hydrology, micro meteorology, land use, water use, water and air quality, ecology, socio economics and noise environment. Description of various attributes and effects on same has been presented in following paragraphs.

Figure 4.1 Flow Chart of Impact Identification

Cogeneration Plant

Soil

SHW, Air

Water Press Mud

To Factory

Weighment & Cane Preparation

Cane Milling/ Crushing

Juice Extraction & Clarification

Juice Sulphitation

Syrup Boiling

Centrifuging

Storage of Sugar

Bagasse Boiler Turbines

To Grid

PowerSteam

Incineration

MEE

Fermentation Distillation Alcohol Storage

Raw Spent Wash Molasses

Distillery

Condensate To Recycle

Raw Spent Wash

Conc. Spent Wash

Air SHW Noise

Air Noise Water SHW

Air Water Soil

Noise Noise SHW Noise Air SHW

SHW , Air

Water Soil EB

102

Table 4.3 Identification of Impacts on Environment due to Operation Phase

No. Environmental Aspects Activities / Observation Impact Identification Type of

impact Remark

1 Air Cane Yard, Cane Weighment, Milling Section, Lime Slurry preparation, Centrifuge, Sugar bagging house, Bagasse & Pressmud yard, Ash Storage Yard, Molasses Storage Tank, Fermentation.

Generation of fugitive dust, bagasse particles, lime dust, fine sugar dust & water mist, bagasse dust, Odour Nuisance, and release of CO2 Emissions.

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

Impacts due to existing boiler operations may not have significant impact on air environment. Impacts due to existing ambient concentrations are described below at Section 4.3.1 of this Chapter.

2 Water Milling Section, Juice storage, Juice clarification, Juice Concentration Section, Vacuum Pan, Crystallizer, Centrifuge

If spillage of juice/syrup accidently discharged into water body, may impact water quality.

Major (Quantifiable)

Impacts due to operation activities are significant. Quantification of accidental discharge into nearby water body & nalla are given below at Section 4.3.3 of this Chapter.

Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Discharge of untreated / partially treated effluent

Molasses storage tank, Distillation, Spentwash storage tank

If spillage of Molasses, Spentwash & spentlees accidently discharged into water body, may impact water quality.

3 Noise Cane yard, Cane weighment, Milling section, Sugar bagging house, Boiler operations (Fuel Burning, Steam vent off), Turbine

Due to cane transportation activities, Milling operations, Conveyors, trolleys, people, sugar bag packing machines, Boiler operations, High pressure steam injection & high speed turbine rotary motions etc.

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

Impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant.

4 Solid & Hazardous Waste (SHW)

Cane yard, Milling Section, Vacuum Filtration, Bagasse conveyance, handling, transport & storage yard, Pressmud yard.

Solid waste such as Trash, dung, Lubricant Spills, Pressmud, Bagasse

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

Impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant. SHW generated would be properly handled and disposed off. Effluent Treatment Plant

(ETP) Non-scientific disposal of sludge, its littering and odour nuisance

5 Soil Boiler Operation (Fuel Burning), Ash storage Yard, Fermentation, Juice Storage, Juice Concentration Section, Vacuum Pan, Crystallizer, Centrifuge, Molasses storage tank, Distillation.

Generation of ash, yeast sludge, spillage of juice/ syrup, molasses, spentwash, spentlees

Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

Impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant.

Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

Discharge of untreated / partially treated effluent on land/ nearby farm

103

No. Environmental Aspects Activities / Observation Impact Identification Type of

impact Remark

6 Risk & Hazard Bagasse conveyance, handling, transport and storage yard, Alcohol Storage Tank

Fire in bagasse yard, Spillage of alcohol accidently, and fire in alcohol storage yard.

Major Worst-case scenarios predicting impacts due to hazardous raw materials or chemicals are presented in Chapter 7.

7 Ecology & Biodiversity

Distillation Spillage of Spentwash Minor (Non-

quantifiable)

Impacts due to operation activities are negligible i.e. insignificant

4.3.1 Impact on Air Quality A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

Major sources of air pollution will be boilers as well as vehicles used for transportation. Presently, steam required for sugar & cogen activities is taken from boiler of 100TPH capacity. Bagasse about 1008 MT/D is used as fuel. Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) is provided as APC with 90M stack. After expansion, steam required for sugar & cogen activities will be taken from existing (100 TPH) as well as new boiler (100 TPH). Bagasse about 2016 MT/D will be used as fuel for the same. Boiler will be provided with ESP as APC with common stack of 90M height. Moreover, under distillery unit, a new incinerator boiler of 40 TPH will be installed; fuel will be conc. spent wash about 243MT/D with coal 75 MT/D. Stack emissions from boiler will be in the form of particulate matter, SO2, CO, NOX. In addition, vehicular exhaust may also contribute to air pollution through release of SO2, CO, NOX Chapter 2 may be referred for details of boilers and stacks under existing and proposed set up of SSWL. However, emissions could have adverse effects on plants, soil, and health of workers as well as that of the nearby residents. Anticipated impact during this phase will be as follows- • Respiratory problems which include aggravated coughing and difficult or painful

breathing; irritation of eyes. • High SO2 & NOX in air could lead to lung disorders such as wheezing & shortness of

breath. • Deposition of dust on leaves forms a thin layer of particulates on the surface there by

causing obstruction in activities like photosynthesis and evapo-transpiration thereby ultimately leading to reduced crop yield.

• Also damage to plant tissues causing nicrosis and chlorosis of leaves may be a prominent effect.

• These oxides cause eye irritation, chest constriction of respiratory track and respiratory disorders among human being and animals.

• Other important impact of the sulphur and nitrogen oxides is that they react with atmospheric moisture in presences of sunlight and form sulphuric acid and nitric acid which during precipitation cause acid rain. The acid rain severely affects soil properties including its fertility and can damage civil structures, MS installation including historical monuments.

• Emitted CO presence, in excess than stipulated norm (25 ppm, as per ACGIH recommendation), could react with haemoglobin in blood and thus reduces oxygen carrying capacity of same due to formation of a compound namely carboxy-haemoglobin.

104

4.3.1.1 GLC Evaluation through Air Dispersion Modelling

In order to study movement of particulate matter release into atmosphere from the source, Air Dispersion Model - Industrial Source Complex Short Term (ISCST 3) is Version 02035 developed by US Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) is used. Software helps in knowing details of particulate dispersed in down wind direction and finally reaching the ground at farther distance from the source. Ground Level Concentrations (GLC) mainly depend upon the strength of emission source & micrometeorology of the study area. Site specific meteorological and AAQM data were collected for one season i.e. October 2018–November 2018– December 2018. Predominant wind direction & wind speeds are tabulated in following table –

Table 4.4 Predominant Wind Directions

No. Season Time (Hrs.) Predominant Wind Direction

Nearest Habitation Downwind

1 Pre-monsoon 08:30 E Lokur 17:30 E

2 Monsoon 08:30 W Ganeshwadi 17:30 W

3 Post-monsoon 08:30 W Kavatheguland 17:30 W

4 Winter 08:30 E Lokur 17:30 E

4.3.1.2 Baseline Ambient Air Concentrations 24 hourly 98th percentile concentrations of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx in ambient air, recorded during field study conducted for season October 2018 - November 2018 - December 2018 are considered as baseline values. They represent impact due to operations of existing activities on this region. The impact due to operations of existing nearby industries on this region is represented by 98 percentile concentrations of above mentioned parameters at this location, which are considered as ‘Baseline Concentrations’ to determine the impact of proposed expansion activities in SSWL on ambient air quality. The baseline concentrations are summarized in the following table.

Table 4.5 Baseline Concentrations at Site

Parameter 98th percentile Concentration (μg/m3)

NAAQS Remark

PM10 62.45 100 μg/m3 The baseline concentrations for all parameters monitored are well within the limits.

Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.9 for more details.

PM2.5 26.58 60 μg/m3 SO2 25.64 80 μg/m3 NOX 35.2 80 μg/m3

CO (mg/m3) 0.13 4 mg/m3 It is observed that, in case of air pollution, the industry is going to contribute increased SPM pollution load in the surrounding areas. This will have negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crop yields and local population.

Output of GLC run for various scenarios in respect of activities to be undertaken under proposed & expansion of SSWL project is presented below.

105

Figure 4.2 Windrose for the Month October 2018 - November 2018 - December 2018

106

I. Predictions for Emissions from stack Figure 4.3 Isopleths of PM10 (24 Hrs Max. Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Maximum concentration of PM10 is 0.364μg/m3 towards West direction at 1.74 Km from site.

Table 4.6 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 Values (μg/m3)

No. Location Distance (Km) Direction

98% baseline PM10 Conc.

(μg/m3)

Incremental

PM10

(μg/m3)

Total PM10 Predictive

GLC (μg/m3) % Incremental Remark Impact

A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1 Site -- -- 62.45 0.034 62.48 0.05

Predictive PM10 GLC

is lower than prescribed standard 100 μg/m3

Insignificant

2 Shedbal 4.4 SE 61.76 0.1 61.86 0.16 3 Lokur 7.5 E 63.31 0.06 63.37 0.09 4 Ganeshwadi 3.8 W 62.06 0.1 62.16 0.16 5 Hasur 5.1 W 62.63 0.1 62.73 0.16 6 Kagwad 1.8 S 61.41 0.2 61.61 0.33 7 Narwad 4.5 NE 63.18 0.1 63.28 0.16 8 Mhaisal 0.56 N 62.5 0.1 62.6 0.16

N

107

Figure 4.4 Isopleths of PM2.5 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Maximum concentration of PM2.5 is 0.091μg/m3 towards West direction at 1.4Km from site.

Table 4.7 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values


98% baseline PM2.5 Conc.

(μg/m3)

Incremental

PM2.5

(μg/m3)

Total PM2.5 Predictive

GLC (μg/m3)

% Incremental Remark Impact

A B C D E F=D+E G=(E/D)x100 1 Site -- -- 26.58 0.010 26.59 0.04 Predictiv

e PM2.5 GLC is lower than

prescribed

standard 60 μg/m3

Insignificant


N

108

Figure 4.5 Isopleths of SO2 (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Maximum concentration of SO2 is 5.45 μg/Nm3 towards West direction at 1.83Km from site.

Table 4.8 GLC with Incremental Increase in SO2Values


98% baseline

SO2 Conc. (μg/m3)

Incremental SO2

GLC (μg/m3)

Total SO2 Predictive

GLC (μg/m3)



Predictive SO2 GLC is lower than prescribed standard 80 μg/m3

Insignificant

2 Shedbal 4.4 SE 23.31 1 24.31 4.29 3 Lokur 7.5 E 24.69 1 25.69 4.05 4 Ganeshwadi 3.8 W 23.89 2 25.89 8.37 5 Hasur 5.1 W 24.99 1 25.99 4.00 6 Kagwad 1.8 S 24.66 3 27.66 12.17 7 Narwad 4.5 NE 22.95 1 23.95 4.36 8 Mhaisal 0.56 N 23.58 1 24.58 4.24

N

109

Figure 4.6 Isopleths of NOx (24 Hrs Max Conc. in μg/Nm3)

Maximum concentration of NOx is 1.40 μg/m3 towards west direction at 1.20 Km from site.

Table 4.9 GLC with Incremental Increase in NOx Values


98 Percentile baseline

NOx Conc.

(μg/m3)

Incremental NOx GLC

(μg/m3)

Total NOx Predictive

GLC (μg/m3)



Total Predictive

NOx GLC is lower than prescribed standard 80 μg/m3

Insignificant


N

110

Interpretation From Table 4.6, 4.7, 4.8 & 4.9 (operation of APC equipment), it is seen that– 1. Incremental increase in PM10 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of

0.05% to 0.33% with the lowest concentration of 61.61μg/m3 at Kagwad village, thehighest concentration of 63.37μg/m3 at Lokur ; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of100μg/m3.

2. Incremental increase in PM2.5 concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of0.04% to 0.20% with the lowest concentration of 23.45 μg/m3 at Hasur village, thehighest concentration of 26.59 μg/m3 at Site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of60 μg/m3.

3. Incremental increase in SO2concentrations at 8 AAQM stations is in the range of 3.12%to 12.17% with the lowest concentration of 23.95μg/m3 at Narwad village, the highestconcentration of 26.44 μg/m3 at site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 80 μg/m3.

4. Incremental increase in NOx concentrations at the 8 AAQM stations is in the range of0.37% to 2.44% with the lowest concentration of 33.14μg/m3 at Shedbal village, thehighest concentration of 35.33μg/m3 at Site; which are lesser than NAAQ standard of 80μg/m3.

From the above observations, it could be concluded that the impact on air quality at the 8 monitoring stations due to the boilers (stack emissions) with air pollution control equipment in operation is non-significant

111

4.3.1.3 Impacts under Accidental Scenarios

A. Predictions For Emissions From Stack In Worse Case (Scenario- During Non-Operation of APC)

Figure 4.7 Isopleths of PM10 During Non-Operation of APC

Maximum concentration of PM10is 36.6 μg/m3towards West direction at 1.13 Km from site

Table 4.10 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM10 values for Non-Operation of APC


98% baseline

PM10 Conc. (μg/m3)

Incremental

PM10GLC (μg/m3)

Total PM10 Predictive

GLC (μg/m3)



Predictive PM10 GLC

is lower than prescribed standard 100 μg/m3

Significant at site & Kagwad


N

112

Figure 4.8 Isopleths of PM2.5 During Non-Operation of APC

Maximum concentration of PM2.5 is 10.37 μg/m3towards West direction at 1.14 Km from site Table 4.11 GLC with Incremental Increase in PM2.5 values for Non-Operation of APC


98% baseline

PM2.5 Conc.

(μg/m3)

Incremental PM2.5

(μg/m3)

Total PM2.5

Predictive GLC

(μg/m3)



Predictive PM2.5 GLC is lower than prescribed standard 60

μg/m3

Significant at site & mhaisal

2 Shedbal 4.4 SE 24.55 0.08 24.63 0.333 Lokur 7.5 E 25.57 0.05 25.62 0.204 Ganeshwadi 3.8 W 24.95 0.027 24.977 0.115 Hasur 5.1 W 23.43 0.08 23.51 0.346 Kagwad 1.8 S 24.49 0.027 24.517 0.117 Narwad 4.5 NE 25.11 0.08 25.19 0.328 Mhaisal 0.56 N 26.12 0.09 26.21 0.34

N

113

Analysis & Interpretation from GLC

Figure 4.9 Graphs for Isopleths of PM10 with & without APC

Graphs for Isopleths of PM2.5 with & without APC

0

20

40

60

80

100

120

Conc

entr

atio

n ug

/Mᶟ

Incremental PM₁₀

Baseline Concentration SSWL Predictive with APC SSWL Predictive without APC

60 μg/m3

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

Conc

entr

atio

n (u

g/M

ᶟ)

Locations

Incremental PM₂.₅

Baseline Concentration SSWL Predivtive with APC SSWL Predictive without APC

114

Figure 4.10 Graphs for Isopleths of SO2 & NOx

80 ug/Mᶟ

0102030405060708090

Conc

entr

atio

n (µ

g/M

ᶟ)

Locations

Incremental SO₂

Baseline Concentration SSWL Predictive

80 ug/Mᶟ

0102030405060708090

Conc

enta

rtio

n (µ

g/M

ᶟ)

Locations

Incremental NOx

Baseline Concentration SSWL Predictive

115

B) Fugitive Emissions

Fugitive emission under existing, expansion and proposed activities of SSWL will be mainly the dust emissions. These will impact working environment of the workers and will also settle on plants in the industrial premises. The consequence of this will be respiratory disorders, aggravated coughing and difficult or painful breathing among workers and reduced photosynthesis activity may impact plant life. Also, inappropriate and non-scientific storage as well as longer holding periods of raw as well as concentrated spentwash in the respective tanks and yeast sludge from fermenters may lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in the tank body thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, sulphur dioxide and carbon di-oxide. The hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby the spentwash tank premises. Efficient and quick utilization of spentwash from the tanks and its incineration will avoid holding up of same for longer periods and prevent formation of above mentioned gaseous emissions. C) Process Emissions

CO2 will be generated from fermenters under the distillery project. Generation of CO2 takes place in considerable quantum which when let out in the atmosphere could have undesirable effects in the surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labelled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be curbed as far as possible.

D) Odour Pollution

Odour can result from number of sources and operations in an integrated complex of sugar factory and distillery. They may include stale cane, bad mill sanitation, molasses handling and storage, effluent storage; treatment & disposal, effluent carrying drains, primary & secondary sludge storage areas etc. Under proposed distillery, every care will be taken to avoid the odour generation from above sources and actions so that the eventual nuisance from same shall be abated. Especially, the distillery fermentation section, distillation section for spentwash generation, spentwash handling; storage; concentration and eventually its incineration shall be provided prompt and proper attention. Anaerobic-aerobic pathways of degradation resulting due to excessively longer storage of spentwash, yeast sludge and similar putresible materials will give rise to foul smells as a result of generation of gases like hydrogen sulphide, sulphur di-oxide etc. These gases have very irritating effect on human beings and animals that come in their contact resulting in to coughing, sneezing, inflammation of upper respiratory track, irritation of eyes, sensation of nausea and vomiting. The unsanitary conditions responsible for odour trouble could give rise to other nuisance like fly and insect infestation.

4.3.1.4 Mitigation Measures

A) Emissions from Fuel Burning

1. For proposed boiler under sugar – cogen expansion & distillery establishment, ESP will be provided as APC equipment, with stack height 90 M and 70 M resp.

2. APC equipment will be interlocked with the process as per the guidelines of CPCB. 3. Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality to be done by the industry

through approved labs to check and control dust levels / concentrations at certain places so that same could be kept always below the stipulated norms.

116

4. Efficiencies of dust control equipments in the industry such as ESP will be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation.

5. Installation of OCMS (Online Continuous Monitoring System) for monitoring of SPM, Temp., SO2, CO, CO2 etc. in stack emissions of proposed boilers (as presently installed for existing cogen boiler). Data collected will be uploaded to MPCB & CPCB servers.

6. IP cameras to be installed, maintained and data collected shall be forwarded to CPCB. 7. D.G. Set installed in SSWL complex Will be operated only during power failure.

B) Fugitive Emissions

An action plan has been prepared in the industry that includes - proper exhaust and ventilation arrangements, monitoring of proper working of pollution control equipments, proper handling; storage and disposal of dust collected, use of PPE’s for staff and workers, augmentation of existing green belt with adequate density and provision of properly surfaced internal roads and work premise (tarred and concrete). To control the fugitive emissions from all vulnerable sources water sprinkling system will be made to curb the emissions during movement of vehicles.

1. Installation of appropriate, adequate and efficient exhaust and ventilation system to remove and control dust from work zone areas. Provision of ESP as APC equipment to collect and remove dust from work zone including routine monitoring.

2. Personal protective equipments such as masks, aprons, gloves, goggles etc. are provided to the workers.

3. Under existing setup of SSWL an area of 1,66,947 Sq. M. is under green belt development. This accounts 33.5% of total plot available. Also, shelter belt and mass plantation had done by industry, near ash storage yards to curb littering of the materials due to wind. This avoid suspension of ash particles in the air which leads to SPM.

4. All internal roads, yards and open storage areas are provided with well compacted and constructed surface layering. At certain locations linings of tar or RCC also provided.

5. To control the fugitive emissions from all vulnerable sources water sprinkling system is being provided to curb the emissions during movement of vehicles.

6. Covered / encased conveyors to be installed to carry bagasse from milling section to storage yards, from storage yards to boiler section. This will be done to avoid littering and free falling of loose bagasse from the belt which leads to suspension of same in air and subsequent spread in the ambient air due to wind currents.

7. A care shall be taken for handling and storage of spent wash in raw as well as concentrated forms. In no case prolonged storage of same will be done in tanks provided on site. This will hold good for the yeast sludge storage also. Both spent wash and yeast sludge comprises of very high organic contents which being highly putrescible lead to development of anaerobic conditions due to non-scientific and prolonged storage. Quick lifting and disposal of these materials will avoid such troubles.

C) Process Emissions

There will be process emissions in the form CO2 from Fermenters in distillery unit about 2850 MT/M. Same will be collected, purified, compressed and filled in cylinders and sold for production of beverages. Further, adequate plantation under same can play an important role as 'the sink' by taking up CO2 thus curbing its release to atmosphere from the premises.

117

D) Odour Pollution

There will be different odour prone areas in the SSWL industry. Measures adopted under existing unit for controlling odour are proper housekeeping, sludge management in biological ETP units, steaming of major pipe lines, regular use of bleaching powder in the drains, efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of pressmud.

Closed pipeline will be provided for carrying spentwash under proposed distillery unit. Hence, odour nuisance due to spentwash storage get minimized. 4.3.2 Impact on Climate

Impact on the climatic conditions, due to the expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and proposed distillery are not envisaged. Stack emissions will be mitigated by the use of ESP as APC with appropriate stack height. Process emissions in the form of CO2 will be collected, purified, compressed and filled in cylinders and sold for production of beverages. 4.3.3 Impact on Water Resources

A. Surface Water (Quality & Quantity)

Total water requirement for SSWL integrated project complex (after expansion of Sugar factory & Co-gen & establishment of distillery) will be 6919M3/Day. From this, about 5615M3/Day will be utilized from sugar cane condensate i.e. 98% recycle water, about 954 M3/Day will be treated water from CPU i.e. 81% recycle water & 20 M3/Day will be the treated water from STP.

Total trade effluent generated from existing & expansion of sugar and co-generation activities will be 751M3/D. Same will be treated in existing Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) provided in own factory premises comprising of primary, secondary & tertiary unit operations. Treated effluent will be supplied for watering of plantation under the green belt in own factory premises as well as on land of shareholders of factory for irrigation. Other effluent generated from proposed distillery activities will be treated in proposed CPU. Treated effluent will be recycled in to process for dilution of molasses and cooling tower make-up. Raw Spentwash 895M3/D will be forwarded to evaporation and concentration in Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE). Further, concentrated spentwash of 180 M3/D will be incinerated in proposed 40 TPH boiler. Total domestic effluent generated from sugar, cogen & distillery unit will be 20 M3/D. Same will be treated in proposed STP and treated water will be used for gardening/ green belt development/ flushing purpose.

Table 4.12 Quantification of Pollutants' (Effluent from Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant) Load

Pollutants

Conc. of Pollutants

Generated mg/lit (mass/vol)

Quantity of Pollutants generated

Kg/day (mass/day)

Conc. Of Pollutants after

Treatment mg/lit

(mass/vol)

Quantity of Pollutants after

Treatment Kg/day

(mass/day)

MPCB Standards

mg/lit (mass/ vol)

Raw Effluent (751 CMD) Treated Effluent (730 CMD) Untreated Effluent

pH 4-6 -- 7.2-8.2 -- -- BOD 1250 939 45 33 100 COD 2500 1877 165 120 250 TDS 1600 1202 1000 730 2100

118

4.3.3.1 Different Scenarios Considered for Water Pollution due to Discharge of Effluent in nearby Water Body is presented in following paragraphs-

Selected water quality parameters, for surface water resources, within the study area have been considered for assessing water environment and evaluating impact due to the proposed distillery expansion activities. Understanding the water quality is important to identify critical issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for implementation.

Table 4.13 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Untreated Effluent

(from sugar & cogen ETP) into Nalla

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf = (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

1 BOD 1250 31.2

22 525

50550 90.88 2 COD 2500 44 101100 181.77 3 TDS 1600 691 412695 741.99

Ci - Concentration of pollutant, (Untreated effluent from sugar factory), mg/L Cs - Concentration of pollutant in stream (Ganeshwadi Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Cf - Concentration of pollutant in stream (Ganeshwadi Nalla), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Qi - Wastewater discharge rate, M3/ hr. Qs- Nalla Flow rate, M3/hr. A - Inland Surface Water Standards for Irrigation purpose. B - Inland Surface Water Standards for drinking purpose.

Table 4.14 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla into Krishna River

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs

Cf = (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

1 BOD 90.88 525

14900

60312 42.32 2 COD 181.77 32 124229.3 87.18 3 TDS 741.99 522 859344.8 603.05

Ci - Concentration of pollutant, (Treated effluent), mg/L Cs - Concentration of pollutant in stream (Ganeshwadi Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Cf - Concentration of pollutant in stream (Ganeshwadi Nalla), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Qi - Wastewater discharge rate, M3/ hr. Qs- Nalla Flow rate, M3/hr. A - Inland Surface Water Standards for Irrigation purpose. B - Inland Surface Water Standards for Drinking purpose.

Table 4.15 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Spentwash

Parameters Conc. of Pollutants (Mass/vol.- mg/lit)

Quantity of Pollutants (mass/

Day- Kg/Day)

Conc. Of Pollutants After concentration (Mass/vol.- mg/lit)

Quantity of Pollutants After concentration (mass/ Day- Kg/Day)

Raw Spentwash – 895 CMD Conc. Spentwash – 180 CMD pH 4-4.2 -- 3.8-4.0 --

COD 1,40,000- 1,60,000 1,25,300 – 1,43,200 2,90,000 52,200 BOD 60,000-70,000 53,700 – 62,650 95,000 17,100 TS 1,60,000-2,10,000 1,43,200 – 1,87,950 3,00,000 54,000 SS 35,000-40,000 31,325 – 35,800 25,000 4500

119

Table 4.16 Accidental Discharge of Raw spentwash into Nalla

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf= (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

1 BOD 80,000 37.2 22 525 2987550 5314.03 2 COD 1,40,000 37.2 44 525 5231100 9964.00 3 TDS 90,000 37.2 691 525 3710775 6600.45

Ci–Conc. of raw spentwash in the stream, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs- Baseline Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nallah), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf – Conc. of pollutant in the stream (Nallah), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi - Raw spentwash discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- Nalla flow rate, M3/hr.

Table 4.17 Discharge of Contaminated Nalla in to Krishna river

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf= (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

1 BOD 5314.0 525 14 750 2800368 2196.37 2 COD 9964.0 525 32 750 5255100 4121.65 3 TDS 6600.4 525 522 750 3856738 3024.89 Ci–Conc. of contaminated stream (Nallah), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cs – Baseline Conc. of pollutant in Krishna River, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Cf – Conc. of pollutant in Krishna River, downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/l Qi - Nalla discharge rate, M3/hr. Qs- River flow rate, M3/hr.

Table 4.18 Quantification of Pollutants Load (Effluent from Distillery CPU)

(Spent lees, Cooling Blow Downs & MEE Condensate)

Parameters

Raw Effluent Flow rate – 991 CMD

Treated Effluent Flow rate – 954 CMD MPCB

Standards Conc. of Pollutants

Quantity of Pollutants

Conc. of Pollutants

Quantity of Pollutants

pH 5-6 - 7 – 8 -- 7 – 8 COD 3000mg/lit 2973 Kg/Day 150mg/lit 143Kg/Day 250mg/lit BOD 1800mg/lit 1784 Kg/Day 70mg/lit 67Kg/Day 100 mg/lit TDS 1500mg/lit 1486Kg/Day 100mg/lit 95.4Kg/Day 2100mg/lit

Table 4.19 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Untreated Effluent (from Distillery CPU) into Nalla

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs Cf = (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

1 BOD 1250 41.2

22 525

63050 111.36 2 COD 2500 44 126100 222.71 3 TDS 1600 691 428695 757.14

Ci - Concentration of pollutant, (Untreated effluent from sugar factory), mg/L Cs - Concentration of pollutant in stream (Ganeshwadi Nalla), upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Cf - Concentration of pollutant in stream (Ganeshwadi Nalla), downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Qi - Wastewater discharge rate, M3/ hr. Qs- Nalla Flow rate, M3/hr, A - Inland Surface Water Standards for Irrigation purpose. B - Inland Surface Water Standards for drinking purpose.

120

Table 4.20 Quantification of Impact due to Discharge of Untreated Effluent into Krishna River

No. Parameter Ci Qi CS QS Ci*Qi + Cs*Qs

Cf = (Ci*Qi + CS*Qs) / (Qi+QS)

1 BOD 111.36 525

14 750

68964 54.09 2 COD 222.71 32 140922.8 110.533 TDS 757.14 522 788998.5 618.82

Ci - Concentration of pollutant, (Untreated effluent), mg/L Cs - Concentration of pollutant in the River, upstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Cf - Concentration of pollutant in the River, downstream of wastewater discharge, mg/L. Qi - Wastewater discharge rate, M3/ hr. Qs- River Flow rate, M3/hr, A - Inland Surface Water Standards for Irrigation purpose. B - Inland Surface Water Standards for Drinking purpose.

Table 4.21 Inland surface Water (CPCB Standards)

Parameter Inland Surface Water (CPCB Standards) (mg/l) A B

BOD 2 3 COD -- -- TDS 2100 500

A - Inland Surface Water Standards for irrigation purpose B - Inland Surface Water Standards for drinking purpose

a) Interpretations & Conclusion – Impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby nalla and river Krishna as the factory site is surrounded by agricultural farms and human settlements. Three nalla flows near factory site and probably carry leachate, sewage and industrial effluents through agriculture belt and human settlements during operations. If not controlled, the proposed project may further aggravate pollution in the area. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause significant environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and further affecting dependent biodiversity.

• When untreated effluent from sugar & cogen unit finds a way to nalla, it is observed that

on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water shall become 90.88, 181.77 & 741.9 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are 22, 44 & 691 mg/lit.

• When this polluted nalla water joins Krishna river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 42.32, 87.18 & 603.0 mg/lit.; which otherwise are 14, 22 & 522 mg/lit.

• When raw spentwash finds a way to nalla, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water shall become 5314.03, 9964 & 6600.45 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are 22, 44 & 691 mg/lit.

• When this polluted nalla water (due to ingress of raw spentwash) joins Krishna river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 2196.37, 4121.65 & 3024.89 mg/lit resp. which otherwise are 14, 32 & 522 mg/lit.

• When untreated effluent from distillery CPU finds a way to nalla, it is observed that on downstream of point of discharge, the BOD, COD & TDS of nalla water shall become 111.3, 222.7 & 757.1 mg/lit resp. otherwise are 22, 44 & 691 mg/lit.

121

• When this polluted nalla water joins Krishna river, it is predicted that on downstream of point of discharge; the BOD, COD & TDS of river water shall become 54, 110 & 618.8 mg/lit.; otherwise are 14, 32 & 522 mg/lit.

• Increase in concentrations of above parameters shall exert negative impact on the aquatic biota and fresh water ecosystem. First of all, suspended particles increase turbidity which reduces light penetration thereby disrupting growth of photosynthetic plants and disturb the food chain. Nitrogen and phosphorus in wastewaters act as nutrients that help aggravating problems of 'Eutrophication' and algal dominance, organic matter in the effluent could reduce dissolved oxygen levels and cause fish kill due to depletion of DO levels, excessive presence of CO2 through respiration process in eutriphied waters may lead to fall in pH results in formation of weak acids and affects pH sensitive reactions in the water body and benthic deposits. Increase in ground water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils, gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. in humans, corrosion, pitting and similar problems with metallic objects due to salt deposition and scaling.

b) Mitigation Measures –

1. Construction of KT weirs in the Nalla stretch from Industry to River Krishna and putting

baffles in KT weir to control discharge subsequent to ingress of raw spentwash & untreated effluent in to the Nalla so as to carry out flow obstruction.

2. Stopping / arresting untreated effluent entry to nalla by diverting flow through leaking pipe. Lifting the stored volume upstream the KT weir by portable pumps & sending it back to tank or discharging same on nearby farm land for irrigation.

3. Pumping of contaminated discharge from nalla from first weir to tank & action of flushing & dilution to subsequent weirs

4. Faster communication to people residing along the nalla & river about ingress of effluents in the streams followed by an appeal for not consuming the waters for domestic purposes and animal consumption.

5. Advanced mechanization and automation would be introduced in ETP so as to optimize power and chemical consumption as well as to minimize chances of reduced efficiencies due to human errors and non-efficient operation and maintenance practices.

6. Under expansion project STP shall be provided for domestic effluent treatment which shall replace existing practice of septic tanks followed by soak pits.

7. Treated effluent from sugar factory ETP shall be used for green belt development & for irrigation of farm land. No effluent shall be allowed to enter or reach any surface water body.

B. Ground Water (Quality & Quantity)

Most of the agriculture in the region especially on east side is depends on ground water i.e. well and tube wells. Therefore the contamination of ground water source could affect the agricultural areas.

However, quality of surface & ground water could get affected adversely if effluent handling treatment and disposal practices, especially w.r.t. spentwash, are not properly followed. If spentwash conveyance arrangements, storage tanks, MEE section, are not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from tanks, pipe lines, open yards may lead to water contamination. Organics in effluents may impart BOD & COD to the water, increase in water TDS levels could lead to salinity problems of soils. Change in colour of water due to contamination of effluents shall not only be important from aesthetics but same may also have health concern.

122

Figure 4.11 Image Showing KT Weirs

123

Contaminated water if utilized by residents of the region for drinking purpose it may affect health. High TDS may lead to gastro enteric disorders, problems of urine stone etc. If utilized for industrial purposes, softening and demineralization may incur huge costs. Moreover, the pipelines and other metallic infrastructure involved in conveyance can undergo corrosion, pitting and similar problems due to salt deposition on exposed surfaces. Further, if polluted water is used for irrigation; it may deteriorate the soil fertility. 4.3.3.2 Mitigation Measures Ground Water

• There shall be maximum use of condensate, getting available from cane juice evaporation in sugar factory and condensate from MEE in distillery. This may reduce water demand to be taken from river.

• Recharge of ground water in study area is happening through rainfall, seepage from irrigation tanks and ponds in the study area. Under expansion project, it is proposed to implement rain water harvesting measures in industry premises. Rain water from roof top and surface harvesting shall be collected into recharging pit to be provided on site. Harvesting of rainwater and its recharge into the ground is a very important aspect which creates positive impact on ground water table.

• Total quantity of domestic effluent, after proper treatment, would be used for flushing under existing and proposed activities.

• Spentwash storage tanks shall be constructed as per CPCB guidelines where HDPE liners and RCC lining will be implemented. Making of spentwash handling, storage and disposal systems totally seepage proof shall avoid any chances of groundwater contamination.

• Sugar factory and co-generation plant effluents shall be treated in existing ETP. Other distillery effluents viz. the spentlees, MEE condensate, cooling blow down, boiler blow down washing and lab shall be forwarded to proposed CPU.

4.3.3.3 Impact on Hydro Geology

• All the requirement of water for the project will be met with fresh water from Krishna River supplemented by cane condensate water and treated water from proposed CPU & STP. Therefore no adverse impact on groundwater resources of the area is foreseen.

• Leakages and seepages from sugar factory effluent and spentwash storage structures could contaminate both shallow and deeper aquifer of the project site through actions like seepages, leakages and percolation.


• Rainwater harvesting measures to be implemented to replenish the groundwater resources. Both; roof top and surface water harvesting must be done so as to collect and arrest runoffs and store the same in tanks at certain locations as per the topography in the premises. Also, feasibility should be explored to recharge the harvested rain water directly to bore wells located in the industrial and those in the nearby areas.

• Leakages of leachate from molasses storage tanks, and spent wash tanks from the proposed distillery and their infiltration into soil should be altogether prevented to avoid contamination of groundwater.

• In SSWL project, the spentwash handling, storage and disposal system infrastructure comprising of 30-days spentwash storage tank, spentwash concentration system (MEE)

124

shall be planned, designed and constructed as per the CREP norms set for distillery industry by MoEFCC and as per CPCB guidelines. Under the same, spentwash tank; ash storage yards and allied infrastructures should be provided with HDPE liners, RCC liners etc. as per the design details and specific requirements to completely prevent spentwash seepage, percolation and infiltration from the concerned structures into the soil and bedrock as well as to the groundwater storage aquifers.

• Hazardous waste from sugar factory like spent oil, periodic waste water from cleaning and that from proposed distillery should be properly disposed of to protect the water and soil environment in the area.

• Quality of water discharged from STP and ETP should be monitored regularly and the policy of Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD) of process effluent to be properly adhered to.

• Water quality in wells in the area WSW of the Project Site should be monitored periodically to check for unseen contamination.

4.3.4 Impact of Solid and Hazardous Wastes

• Solid waste to be generated from the SSWL Project Complex (boiler ash & sludge) if stored in haphazard and uncontrolled manner on site shall lead to littering and suspension of the particles in air due to strong wind currents causing problems of air pollution and aesthetics.

• Characteristics of bagasse ash from co-gen boiler and that of the spentwash ash shall be considerably different. The bagasse ash being from biomass could be used as manure while observing certain care towards rate as well as method of application or would be sold to brick manufactures. The spentwash ash on the other hand due to certain inorganic and heavy metal contents shall only be utilized as filler material in bricks' manufacturing.

• Improper utilization / disposal of ash would harm soil quality and fertility of the agriculture fields.

• If the boiler ash storage and concentrated spentwash tank areas are not scientifically maintained (as per CPCB guidelines) then runoff, overflows, leakages and seepages from same may lead to soil, surface water & ground water contamination.

• Yeast sludge from fermenters (810 MT/M) on inappropriate handling and storage conditions shall lead to formation of aerobic-anaerobic conditions in the tank thereby resulting in to uncontrolled release of gases comprising prominently of methane, hydrogen sulphide, sulphur dioxide and carbon di-oxide. Hydrogen sulphide imparts foul odour in the premises whereas SO2 lead to corrosive atmosphere. Moreover, inflammation of eyes, throat and respiratory track irritation are prominent effects observed in case of human being residing nearby the sludge storage / tank premises.

• ETP & CPU sludge shall contain settled biological flocks from secondary treatment units (aeration tanks / reactors). As such they can undergo anaerobic decomposition resulting in to odour problem if not handled, stored and disposed off properly.

• Hazardous waste under Category 5.1, i.e. Used / Spent oil (6 MT/Yr.) if gets spilled or littered in environment, can contaminate environment and result in to undesirable aesthetics also. Used oils especially the ones aimed for lubricating, after draining from engines; gearboxes; hydraulic systems; turbines and air compressors shall not be suitable for use as – (1) the oil may be contaminated with wear debris, (2) the lubricating base oil gets deteriorated and degraded to acids, (3) the additives may decompose into other chemical species, (4) the oils may get mixed with process fluids, degreasers and solvents thereby changing nature and properties completely. Used oil contains wear metals such as iron, tin and copper as well as lead and zinc. Many organic molecules arise from the breakdown of additives and base oils. The molecule potentially the most harmful is the

125

polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon (PAH). The spent oil on spillage tends to accumulate in the environment, causing soil and water pollution. Oil decomposes very slowly. It reduces the oxygen supply to the micro-organisms that break the oil down into non-hazardous compounds. Toxic gases and harmful metallic dust particles are produced by the ordinary combustion of used oil. The high concentration of metal ions, lead, zinc, chromium and copper in used oil can be toxic to ecological systems and to human health if they are emitted from the exhaust stack of uncontrolled burners and furnaces. Some of the additives (zincdialkyl – dithio - phosphates, molybdenum disulphide, other organo - metallic compounds etc.) used in lubricants can contaminate the environment severely. Certain compounds in used oils like PAH can be very dangerous to human and animal health being carcinogenic and mutagenic. Lubricating oil is transformed by the high temperatures and stress of an engine's operation. This results in oxidation, nitration, cracking of polymers and decomposition of organ- metallic compounds. Other contaminants also accumulate in oil during use - fuel, antifreeze / coolant, water, wear metals, metal oxides and combustion products.


• Bagasse ash from cogen boiler & that from incineration boiler will be collected and stored separately. The ash quantity shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical systems followed by storage in silos. Ash shall be sprinkled / sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes.

• Collection of yeast sludge from fermentation section in closed silo system, its dewatering (mechanical) and immediate disposal shall be done. Yeast & CPU sludge be burnt in incineration boiler after adequate drying.

• ETP sludge shall be used as manure. • Used oil from sugar factory shall be mixed properly with bagasse and burnt in

Co-generation boiler.

4.3.5 Impact on Soil and Agriculture

Impact on soil characteristics shall be usually attributable to deposition of air pollutants from fuel burning operations in co-gen plant and distillery, effluent discharge, solid and hazardous waste disposal. Particulate matter and other pollutants emitted into ambient air (especially in very high concentrations due to improper working of APC equipment) may result in deposition of same on soil and nearby agriculture fields. This can result into alteration of properties of soil and its composition. As such crops and plants grown in such soils may become unable to adapt soil changes and thus the productivity gets reduced. Also, the contaminants from effluents and solid as well as hazardous wastes could have similar effects on soil through uncontrolled and consistent applications or accidental discharges. Due to this, soil fertility slowly diminishes making it saline and non-suitable for agricultural or and any other vegetation to survive. Moreover, the microbes in soil like fungi and bacteria which can have profound effects on its microbiology and biochemistry may also receive adverse impacts due to pollutants and contaminates through effects like toxicity. Certain alterations in soils' nature may result into physical and structural changes like variation in bonding properties of soils, cohesiveness, permeability, porosity, plasticity etc. This can result in to undesirable effects like excessive erosion, seepages, infiltration. Further, death of many useful organisms in the soil (e.g. earthworms) can create troubles w.r.t. soils' fertility and productivity. As already stated in earlier section, if raw effluent is discharged on land, acidic or alkaline pH, high TDS concentrations and organic matter contents could have detrimental effects like loss of nitrogen, increase in conductivity and salinity, reduced porosity etc.

126


• ESP (98% efficiency) shall be installed as APC equipment for new boilers shall be operated continuously like the existing ESP. Hence, SPM emission rate shall be well below the prescribed MPCB norms. Also, there will not be any serious process emissions, the impact on soil characteristics will be nil.

• Ash shall be handled and collected through dedicated and automatic mechanical system followed by storage in separate silos. Ash shall be sprayed with water to avoid its suspension during all the above processes. Finally, it shall be forwarded to brick manufacturers for final disposal.

• Industrial effluent after proposed expansion project shall be treated in an existing ETP of sugar factory. For domestic effluent, STP shall be provided. Condensate from MEE shall be treated in to CPU and recycled in to process.

• Completely 'Zero Discharge' of Spentwash from distillery shall be achieved through concentration in MEE followed by incineration. Hence, effect of this wastewater discharges, on soil and agricultural shall be nil.

4.3.6 Impact on Noise Levels

Criteria on which noise impacts are analyzed depend upon the people being affected. Broadly, there are two types viz. people working near source and people stay near the industry. People working near the source need risk criteria for hearing damage while the people stay near the industry lead annoyance and psychological damage as the criteria for noise level impact analysis. It is quite obvious that the acceptable noise level for the later case is less than the former case. So, the noise impact analysis can be of two types namely (1) Noise impact analysis on working environment; and (2) Noise impact analysis on community.

1) Noise Impact Analysis on Working Environment

For Noise Levels in the industrial unit, the potential noise generating sources are categorized under three major heads - noise from machinery, noise from sirens / work areas, noise from transportation. The total noise generated by operations of all equipment in the premises of all units in an Industrial Plant (from experience of existing unit) would be between 70 to 85dB(A). Constant exposure to such level can result in damage to ear drums and loss of hearing, blood pressure levels, cardio-vascular disease and stress related heart problems among the workers. It may also disturb psychological condition of the workers. The actual resultant noise levels outside the factory will be much lesser in the ambient air after considering attenuation. Therefore, the impact of sugar factory, distillery and co-gen plant w.r.t. noise would be non-significant.

Noise levels in work environment are compared with the standards prescribed by Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA-USA), which in turn were enforced by Government of India through model rules framed under Factories’ Act. These standards were established with the emphasis on reducing hearing loss.

127

Table 4.22 Permissible Exposure In Case of Continuous Noise

No. Total Time of Exposure (continuous or a number of short term exposures) per Day, in hours

Sound Pressure dB (A)

Remarks

1 8.00 90 1. No exposures in excess of dB(A) are permitted.

2 6.00 92 2. For any period of exposure falling in between any figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 2, the permissible sound pressure level is to be determined by extrapolation on a proportionate scale.

3 4.00 95 4 3.00 97 5 2.00 100 6 1.50 1027 1.00 105 8 0.75 107 9 0.50 110 10 0.25 115

2) Noise Impact Analysis on Community

Noise pattern from the source is computed with the help of following formula- Noise Level at distance r2 = (Noise level at distance r1) - 20 log (r2/r1)

Noise levels get reduced considerably in the range of 20-30% because of natural obstructions. The permissible noise levels, for different categories of area, as prescribed by MoEFCC are given in Table 4.23. The resultant noise levels at the receptor in different areas/zones are envisaged to be within permissible limits. If noise levels exceed the limit, people who stay near the industry get disturbed due to reasons like annoyance and psychological reasons. The present ambient noise monitored at all villages in the study area is within reasonable limits. The noise generated from an industry gets attenuated considerably because of natural barriers like walls, vegetation, houses etc. or gets deflected along the wind direction. Thus, it can be stated that noise impact due to the proposed & expansion activities in SSWL could be significant on working environment without control measures, while the noise impact on community would be negligible.

Table 4.23 Standards in Respect of Ambient Noise Levels

No. Category of Area Limits in dB (A), Leq

Day time (6 AM to 10 PM)

Night time (10 PM to 6 AM)

1 Industrial area 75 702 Commercial area 65 553 Residential area 55 454 Silence zone(Hospitals, Educational Institutes & Courts) 50 40

128


• Noise monitoring shall be done regularly in noise prone areas and within the industry where workers will get exposed.

• Heavy duty muffler systems shall be employed for high noise generating equipment. • Proper oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance shall be carried out for

machineries and equipment to reduce the noise generation. • Personal protective equipments such as ear muffs, ear plugs, masks will be strictly

enforced for the workers engaged in high noise prone zones. • For control of noise at source, steps shall be taken like - enclosing machine, reducing

vibrations in components by replacing metal parts with sound absorbing materials, isolating the work place containing noisy equipments, reducing height of fall bins, reinforcing sheet metal constructions by packets, reduce speed of conveyor belts, covering walls/ ceilings with sound absorbing materials, using sound absorbing screens, building sound proof control areas/ rest rooms etc. In short; insulation, isolation techniques shall be implemented.

• Under proposed expansion, the existing green belt shall be augmented which shall play a vital role in noise attenuation thereby reducing noise intensity from the industry to surroundings.

• During each shift of 8 hours duration, maximum permissible limits of 115 dB(A) shall never be exceeded, in the work zone, even for short duration.

Industry shall administer a 'Hearing Conservation Program' for workers exposed to high noise sources which shall include monitoring, notification, protection, training and record keeping for all employees in danger of exposure. The protocol shall comprise of following- 1. Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be

included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of the results. Employees may observe the monitoring by the Industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to the employees.

2. Testing shall include baseline audiograms thereafter. Annual audiogram shall be evaluated for a standard threshold shift of 10dB or more at 2000, 3000, or 4000 hertz (Hz) in either ear. Hearing protectors shall be provided by the Industry as part of the hearing conservation program.

3. Training shall comprise of observing a training program in the use and care of hearing protectors for all employees who are exposed to an 8-h TWA ≥ 85 dB(A). The hearing protectors must attenuate 8-h TWA to at least 90 dB(A) and for employees with a standard threshold shift down to at least 85 dB(A). (TWA: time weighted average)

4. Record keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by the Industry for the duration of the affected employment.

4.3.7 Impact of Vibration

Vibration is not expected during industrial operations of SSWL. There would not be any vibration impact due to the proposed unit operations.

4.3.8 Impact on Land Use

Vegetation and drainage of any region is related to each other and reflect inter-locking or inter - connectivity between the same. The healthy vegetation shows well developed drainage

129

pattern. Under SSWL, the first major land use is crop land that covers about 57.36% area within the study area. Secondly, area covered by grass land with scrub is about 6.16%. Settlement is about 2.9 % in study area. Present use of the project land is for industrial purpose wherein the existing sugar factory and co-gen plant have already been established. The proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and proposed distillery unit shall be implemented in existing premises of SSWL on the same acquired land and hence no change in the land use pattern is expected. Therefore, impact on the land use is non-significant. 4.3.9 Impact on Ecology and Bio-diversity

Any unfavourable alteration in the quality of soil, water or air will lead the change in quality of habitat for plants and animals. This alteration may favour growth of some species and may reduce/eliminate others. Resilience to this change will depend on the extent of unfavourable change.

1. The impacts were considered for worst case scenario (direct discharge of untreated wastewater into nearby nallas, river Krishna and air pollution as the factory site is surrounded by agricultural farms and human settlements. Three nalla flow near the factory site and probably carry leachate, sewage and industrial effluents through agriculture belt and human settlements during operations.

2. Discharge of the untreated wastewater from the industry in surrounding area can also cause significant environmental impact on the aquatic habitats and further affecting dependent biodiversity.

3. Most of the agriculture in the region especially on east side is depends on ground water i.e. well and tube wells. Therefore the contamination of ground water source could affect the agricultural areas.

4. In case of air pollution, the industry is going to contribute increased SPM pollution load in the surrounding areas. This will have negative impact particularly on avifauna, surrounding crop yields and local population.

5. It is to be ensured that hazardous waste, does not escape into neighbouring habitats such agriculture fields, horticulture, woodlands, grasslands in the area through the streams, even if they are seasonal, and ground water.

6. As per AP & AQ report the increase in concentrations of PM10 is nearer to the standard limit of 100 μg/m3; hence the impact will be significant on site. Also, during non-functioning of APC may have significant impact.

4.3.9.1 Mitigation Measures • Pollution control measures as per EMP should strictly be implemented by the industry. It

is to be ensured that hazardous effluents, waste does not escape into neighbouring habitats such agriculture fields, horticulture, woodlands, grasslands in the area through the streams, even if they are seasonal, and in ground water.

• As measure of protection and conservation of the natural habitats and biodiversity therein, following activities with participation of locals are to be carried out on priority by the industry in the area. The three villages identified namely 1) Kagwad, 2) Shedbal and 3) Ganeshwadi are recommended under CER activity for conservation of existing ecology and biodiversity in their vicinity.

• Based on local conditions and by involving workers and locals, industry should demonstrate, encourage and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green

130

technologies in the villages in 10 km area such as activities like 1. Block tree plantations of local species, 2. Removal of weeds and exotics, 3. Solid waste and sewage management, 4. Water conservation through rain water harvesting and ground water recharge and 5. Environment awareness campaigns for use of solar power, organic farming, biogas, vermi-composting etc. involving local youth groups and women self-help groups.

• In addition to controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on the village population, these activities would help to improve health of locals, most of who are directly or indirectly associated with the sugar and distillery industry. This will motivate the locals and industry employees to protect ecology and biodiversity in and around their own villages.

4.3.10 Impact due to Industrial Operations Involving Risk and Hazard

In an integrated Sugar Factory complex, there are number of areas where various operations and actions performed could lead to consequences involving risks & hazards. This section should receive careful consideration in identifying the particular impacts which may be due to number of reasons like – 1. Handling and storage of raw materials, by-products, products etc. 2. Primary and secondary manufacturing operations and running of equipment like boiler, turbine, fans, centrifuge etc. Identification of impacts in above areas and actions as well as mitigation measures towards same have been elaborated separately under Chapter – 7 on ‘Additional Studies’ where the section of ‘Risk Assessment’ under sector of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery has been dealt with. 4.3.11 Impact on Socio Economic Status of Study Area

• First and foremost impact under socio-economy shall be the employment potential.

Primary employment will be generated where under preference shall be given to local people. Secondary employment in region through dairy, poultry, agro-based allied business, hotels, local transport, temporary works and other secondary business will also be promoted directly or indirectly.

• During field visit it was observed that water, most villages lacked availability good roads, drainage system and solid waste management system.

• It was observed that, major part of agricultural land especially in villages namely Mhaisal, Shedbal and Dhawali suffered from, high soil salinity and making farmlands infertile.

• During field visit most respondents witnessed changes in climatic conditions, incidences of foggy conditions and this has forced them stop growing grapes in their farmlands.

4.3.11.1 Mitigation Measures • Massive drive for organic farming, with drip irrigation, needs to be undertaken by the

SSWL industry by involving concerned government departments, local self government agencies, locals as well as NGOs.

• Efforts should also be made to transform saline agriculture lands under cultivation by using innovative methods. Activities like distribution of bio-fertilizer, seed, saplings, at a subsidise rate as well as demonstrations and training programme should be conducted for

131

local villages at large, instead of the present activities restricted only for factory share-holders and employees.

• SSWL should organize medical camps at village and school level. • Proper sanitation facilities are also a basic necessity of the villages in the area. • Municipality / ZP should make provision for infrastructure like roads and domestic and

toilets in public places through the ongoing ‘Swatch’ campaign by the govt. At every level.

• SSWL should sponsor block tree plantation of large local varieties, to act as absorbers of industrial air pollution, with people’s participation in identified villages to be later maintained and nurtured by schools, gram panchayat, institution and monitored by the SSWL.

• Youth potential should be actively involved in CER activities by SSWL.

4.3.12 Impact on Historical Places No historical place found within 10 Km study area, hence, the impact is nil. 4.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT Evaluation of impacts on the environmental parameters due to expansion & proposed projects of the sugar factory, co-gen and distillery is an important aspect to be studied. For evaluation of same, Battelle Environmental Evaluation System (BEES) is implemented. The description of BEES is as follows-

• Level I : Categories, • Level II : Components, • Level III: Parameters, and • Level IV: Measurements

Each category (Level I) is divided into several components, each component (Level II) into several parameters, and each parameter (Level III) into one or more measurements. The Environmental Evaluation System (EES) implied here identifies a total of four (4) categories, twenty (20) components and eighty nine (89) parameters BEES assessment for environmental impacts of the activities under proposed expansion activities by SSWL is based on commensurate "environmental impact units (EIU)". Two EIU scores are produced, one 'with' and another 'without' the proposed expansion & establishment project. The difference between the two scores is a measure of the environmental impact. The scores are based on the magnitude and importance of specific impacts. In addition to the EIU scores, the EES labels major adverse environmental impacts with a "red flag." These flag points to fragile elements of the environment, for which more detailed studies, are warranted. Table 4.25 shows a complete list of categories, components, and parameters of the Battelle EES. Column 1 shows the four (4) categories, Column 2 shows the twenty (20) components and Column 3 shows eighty nine (89) parameters. The EES methodology is based on assigning importance unit to each of the parameters. Collectively, these "importance units" are referred to as "parameter importance units" or

132

PIU's. Parameters have been assigned important weights by an interdisciplinary team of experts based on the ranked-pair wise comparison techniques. A total of 1000 PIU's are distributed among the 89 parameters based on value judgments. The individual PIU's are shown in Column 4 of Table 4.25, the summation component PIU's are shown in Column 5, and the summation category PIU's are shown in Column 6. Effectively, for each parameter i, its (PIU)i represents a weight wi Each PIUi or wi requires a specific quantitative measurement. The methodology converts different measurements into common units by means of a scalar or "value function." A scalar has the specific measurement on x-axis and a common environmental quality scale or "value" on the y-axis. The latter varies in the range 0 ≤ Vi ≤ 1. A value of Vi = 0 indicates very poor quality, while Vi = 1 indicates very good quality. Values of Vi = Vi, 0 are obtained for conditions 'without' the project, and Vi = Vi, 1 for conditions 'with' the project. The condition 'without' the project represents the current condition, while that 'with' the project represents the predicted future condition. The environmental impact EI is evaluated as follows: EI = ∑ [ Vi,1wi ] - ∑ [ Vi,0wi ] for i = 1 to n, where n = number of parameters (89). For EI> 0, the situation 'with' the project is better than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has positive environmental benefits. Conversely, for EI < 0, the situation 'with' the project is worse than 'without' the project, indicating that the project has negative environmental benefits, i.e. certain negative impacts. A large negative value of EI indicates the existence of substantial negative impacts. The assigned weights or PIU's represent the relative importance of each parameter within the overall system. Once established, they should be kept constant; otherwise, the environmental impact assessment would be difficult to replicate. The potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (in percent)- ΔVi (%) = 100 (Vi,0 - Vi,1) / Vi, 0 These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% < Δ Vi < 10%; a major red flag when ΔVi > 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when Δ Vi < 30% whereas a major red flag when Δ Vi ≥ 30%. The EES can be applied for the evaluation of project impacts, to select specific alternatives, or during the planning process to minimize potential adverse impacts of proposed projects. In the latter case, a feedback loop is used to continually modify the proposed project through successive iterations. Projects developed with the help of EES are expected not only to minimize environmental impacts, but also help improve selected portions of the environment.

133

4.5 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT EVALUATION FOR SSWL Environmental quality assessment for the proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant and distillery establishment project has been undertaken by evaluating relevant environmental parameters. These parameters represent various components of environment viz.- 1. Biological Environment 2. Environmental Pollution Water Air Soil Noise

3. Aesthetics 4. Human Interest

Functional relationship (value functions) has been developed for each of the selected parameter, resulting in parameter measurement with environmental quality.

The allocation of PIUs, among the selected environmental parameters, represents a consequence of opinion of members of an interdisciplinary team of experts. Accordingly, the major environmental categories i.e. biological environment, environmental pollution, aesthetics and human interests are allocated 240, 402, 153 and 205 PIUs respectively, out of total of 1,000 units. The exhaustive list of parameters and associated PIUs used for impact assessment of expansion & proposed units of SSWL is presented. Though the BEES is considered to be the best available environmental evaluation technique, conflicting conclusions, among decision makers, could arise in the interpretation of evaluated results. The primary factors giving rise to such difference in opinion are at uncertainty and subjectivity in the allocation of PIUs to different environmental parameters and uncertainty caused by the aggregation of individual parameter scores to yield the final project score under different project impact scenarios. It is, therefore, necessary to take into account such variability and uncertainty while inferring the impact of a development project on the surrounding environment.

Table 4.24 Existing Environmental Status in Study Area

No. Category Component Parameter Description 1 Biological

Environment

Terrestrial Environment

Natural Vegetation

Natural vegetation in the study area comprises few big growing trees like Neem, Tamrind, Gulmohar. For more details refer Chapter 3, Section 3.12.

Crops Major crops diversity in the area is represented by sugarcane followed by groundnut, chilli, vegetables, along with some wheat, jowar, Pearl millet, pigeon pea (tur) and maize.

Species Diversity

Major wildlife in the area, according to respondents, Major wildlife in the area, according to local respondents, was Indian Fox, Common Langur, Bonnet Macaque, Common Mongoose (all in WPA Schedule II), Indian Hare, Three-striped Palm Squirrel, Indian Fruit Bat, Indian porcupine, Indian striped hyena and Wild Boar (all in WPA Schedule IV). For more details refer Chapter 3, Section 3.12.6

Food Web Index

Diverse kinds of habitats and dependent biodiversity are present in the area resulting in high food web index.

Rare & Endangered

i) Plant Species: During field visits some dominant local wild trees, shrubs and climbers were observed. Many of

134

No. Category Component Parameter Description Species

these species are evergreen and semi-evergreen and play critical role in conserving local biodiversity and agro-climatic conditions.

ii) Animal Species: According to the respondents major wildlife in the area is Indian Wolf, Bonnet Macaque, Common Langur, Indian Fox, Common Mongoose (WPA Schedule II), Indian Hare, Three-striped Palm Squirrel, Indian Fruit Bat and Wild Boar.

Pest Species Presence of spiders, diverse types of butterflies, scorpions and crabs in the locality observed.

Aquatic Environment

Natural Vegetation

It includes no. of phytoplankton’s, zooplanktons &aquatic plant species are present in the water bodies of study area.

Species Diversity

According to respondents, diverse fish species were observed. Refer chapter 3 for more details.

Food Web Index

Aquatic habitats include 6 water tanks near villages namely Kagwad, Shedbal and Mhaisal and marshy areas, streams and stretches of Krishna River that supports good food web index.

2 Environmental Pollution

Water Water Major parameters, which represent the water environment; are BOD, TDS, COD and pH. Eight surface water bodies were monitored from the study area. The water quality is found to be good with exceeding TDS, total hardness, turbidity and coliforms at some locations. Refer Chapter 3; Section 3.9. At certain villages, solid waste dumps were found littering close to the water bodies. Also, domestic wastewater from all villages is directly released into the nearby water bodies.

Soil

Land Use Pattern

Total land use under study area is 314 Sq. Km. It is mainly divided into 6 classes. The details of classification are given in Chapter 3 (section 3.3.1)

Soil Chemistry

As NPK values of soils are inadequate at most of the places in study area, good crops cannot be grown without use of chemical fertilizers. As NPK values of soils are better to sufficient at most of the places in study area, good crops can be grown without use of fertilizers.

Soil Erosion Very less erosion was observed during field survey. Air Air Overall quality of the ambient air is good with less impact of

factors such as transportation, industrialization, habituations, mining etc. in the study area. More details are presented in Chapter 3, Section 3.8.

Noise Noise Noise levels in the study area were found to be well within the limits of NAAQS. Especially, in the villages and their outskirts as well as near the roads passing through the study area; there was slight increase in the levels although they were in the limits.

Vibration Vibration No vibration and allied impact creating activities (mining, heavy construction, infrastructure creation etc.) were noted in the study area.

3 Aesthetics

Topographical Character

Landscape Topography and landscape of the area is undulating.

Green Cover In the study area, overall good vegetation cover is observed with diverse plant species.

Visual Quality of

Study area is in a remote region which is mostly undisturbed due to less anthropogenic activities. Quality of air in visual

135

No. Category Component Parameter Description Air perspective was found good with clear visibility of about 1

Km or so in the afternoon during monitoring season of Oct. – Nov. – December 2018

Visual Quality of Water

Overall water quality in surface water bodies was found good.

Sound No sound and allied impact creating activities were noted in the study area. Overall sound was found to be satisfactory with noise levels within the NAAQS norms.

4 Human Interest

Community Health

In study area it was observed that; there is good community health. For more details refer Chapter 3, Section 3.11.

Employment Within the study area the The respondents were found to be involved in various livelihood activities namely agriculture, service, agriculture labour and self employment about 41 % of the respondents had agriculture as their main occupation. Around 33% relied on daily wages, while 22% were involved in diverse services, like mason work, carpentry, plumbing, wool preparation, etc. depending on the demand. Only few (5%) had their own business like general stores, retail stores, mineral water outlet etc.

Economy In the study area, most respondents belonged to the upper middle class category (IT Department - 2018).

Transportation & Communication

The transportation facility in the study area is good. All respondents reported Govt. bus facility and private vehicles available in their villages for local transportation.

Education High school level education facility is available in study area. Water Supply

Major source of water in the region Major source of water in region is Krishna river as well as small streams & tanks.

Occupational Health

According to respondents there are Public Health Centres (PHC) in the village functioning properly with availability of doctors in the village.

Table 4.25 Application of BEES for Impact Evaluation due to SSWL; Kagwad, Belgaum

Categories Components Parameters Parameter Importance Units (PIUs) V i,0

Without

Project

V i,1 With

Project

ΔVi W iΔVi Parameter

PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 =

Sum of 46 =

Sum of 57 8 9=

8-710=9X

4Biological

Environment (Ecology)

Species & Populations (Terrestrial Flora, Terrestrial Fauna, Aquatic Biota)

1. Terrestrial browsers & grazers

14 240 0.5 0.5 0 0

2. Terrestrial crops (Farm land)

14 0.7 0.7 0 0

3. Terrestrial natural vegetation. (Grass, Flowers, Trees & Shrubs.)

14 0.6 0.8 0.2 2.8

4. Terrestrial pest species

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

5. Terrestrial upland birds

14 1.0 1.0 0 0

136


Without

Project

V i,1 With

Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 =

Sum of 46 =

Sum of 57 8 9=

8-710=9X

46. Aquatic

commercial fisheries.

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

7. Aquatic natural vegetation

14 0.5 0.5 0 0

8. Aquatic pest species

14 0.6 0.6 0 0

9. Fish 14 0.7 0.7 0 010. Water fowl 14 140 0.6 0.6 0 0

Habitats & Communities

11. Terrestrial food web index

08 0.8 0.8 0 0

12. Land use 15 0.6 0.6 0 013. Terrestrial rare &

endangered species 08 0.3 0.3 0 0

14. Terrestrial species diversity

08 0.8 0.8 0 0

15. Aquatic food web index

10 0.7 0.7 0 0

16. Aquatic rare &endangered species

08 0.6 0.6 0 0

17. River characteristics

15 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.5

18. Aquatic species diversity

12 0.6 0.6 0 0

19. Habitat Removal, Contamination of

Habitat (Aquatic Biota)

08 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -0.8

20. Terrestrial Fauna -Fragmentation of Terrestrial Habitat

08 100 0.6 0.6 0 0

Environmental Pollution

Water 21. Basin hydrologic loss (alteration of hydraulic regime, alteration of surface runoff, alteration of aquifers)

25 402 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.5

22. BOD (Water Quality - WQ)

28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -2.8

23. Dissolved Oxygen (WQ)

31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -3.1

24. Fecal Coli-forms (WQ)

10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.0

25. Inorganic carbon (WQ)

22 0.6 0.6 0 0

26. Inorganic nitrogen (WQ)

25 0.6 0.6 0 0

27. Inorganic phosphate (WQ)

28 0.6 0.6 0 0

28. Pesticides (WQ) 10 0.3 0.3 0 029. pH (WQ) 22 1.0 1.0 0 030. Stream flow 28 0.8 0.8 0 0

137


Without

Project

V i,1 With

Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 =

Sum of 46 =

Sum of 57 8 9=

8-710=9X

4variation (alteration of river, nalla, channel)

31. Temperature 28 1.0 1.0 0 032. TDS (WQ) 28 0.8 0.8 0 033. Toxic

substances(WQ)7 0.7 0.7 0 0

34. Turbidity (WQ) 20 312 0.6 0.6 0 0Air 35. Carbon dioxide

Air Quality (AQ)10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -1.0

36. Hydrocarbons (AQ)

5 0.8 0.8 0 0

37. Nitrogen oxides (AQ)

7 0.8 0.8 0 0

38. Particulate matter (AQ)

14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.4

39. Photochemical oxidants (AQ)

3 1.0 1.0 0 0

40. Sulfur dioxide (AQ)

10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 -1.0

41. Other (Climate) 3 52 1.0 1.0 0 0Land (Soil)

42. Land use 8 0.6 0.8 0.2 1.6 43. Soil erosion 4 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.4 44. Soil

Contamination8 0.8 0.8 0 0

45. Soil Quality 8 28 0.7 0.8 0.1 0.8 Noise 46. Noise 10 10 0.8 0.8 0 0

Aesthetics Cultural

Land

47. Surface material 6 158

0.8 0.8 0 048. Relief &

topographic character

16 1.0 1.0 0 0

49. Width & alignment

10 32 0.8 0.8 0 0

Air 50. Odor and visual 35

0.7 0.6 -0.1 -0.351. Sounds 2 0.8 0.7 -0.1 -0.2

Water 52. Appearance 16 1.0 1.0 0 053. Land and water

interface 16 1.0 1.0 0 0

54. Odor and floating materials

10 0.8 0.8 0 0

55. Water surface area

10 1.0 1.0 0 0

56. Wooded and geologic shoreline

10 62 0.8 0.8 0 0

Biota 57. Animals- domestic

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

58. Animals – wild 5 0.6 0.6 0 059. Diversity of

vegetation types 12 0.6 0.7 0.1 1.2

60. Variety within vegetation types

8 30 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.8

Manmade Objects

61. Manmade objects 9 9 0.6 0.6 0 0

138


Without

Project

V i,1 With

Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 =

Sum of 46 =

Sum of 57 8 9=

8-710=9X

4Composition 62. Composite effect 10 0.7 0.7 0 0

63. Unique composition

10 20 1.0 1.0 0 0

Human Interest (Social,

Cultural)

Educational / Scientific Packages

64. Archaeological 6 200 1.0 1.0 0 065. Training in new

technologies & skill development

7 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.7

66. Ecological Effects on crops,

Reduction of farm land

12 0.8 0.8 0 0

67. Geological 11 1.0 1.0 0 068. Hydrological 12 48 0.7 0.7 0 0

Historical Packages

(Infrastructure and services)

69. Architecture and styles

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

70. Conflicts with projects of urban commercial or industrial development

10 0.9 0.9 0 0

71. Events Recreation

10 1.0 1.0 0 0

72. Persons 12 1.0 1.0 0 073. Religions &

Cultures 10 1.0 1.0 0 0

74. Western frontier 8 55 1.0 1.0 0 0Cultures 75. Indians 13 1.0 1.0 0 0

76. Other ethnic groups

5 1.0 1.0 0 0

77. Religious groups 5 23 1.0 1.0 0 0Mood/

Atmosphere 78. Awe-Inspiration 8 1.0 1.0 0 079. Isolation solitude 8 1.0 1.0 0 080. Mystery 4 1.0 1.0 0 081. Oneness with

nature 8 28 1.0 1.0 0 0

Security and Safety

82. Increase in crime & accidents caused

5 0.5 0.5 0 0

Health 83. Temporary acute & chronic

5 0.7 0.7 0 0

Life Patterns (Economy)

84. Employment opportunities

(Creation of new economic activities.

Generation of Temporary & Permanent Jobs)

13 0.7 0.9 0.2 2.6

85. Income for state & private sector

8 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.8

86. Saving for consumers and private consumers

Savings in foreign

5 0.5 0.6 0.1 0.5

139


Without

Project

V i,1 With

Project


PI\Wi Component

PIUs Category

PIUs 1 2 3 4 5 =

Sum of 46 =

Sum of 57 8 9=

8-710=9X

4currency for the state

87. Housing. (Commercial value of properties,

Electricity tariff)

5 0.6 0.7 0.1 0.5

88. Social interactions

(Conflict due to negotiations & / or compensation payments,

Political conflicts, Demonstration and Social Conflicts)

5 46 0.6 0.6 0 0

The Battelle EES Environmental Impact Analysis Cumulative Index Ei +12.7

Table 4.26 Identification of RED Flags to the Potential Problem Areas in Battelle EES for SSWL

Parameters PIUs Wi V i,0

Without Project V i,1

With Project ΔVi ΔVi, r # Red Flag

1 2 3 4 5 = 4 - 3 6 = 5 / 3 X 100

7

17. River characteristics 15 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 19. Habitat Removal, Contamination of Habitat (Aquatic Biota)

8 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor

21. Basin Hydrologic Loss

25 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor

22. BOD 28 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 23. DO 31 0.8 0.7 -0.1 12.5 Minor 24. Fecal Coli-forms 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 35. CO2 10 0.8 0.7 -0.1 12.5 Minor 38. Particulate Matter 14 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 40.SO2 10 0.6 0.5 -0.1 16.6 Minor 50.Odor& Visual 3 0.7 0.6 -0.1 14.2 Minor 51. Sounds 2 0.8 0.7 -0.1 12.5 Minor # - In the Battelle EES, the potential problem areas are represented by those parameters for which the Vi value changes significantly in the adverse direction, as measured by the following relation (negative values, in %) – ΔVi, r = 100 [V i,1 - V i,0 ] / V i,0. These parameters are tagged with 'red flags' to indicate potential problems which may warrant more detailed attention. For parameters in the ecology category, a minor red flag applies when 5% <ΔVi,r ≤ 10%, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r > 10 %. In all other categories, a minor red flag applies when ΔVi,r ≤ 30% or ΔVi ≤ 0.1, and a major red flag when ΔVi,r > 30% or ΔVi > 0.1.

140

4.6 THE MITIGATION MEASURES

Potential problem areas mentioned in above Table 4.10 shall be having impact due to the various project activities. The mitigation measures to minimize the impact on different parameters are presented below- 1. River Characteristics

This parameter comes under ‘Biological Environment’ category of the BEES. As stated earlier; washing of clothes and vehicles, dumping of solid wastes and discharge of untreated domestic sewage from town and villages, run off of the non point agro chemicals from the adjoining farming belt in river Krishna catchment is polluting the water bodies.

By comparing the course flow of the river in the toposheets as well as the new satellite imageries no major alterations were found. Thus it can be concluded that the human activities have not produced any serious changes in the physical characteristics of the river.

At present, some villages are experimenting Bio-farming, specially use of cow manure, cow urine and allied products for pest control. Local volunteers have taken training from Pune and have got good results and increased production. They are now spreading the message of bio-farming practices. In addition, provision of sewage gutters & solid waste management system should be provided. 2. Habitat Removal & Contamination of Habitat

Based on local conditions and by involving workers and locals, industry should demonstrate, encourage and promote suitable eco-friendly alternatives and green technologies in the villages in 10 km area such as activities like 1.Block tree plantations of local species, 2. Removal of weeds and exotics, 3. Solid waste and sewage management, 4. Environment awareness campaigns for use of solar power, organic farming, biogas, vermi-composting etc. involving local youth groups and women self-help groups.

In addition to controlling negative impacts of industrial pollution on the village population, these activities would help improve health of locals, most of who are directly or indirectly associated with the sugar and distillery industry.

3. Basin Hydrologic Loss

This parameter comes under ‘Environmental Pollution’ category of the BEES. For the present and proposed manufacturing activities in SSWL, fresh water is taken from Krishna river. The existing and proposed activities considered together shall require water quantity to the tune of 6919 M3/Day. Out of this total requirement of sugar & Co-gen, 98% water shall be utilized from recycled water including Condensate Water Quantity while in distillery about 84% of water shall be treated water from CPU and remaining water shall be taken from Krishna river as a raw water. This raw water taken from river shall impose a pressure and impact on storage capacity of the existing aquifer in the region. Due to extraction of water, the water table may go down during non-monsoon months of the year. To mitigate the impact on river, the industry has planned to implement certain measures which would augment the aquifer capacity in the region. The same include conservation of fresh water through application of reuse and recycle concepts and implementation of intensive rain water harvesting scheme in the industrial premises so as to arrest the runoff and recharge it to the ground water/ harvesting pit. Also, to maximum extent water shall be recycled.

141

4. BOD & DO

Through the manufacturing operations in sugar, co-gen plant and distillery various streams of effluent shall be generated. From proposed distillery, spentwash generated as the main process waste shall pose a substantial threat if let out in the environment without any treatment. Raw spentwash exhibits characteristics such as BOD 30,000 - 40,000, COD 60,000 - 70,000, TDS 38,000 - 40,000, SS 4,000 - 5,000. Same shall cause deleterious effects such as depletion of DO in receiving water bodies due to instantaneous and intensive oxidation of the organic matter by microbes which consume oxygen in water during their metabolism. To avoid this, the spentwash from proposed 120 KLPD distillery shall be concentrated in MEE and this concentrated spentwash shall be incinerated in proposed incineration boiler. Other effluent from distillery viz. spentlees, MEE condensate, cooling blow down and effluent from lab and washing etc. shall exhibit characteristics such as BOD of 1,500 - 1,800 mg/l, COD of about 2,800 - 3,000 mg/l, SS of about 200 mg/l, TDS of 1,500 - 1,800 mg/l. The BOD is mainly imparted due to organic matter in the effluent stream. This wastewater shall be treated in proposed CPU and recycled back in process. Further, effluent generated from sugar and co-gen unit shall exhibit characteristics as BOD of 1,500 - 2,000 mg/l, COD of about 3,000 -4,000 mg/l, SS of about 250 - 300 mg/l, TDS of 1,800 - 2,200 mg/l. These effluents shall be given in primary, secondary and tertiary treatments in upgraded ETP so as to bring the different characteristics of effluent within norms stipulated by KSPCB / MoEFCC. The treated water shall be used for gardening in own premises as well as for irrigation. 5. Fecal Coli-forms

The total and fecal coliform bacteria test is a primary indicator of "potability", suitability for consumption of drinking water. It measures the concentration of total coliform bacteria associated with the possible presence of disease causing organisms. Coliform bacteria are a natural part of the microbiology of the intestinal tract of warm blooded mammals, including man. Coliform bacteria can also be found in soil, other animals, insects, etc. Coliform bacteria are not pathogenic (disease causing) organisms, and are only mildly infectious. If large numbers of coliforms are found in water, there is a high probability that other pathogenic bacteria or organisms, such as Giardia and Cryptosporidium, may be present & hence it is required public drinking water supplies to demonstrate the absence of total coliform per 100 ml (about 4 oz) of drinking water. At this time, there are no regulations governing individual water wells.

Monitoring results of surface & ground water samples at all sites showed presence of total coliforms and fecal coliforms which are above the prescribed permissible limits. Hence, it could be seen that the water is chemically as well as biologically not potable. Water can be used for domestic purpose after proper water treatment method/technologies. 6. CO2

CO2 generation shall take place in fermenters of the proposed distillery. In a fermenter, sugar in the wash gets converted to ethyl alcohol through metabolic activities of yeast. Consequently, CO2 is evolved as emission of the biochemical reaction. The generation of CO2 takes place in considerable quantum which when let out in the atmosphere could have undesirable effects in the surrounding ambience. Since CO2 has been labelled as one of the major gases responsible for the green-house effect, its release in the atmosphere has to be properly controlled. Under the proposed project, this CO2 from fermenters shall be let out for a certain period initially. To minimize the CO2 effects marginally, a care shall be taken

142

through implementation of the green belt which can play an important role in curbing its release to atmosphere, from the premises. However, there is a future planning (within a year or so) to collect the CO2 properly, compress it adequately and bottle subsequently. The CO2 cylinders shall then be supplied to manufacturers of beverages. This approach shall totally curb the release of CO2 in distillery premises. 7. Particulate Matter

This parameter comes under ‘Environment Pollution’ category of the BEES. Through various activities under proposed project, particulate matter generation shall occur. The main source of particulates is fuel burning operation of the Boiler. The stack emissions releasing ash primarily and majorly contribute to the SPM in the atmosphere in the absence of adequate pollution control measures. For the existing 100 TPH co-gen boiler and for expansion additional 100 TPH boiler would be installed. Under proposed distillery 40 TPH boiler would be installed, ESPs as APC equipment shall be provided to all boilers. This shall effectively and adequately control the SPM emissions from stacks which shall ultimately go in to ambient air. Apart from the proposed industrial activity in the SSWL campus; certain other factors are also responsible for SPM generation such as commercial and domestic operations, traffic and communication especially on poorly surfaced roads in the premises. It is observed through monitoring of AAQ in the study region that PM10 levels vary from a minimum of 51.4 µg/m3 to maximum of 66.9 µg/m3. Although the latter is within the stipulated limit of 100 µg/m3 every step shall be taken to minimize and curb SPM generation at individual sources in the premises. Control measures like good manufacturing practices (GMP’s), development of adequate and effective green belt, surfacing of roads, effective actions at bagasse and ash storage yards for suppressing dust etc. shall be adopted. 8. SO2 SO2 emissions in flue gasses shall be minimised by providing stack with adequate height to boiler. 9. Odour and Visual

This parameter comes under ‘Aesthetics’ category of BEES. The odour potential, although not much, do exists at certain places especially at the washing drains, ETP sludge separation and molasses storage areas etc. The same if not lifted immediately within 5 to 6 hours of generation, fermentation reactions would set in giving rise to foul smell. Further, development of anaerobic conditions in the equalization tank of ETP due to inadequate mixing and agitation as well as decomposition of sludge could give rise to smell nuisance. The visual appearance is again a major concern related to aesthetics which could be tackled only through GMP’s and good house-keeping. Under the SSWL’s sugar, distillery and co-gen plant, effective EMP will be adopted so as to maintain the overall aesthetics in good manner. Also, to maintain an overall good and pleasant aesthetics in the premises, all the requisite care including maintaining good housekeeping shall be practiced. Moreover, under green belt development, bushes with mild but active fragrance shall be selected for odor control. Thereunder, bushes of Melaleuca species which have good fragrance, trees like Cestrumnocturrum, Magnolia Champaca (Chafa), Plumeriarubra, Clerodendrum philippinum (Hazari Mogara) shall be selected for green belt.

143

4.7 IMPACTS DUE TO DECOMMISSIONING ACTIVITY

4.7.1 Decommissioning Phase

"Decommissioning" is a procedure to make an equipment or manufacturing setup unfit for its reuse for its designed function. This could be done by cutting project components into small pieces, demolition of buildings, disconnecting circuits and removing of all infrastructure set up thereby making it unusable. As far as planning in respect of decommissioning of the SSWL project is concerned. Hereunder, impacts of decommissioning have been described.

Table 4.27 Identification of Impacts due to Decommissioning of SSWL

No. Env. Aspect Activities /Operation Impact Identification Measures 1 Land Use Dismantling and

decommissioning of industrial set up

• The land will be barren and vacant after decommissioning

• Existing project being agro-based, post decommissioning use would be residential or agriculture

--

2 Air • Cutting, demolition and dismantling operations

• Transportation

• Fugitive dust during demolition of building & transportation.

Water sprinkling to suppress dust during demolition work

3 Water • Washing of manufacturing equipment, mills, pans, centrifuges, pipelines, fermenters, distillation infrastructure, tanks etc. during detoxification

• Washing discharges getting access into nearby nalla under uncontrolled operational conditions

Washing discharges to ETP; treatment & disposal through same outside industrial premises after achieving specified standards, Demolition of ETP shall be last activity

4 Solid Waste & Hazardous Waste

• Cutting wastes, scrap, demolition wastes etc.

• Oils and lubricants removed from equipment

• Littering of wastes • Bad aesthetics

Solid wastes generated would be sold to authorized re-processor, Demolition wastes to land fill

5 Noise • Cutting and drilling activities during decommissioning

• Dismantling of heavy machinery & equipment, fermenters, distillation column, turbines, boilers etc.

Increase in noise levels during decommissioning.

PPEs to manpower involved in decommissioning and safety measures will be followed

6 Risk & Hazard

Dismantling & decommissioning of equipments & buildings

Accidents, spillage of molasses, alcohols, spentwash etc. and storage tanks detoxification, storage tanks dismantling.

Uses of PPEs, expert and experienced supervision, due follow up of safety norms & procedures

144

4.7.2 Planning for Decommissioning of SSWL Project –

When a plan for decommissioning of SSWL plant would be confirmed, initially a detailed survey of the site and entire plant shall be carried out. Detailed photography and videography shall be done. A review of all documents shall be taken and thorough checking shall be done w. r. t. permissions from all concerned Govt. authorities for the decommissioning. If required, competent personnel shall be arranged at the site to supervise the entire assignment.

Subsequent to survey, a planning towards sequence and chronology of decommission and dismantling shall be done by taking in to consideration following –

1. Number and types of buildings like administration building, industrial sheds, godowns, residential quarters and security office in RCC and brick work, manufacturing plant in MS & RCC, allied piping, staging and supports etc. All electrification infrastructures with cables and cable trays, transformers, poles and lighting, underground cable trenches, etc.

2. Production set up comprising of Sugar, power & alcohol manufacturing plants in RCC & fabricated structures, 2 boilers, 2 DG sets, molasses storage tanks of MS, stacks etc.

3. Godowns in framed RCC structure / masonry with MS Roofing sheets. Spray ponds, cooling tower, ETP, STP, weigh bridge, and utilities infrastructure for pipelines, water storage tanks, pumps etc.

For demolishing RCC structure, no any blasting is recommended. Same would be done by using hydraulic breakers. Fabricated structure would be dismantled by gas cutting. Decommissioning would be done by detoxification followed by dismantling activity under trained manpower and expert supervision.

A) Detoxification

For detoxification of tanks, pans, centrifuges, distillation columns, fermenters, following in-situ methods are suggested -

a. Hot Water/ Air Purging: Hot air /water shall be purged through the units until specified criteria are met.

b. Alkali Wash: The equipment and pipelines are subjected thorough alkali solution wash, with specific criteria for the completion of the wash. The alkali solution shall be 5% to 10% of NaOH.

c. Water Wash: Finally a thorough water wash of the equipment and pipelines is recommended, before they are dismantled from their supports.

Used water shall be diverted to ETP for its treatment and safe disposal.

B) Dismantling

All the equipment, pipelines and structural components shall be dismantled only after in-situ detoxification has been carried out as specified above. Pipelines would be dismantled first followed by the equipment and finally by the structure. Dismantling of the units will begin from top most floor and proceed towards the ground floor. Large equipment shall be dismantled in sections wherever possible. Dismantled metal components would be disposed off by sale to authorized parties. Demolition of RCC buildings would be done manually & debris generated would be used for filling low lying areas. Structures constructed by cement, concrete - godowns, buildings would be demolished & debris material used for land filling.

145

Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology and Site)

5.1 INTRODUCTION While preparation of Draft EIA report, it is necessary that one should consider project alternatives and their relative potential impacts on the environment. Selection of alternative is thus more critical in an industrial development where time, money, environment and natural resources are at stake. Hence, selection of alternative must be both practical and rational, taking into consideration the constraint of the expansion project. 5.2 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES 5.2.1 Sugar Factory The technological process of sugar manufacturing, involving the techniques of cane crushing and juice crystallization, has undergone radical change with developments in the field of science and technology. The techniques of cane crushing and juice crystallization used till date is of Indian origin and traditional in character. The same traditional technique is being practiced for manufacturing of sugar. 5.2.2 Co-Gen Plant Sugar cane is crushed in the milling tandem, after crushing, Bagasse is produced. The only way to use the bagasse effectively is to consume it by using as fuel in the boiler to generate steam. The generated steam is used for moving the power turbine to generate power. Bagasse based power generation project in the premises of SSWL sugar factory fulfill captive need of the industry and make available surplus power to be exported in the grid. 5.2.3 Distillery

5.2.3.1 Fermentation Technology

The manufacture of alcohol basically involves fermentation of substrate containing sugar material such molasses. The fermentation processes are classified as batch and continuous. Conventional fermentation process employed for production of Rectified Spirit (R.S.) involves the batch process with 3 to 5 fermenters in series. The fermentation is carried out with 15 to 20% solid content in the solution. The process generates 12 to 15 liters of spent wash per liter of RS and 220-230 liter RS per ton of molasses. The process was subsequently improved by employing continuous fermentation with one or more fermenters in series and recycle of spent yeast. This has the advantage 250-270 litters RS production per tone of molasses and 8-10 liter of spent wash generation per liter of RS Continuous fermentation has reduced fermentation period to less than 36 hours. The spent wash generation can be further reduced to 6 to 8 liters by incorporation of re-boilers in distillation columns 5.2.3.2 Distillation Process Fermented wash is distilled through a number of distillation columns and the alcohol present in it is separated. The distillation is carried out under vacuum and at different pressures. As such the process is named 'Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation'. Due to this, steam and power

146

consumption in the process have considerably reduced. Following are the advantages of Multi-pressure Vacuum Distillation – • The analyzer column operates under vacuum due to which formation of by-products such

as acetal gets minimized thereby improving quality of finished product i.e. alcohol. • Analyzer column with Hyper – state trays ensure high turbulence on tray, this minimizes

chances of scaling. Also, this special construction of trays and access to each tray helps in easier maintenance of column internals.

• Pre-Rectification column ensures proper removal of Sulphur compounds / mercaptans for ensuring a good odour to alcohol. This column also reduces the load of lower boiling volatile compounds passing on to rectifier cum exhaust column.

• Vacuum distillation system requires low steam consumption i.e. 1.8 kg/lit. of total alcohol of EQRS quality as against 2.0–2.2 kg/lit of total alcohol of normal quality in atmospheric distillation.

• System designed for maximum heat integration for optimum utilization of energy. • Minimum no of condensers. Forced circulation multi – pass condensers with optimum

tube side velocities. • Use of Term siphon re-boilers in Analyzer column helps in maintaining uniform

temperature profile across the column. Also avoid excess spent wash volume generation. Energy saving by recovery of Steam condensate from Thermo siphon re– boiler of analyzer column.

• Effective separation of fusel oils from decanter

Hence SSWL has selected continuous fermentation technology with closed multi pressure vacuum distillation process for production of alcohol. 5.3 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY FOR ABATING THE

POLLUTION

Following table shows the difference between the technology used in most of the industries and modern Technology to be implemented by SSWL.

Table 5.1 Technology Used /to be Used for Abating Pollution

No. Particulars Technology used in most of the distillery units

Technology used in SSWL Complex

1 Waste Water

Spentwash generated from distillery is generally bio-methanated and then used for bio-composting

Spentwash generated shall be Conc. in MEE followed by incineration in incinerator boiler of distillery.

Other effluents viz. spentlees, boiler and cooling blow lab & washing are treated in sugar ETP & reused for irrigation/ gardening.

Other effluents from distillery will be forwarded to CPU & 100% recycled in process for dilution.

2 Air Steam required for the distillery operations is taken from cogen boiler or from sugar factory boiler

Steam required for distillery operations will be taken from the incinerator boiler itself. Thus, self-sustaining manufacturing process will be possible.

147

No. Particulars Technology used in most of the distillery units

Technology used in SSWL Complex

3 Solid Wastes

Solid waste in the form of yeast sludge is generated. Same is utilized in spentwash bio-composting along with pressmud and thus disposed off.

Solid waste generated from distillery unit in the form of CPU sludge & Yeast sludge, will be used as manure. Boiler ash (spentwash+coal) will be given to brick/cement industry.

5.4 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd., (SSWL) has planned to go for expansion of Sugar factory from 4000 TCD to 10,000 TCD, Cogen from 15 MW to 60 MW & establishment of 120 KLPD molasses based distillery unit. Sugar & Cogen expansion shall be undertaken in the existing sugar & co-gen premises of SSWL located at No. 23/A, 36/1A,4A, 40/1, 40/2B, 48/2A+B, 48/1E+P+G+2A+2B, 49/1+2A/3, 49/2B+3A, 49/3B, 49/4, 50/1,2,3,4,5, 52/1+2A/1, 53/1+2+3, 54/1A, 54/2B & 54/1B+2A, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Solapur. Also, land was kept vacant for establishment of 120 KLPD distillery unit in the said premises. Industry has sufficient land for the same and hence no any alternative sites were considered.

148

Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program

6.1 INTRODUCTION With the knowledge of baseline conditions and impacts predicted in Chapter - 4 the monitoring programme will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environmental conditions due to operation of the project. This will enable in taking up suitable steps, in time, to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is an important tool for control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by monitoring.

In SSWL complex, monitoring of various environmental parameters is being carried out on a regular basis for existing unit. After expansion same would be continued to ascertain the following:

• State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; • Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; • To assess environmental impacts. • To identify the trends with time in the levels of parameters. • To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment study,

do not become critical through the commissioning of proposed expansion project.

Details of monitoring program during construction, post construction and operational phase are as follows – 6.2 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE As discussed in Chapter – 4 the impact during construction phase shall not be permanent and certain minor impacts are predicted on air, water, soil and human health due to dust emission and noise during transportation and construction activity. Hence, there is need to conduct the monitoring during construction phase was ruled out. However, necessary mitigation for the impacts during this phase is suggested under Chapter- 4. 6.3 MONITORING PROGRAM DURING POST CONSTRUCTION /

OPERATIONAL PHASE During operational stage, air emissions in the form of Stack, Process, Fugitive, etc are expected. They shall be from boilers, wastewater disposal, non-hazardous waste such as ash, chemicals used in sugar processing, used oily wastes. Attributes which require regular monitoring based on the environmental setting and nature of project activities are listed below:

• Source emissions and ambient air quality; • Groundwater levels and ground water quality; • Water and wastewater quality (water, effluent & sewage etc); • Solid and hazardous waste characterization (fly ash, bottom ash, oily wastes, ETP & CPU

sludges, used and waste oil); • Soil quality; • Noise levels (equipment and machinery noise levels, occupational exposures and ambient

noise levels) • Ecological preservation and afforestation.

149

6.3.1 Air Pollution Management Apart from the above ambient and source monitoring during operation stage, following recommendations are also suggested -

• APC equipment to be interlocked with process, so that in case of its failure, production process connected to it shall be stopped.

• If emissions exceed the standards, the corresponding units of plant which are contributing the excessive pollutant load are stopped till the qualities of pollutant discharged from those units are brought down to the required level.

• Under no circumstances, the emissions shall exceed the limits mentioned in the consent letter.

• Online monitoring system is already installed under existing complex. Same to be operated and monitored continuously.

• In case of power failure, alternate electric source (DG back up) has been provided which will be sufficient to operate the APC equipment.

6.3.2 Water Management Total water requirement for SSWL integrated project complex (after expansion of Sugar factory & Co-gen & establishment of distillery) will be 6919M3/Day. For details on water requirement, refer Chapter - 2, Section 2.7.1. Effluent generated from proposed activities shall be given proper treatment as per CREP guidelines. Refer Chapter - 2, Section 2.7.1.2 for effluent generation and disposal. Industry shall observe that effluent collection, disposal and treatment facilities always

remain in a good shape so as to achieve desired efficiencies. Spent wash storage lagoon shall be lined to avoid percolation of leachate. No untreated Industrial effluent will be disposed off on land or in any surface water body. Pipeline and storage tanks meant for effluent conveyance shall be checked periodically

for leakages. Leakage, if any, will harm the surrounding soil and water environment significantly. HDPE & stainless steel could be used as pipeline and valves material respectively.

Compliance towards CREP norms shall be strictly followed under sugar, co-gen and distillery project.

Flow meter will be installed at ETP inlet & outlet to record the daily flow of the effluent. Pumps in ETP will be supplied with alternate electric supply source in case of power

failure. 6.3.3 Noise Level Management Mitigation measures for noise levels are mentioned in Chapter 2. Moreover, people working in close vicinity of the high noise generating equipments would be provided with Personal Protective Equipments (PPE) such as ear plugs, ear muffs etc.

The industry would take care while installing major noise generating machines / equipments to ensure that the manufacturers have taken adequate measures to minimize generation of noise.

The distance between source and receiver would be increased and the relative orientation of the source and receiver would be altered.

Thick bushy trees would be planted in and around the industrial area to intercept noise transmission to the nearby villages.

150

Workers would be provided with PPE like earmuffs & earplugs, noise helmets etc. Allocation of work would be managed so that no worker would be exposed to noise more

than 90 dB (A) for more than 8 hours. Creating awareness about noise pollution among the workers. The overall noise levels in and around the plant area would be kept well within the

standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. on all sources of noise generation.

Monitoring shall include developing a sampling strategy to identify employees to be included in the hearing conservation program. Each employee being monitored shall be notified of the results. Employees may observe the monitoring by the Industry. Industry shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing program that shall be performed by a qualified person at no cost to the employees.

Record Keeping will include maintaining audiometric test records by the industry for the duration of the affected employment.

Table 6.1 Trees with Good Canopy for Noise Attenuation

No. Scientific Name Common

Name Habitat Ht (M) Nature Crown Shape

1 Azadirachta indica Neem Tree 20 Evergreen Spreading 2 Alstonia scholaris Devil Tree Tree 15 Evergreen Round 3 Derris indica Karanj Tree 10 Evergreen Round 4 Anthocephalus

indicus Kadamb Tree 15 Evergreen Round

5 Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Tree 15 Evergreen Conical/ Rounded6 Butea monosperma Palas Tree 10 Deciduous Oblong / Ovoid7 Ficus religiosa Pipal Tree 10-15 Evergreen Round

6.3.4 Land Management There are no chances of change in the soil characteristics due air pollutants and suspended particulates from the expansion as well as establishment activities. There would be no any discharge of untreated domestic or industrial effluent from sugar factory. Presently, Solid and hazardous waste is being stored in dedicated area dedicated area provided on site. Same practice shall be practiced after expansion project. • Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste would

be made. • Trees under existing unit are planted along the roads. Moreover, after expansion project

as well as implementation of distillery unit augmentation of tress would be done in phase wise manner Water requirement for this purpose expansion as well as existing project would be met from reuse of treated domestic effluent / industrial effluent.

• Water sprinklers are provided to suppress the windblown dust on the ash storage yard. • Collection and transportation of waste would be done in closed container system. • No solid waste shall be allowed to litter around and degrade the land.

151

6.3.5 Odour Management There are different odour sources in a distillery, which include molasses handling and storage, fermentation and distillation, secondary effluent treatment, and storage of effluents etc. To abate the odour nuisance, the industry has a concrete planning which includes following steps and actions- It is proposed to provide covered fermentation and tapping of CO2 gas. Collection of waste yeast sludge from fermentation section in a closed system and its

immediate and proper disposal. Reduced volume of effluents (spentwash, spent leese) by adopting strategic approaches

such as use of the effluents back in process under Reduce-Reuse-Recycle planning. Closed drains carrying spentwash to the treatment units, minimization of fugitive

emissions from treatment units. Proper collection & handling of excess sludge generated from the aerobic treatment

units. Minimum retention of raw / concentrated spentwash in the storage lagoons. Adoption of GMPs (Good management practices). Use of mill sanitation biocides to minimize growth of aerobic/ anaerobic micro

organisms. Regular use of Bleaching powder in the drains Arranging awareness and training camps for workers. Steaming of major pipe lines, Use of PPE like masks by everybody associated with odour potential prone areas.

6.3.6 Operation, Control and Equipment Maintenance All the equipments and machinery used shall be maintained properly and shall be kept clean. For proposed distillery, the acid dosing equipments used in the fermentation processes shall be checked regularly to prevent any leakages. The fermenters shall be maintained properly and should be kept clean to avoid any contamination that would affect the quality of alcohol.

The quality of stack emission depends very much on the operating parameters of plant. Improper combustion of fuel in the boilers increases unburnt carbon particles in the exhaust flue gases therefore proper maintenance is an important factor.

The lubricants used for various equipment and fuel-handling areas would contribute to the pollution aspect. It would be taken care of, at the source, by looking after possible spillage, drippings, leakage etc. in the plant. 6.4 Occupational Health & Safety Measures

The following measures are been taken up by the existing unit -

• As per the requirement of Factory Act, there is provision of Occupational Health Centre. There under, a qualified visiting doctor has been appointed.

• Regular medical check-up of employees is carried out and records are maintained. • An ambulance is provided on site 24x7 to deal with emergencies if any. • Workmen Compensation Policy as well as Mediclaim Health Policy has been done for all

the workers (temporary and permanent) in the Industry and which is renewed every year.

152

The following measures shall be taken after expansion activity -

• The infrastructure of existing Occupational Health Centre shall be enhanced in order to provide medical facilities to all the workers as well as nearby village/town people.

• An ambulance shall be is available all the time i.e. 24X7 will be used. • Regular medical check-up of newly employed workers under expansion shall also be done

and record shall be maintained. • Provision of workmen compensation policy as well as mediclaim health policy shall be

done for the workers under expansion (temporary and permanent) and shall be renewed every year.

• Display of sigh boards in hazard areas in local language. • Provision of PPE to all workers.

Table 6.2 List of Health Care Equipments

No. Instrument Use 1 Stethoscope Used to hear sounds from movements within the body,

like heart beats, intestinal movement, breath sounds, etc.2 Reflex testing hammer (padded) To test motor reflexes of the body3 Sphygmomanometer

(Blood pressure meter) To record the patient's blood pressure

4 A thin beam electric torch To see into the eye, body's natural orifices, etc., and to test for pupillary light reflex, etc.

5 A watch / stopwatch Used in recording rates like heart rate, respiratory rate, etc.; for certain tests of hearing

6 A measuring tape For size measurements 7 A weighing machine To record the weight8 Tuning forks To test for deafness and to categorize it 9 Kidney dish As a tray for instruments, gauze, tissue, etc. 10 Thermometer To record the body temperature11 Gas cylinders Supply of oxygen, nitrous oxide, carbon dioxide, etc.12 Oxygen mask or tubes Delivering gases up to the nostrils to assist in oxygen

intake or to administer aerosolized or gaseous drugs 13 Vaporizer To produce vapours 14 Instrument sterilizers Used to sterilize instruments in absence of autoclave 15 Dressing drums Storage of gowns, cotton, linen, etc. 16 Syringe of different sizes and

needles For injections and aspiration of blood or fluid from the body

17 Otoscope To look into the external ear cavity

6.4.1 Measures for Socio-Economic Development 6.4.1.1 Better Employment Opportunities In order to run existing expansion as well as establishment of project total 490 numbers of workers are required. Out of these total workers, 275 have already been hired from local areas. Local persons shall be given preference while appointing the employees whenever required.

153

6.4.1.2 Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) Plan

• Planning for CER shall be started with identification of the activities/projects and may beundertaken in the study area.

• CER Action Plan shall be prepared based on the project based accountability approach,integrated with the social and environment concerns related to the business of theintegrated project complex.

• Selection of activities under CER shall be made to ensure that the benefits reach thesmallest unit i.e. village, panchayat, block or district. CER planning shall be done for long-term sustainable approach.

• Long term CER plan shall be broken down into medium term and short term plans.

6.4.1.3 Implementation

The Time - Frame and periodic milestones would be finalized at the outset. CER activities would help in building a positive image of the company in the public

perception. CER projects may be closely linked with the principles of sustainable development.

Industry has already allocated funds towards CER activities. Amount incurred on CER activities in the year 2015-16, 2016-17 and 2017-18 is Rs. 30.0 Lakhs, Rs. 55.0 Lakhs and Rs. 79.0 Lakhs resp. CER activities implemented through HR, Agriculture and separate CER department.

6.4.1.4 Proposed CER Plan by SSWL

As per ToR letter vide no. IA-J-11011/299/2018-IA-II(I) dated 09.11.2018; about 2.5% of total cost (Rs. 300 Cr.) shall be incurred towards CER activities. Total of Rs. 758 Lakh has been earmarked for proposed CER activities. Activities to be undertaken under CER have been considered based on SE & EB survey conducted in study area.

Table 6.3 Proposed CER activities for SSWL

No. CER Activity Details Total Amount

1

Bio-fertilizers & Saplings

Distribution of Bio-fertilizers & Saplings in 10 villages (Kanwad, Lokur, Shedbal, Kagwad, Mhaisal, Parmeshwarwadi, Hasur, Kavatheguland, Bedag & Malwadi)

Rs. 35.0 Lakhs

2

Water Supply Infrastructure 10 Villages

Safe Drinking Water Units with Filtration, RO Module & Storage Tank (1 Unit / Village; 500 Lit/Hr) 50 Nos. x Rs. 2.5 Lakh/No. = (Laxmiwadi, Kanwad, Shedbal, Kagwad, Mhaisal, Parmeshwarwadi, Hasur, Kavatheguland, Bedag & Malwadi)

Rs. 125.0 Lakhs

154


3 Health Camps & Health Status of Locals

Organization of Health Awareness Camps, Health Check-Up Camps and free medicines Rs. 25.0 Lakhs

4 Nature Awareness Camps

Camps on Environmental Protection for Schools, Colleges, Women Bachat Gats in coordination with local NGO

Rs. 15.0 Lakhs

5 Participation & Promotion of Govt. Missions

Literacy Promotion, Save the Girl Child, Swatch Bharat Abhiyan, Biodiversity Awareness Camps Rs. 5 Lakhs/ Year X 5 Years = Rs. 25 Lakhs.

Rs. 25.0 Lakhs

6

Rural Sanitation Infrastructure & Awareness Program

6 Toilet Units in 6 Villages: 6 Toilet Seats / Unit, Water Tank (500 lit), Septic Tank with Piping. @ Rs. 15 Lakh /Unit (Kanwad, Lokur, Kagwad, Mhaisal, Malwadi & Hasur)

Rs. 90.0 Lakhs

7

Afforestation (6 Villages)

No. of Trees per village = 1000 Cost of Tree Plantation Per Village=Rs. 8,00,000/- Total Cost of Tree Plantation in 6 villages = Rs. 40,00,000/-

Rs. 48.0 Lakhs

8

Provision of Solar Panels for Street Lighting & Solar Lamps in nearby 10 Villages

1 Solar Panel @ Rs. 5,000; 200 Panels in 10 Villages, Total Cost for Solar Panels = Rs. 10,00,000/-

Rs. 50.0 Lakhs

1 Solar Lamp @ Rs. 1000; 500 Lamps in Households of 10 Villages, Total Cost for Solar Lamps = Rs. 5 Lakh10 Villages X 10 Nos/Village = 100 Solar Street Lights 100 Nos. X Rs.30,000/- per No. = Rs. 30,00,000/- (Laxmiwadi, Kanwad, Shedbal, Kagwad, Mhaisal, Patil Vasati, Hasur, Kavatheguland, Bedag & Malwadi)

9

Implementation of rain water harvesting measures in nearby villages

Rain water (Roof top) harvesting in 5 villages (Shedshalwadi, Lokur, Kagwad, Mhaisal, & Hasur)

Rs. 50.0 Lakh

10

Municipal Solid Waste Management

Supply of MSW Management Infrastructure (5 Villages : Kagwad, Shedbal, Ganeshwadi, Narwad & Hasur) Providing MS storage containers of size 2M X 1.5M X 1.2M with cover lid / side opening arrangements, 3 Containers / Village. Industry shall provide Tractor Trolley system with lifting arrangement & shall dump the containers at MSW processing site of each village. MS Containers 3.6 Cu.M. capacity, 3 Containers X 5 Villages = 15 Containers 15 Containers X Rs. 2 Lakhs / No. = Rs. 30,00,000/-

Rs. 30.0 Lakh

155


11 Water Conservation “Drip Irrigation” system on land of farmers in command area

Rs. 100.0 Lakh

12

De-silting of Water Reservoirs

Providing de-silting at two water reservoirs in villages namely Shedbal (reservoir area - 18 Ha) and Mhaisal (reservoir area – 5.2 Ha) to enhance water storage capacities

Rs. 50.0 Lakh

13 Cane Trash Management Awareness Program

Imparting training & awareness to farmers for refraining them from “Cane Trash (Pachat)” burning to prevent sever ‘Air Pollution’ being caused in the command area

Rs. 20.0 Lakh

14 Transportation Facilities

Construction & maintenance of roads in command area

Rs. 20.0 Lakh

15 Wi-Fi Making of Villages

Making 5 Villages “Wi-Fi” through requisite infrastructure of Towers, Modems, Transmitters, Cables & Power back ups etc.

Rs. 75.0 Lakh

Total Rs. 758.0 Lakhs

Table 6.4 Proposed CER Implementation Schedule

No. CER Activities Year 2020

Year 2021

Year 2022

Year 2023

Year 2024

Year of Completion

1 Bio-fertilizers & Saplings 5 5 5 10 10 2024 2 Water Supply Infra. -10 Villages 10 10 25 40 40 2021 3 Health Camps & Health Status of

Locals -- 5 5 5 10 2024

4 Nature Awareness Camps -- 2 3 5 5 2022

5 Participation & Promotion of Govt. Missions

5 5 5 5 5 2021

6 Rural Sanitation Infra & Awareness Program

10 10 20 20 30 2024

7 Afforestation (6 Villages) 5 5 10 10 18 2024

8 Provision of Solar Panels for Street Lighting & Solar Lamps in nearby 10 Villages

10 10 10 10 10 2024

9 Implementation of rain water harvesting measures in nearby villages

10 10 10 10 10 2024

10 Municipal Solid Waste Management 5 5 5 5 10 2024 11 Water Conservation 5 10 20 25 40 2024 12 De-silting of Water Reservoirs 10 10 10 10 10 2024

13 Cane Trash Management Awareness Program

-- 5 5 5 5 2024

14 Transportation Facilities -- 5 5 5 5 2024 15 Wi-Fi Making of Villages 5 10 10 20 30 2024 Total (Amounts in Rs. Lakhs) 80 107 148 185 238 --

Grand Total (Amounts in Rs. Lakhs)

758.0 --

156

Total capital Investment of Sugar and Co-generation expansion project is Rs. 180 Crores and that for establishment of distillery project is Rs. 120 Crores. The detailed CER planned under expansion is presented at table 6.3. Same will be implemented as per implementation schedule mentioned in table 6.4. 6.5 Measures for Improvement of Ecology Following steps should be taken- Afforestation program under proposed project. Keeping noise levels under control at night time. Keeping operation of APC equipments and sufficient height of stacks. Provision of appropriate effluent treatment facilities. 6.5.1 General Guidelines - 1. Green belt of adequate width and density would be provided to mitigate the effects of

noise. 2. Plantation activities shall be done according to naturally occurring vegetation. Exotic

species shall be avoided. 3. Provision of shrubs and thick trees at storage and disposal places of the solid waste would

be made. 4. Trees would be planted along the roads, around solid waste storage area as well as along

the periphery. 5. Use of e-mail and other modern communication systems would be followed to conserve

the papers and attain speedy interaction in daily business activities. 6. Use of recyclable papers, if possible, would be done. 7. Promoting measures of energy and water conservation, wherever possible, would be

adopted. 8. Activities like slide shows or expert’s lectures on Local Biodiversity shall be arranged for

the staff to make them aware about the plant and animal species found nearby; also it will reduce unnecessary human-wild conflict. This will eventually reduce the damage to biodiversity by the employees.

6.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM SCHEDULE In the proposed unit, monitoring in respect of air, water and noise is being done regularly and records of same are being maintained. The routine monitoring program, as detailed in Table 6.6, would be implemented at site.

157

Table 6.5 Plan for Monitoring of Environmental Attributes in and around Industry

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by 1 Ambient Air Quality Upwind-1, Downwind-2 (Near Cane

Yard, Near Main ETP, Near Alcohol Plant)

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO

Monthly

MoEFCC and NABL Approved External Laboratory

Study area- 8 Locations - Upwind, Downwind, Crosswind & Near Habitat (Industrial Site, Shedbal, Lokur, Ganeshwadi, Hasur, Kagwad, Narwad & Mhaisal)

Quarterly

2 Work Zone Air Quality

For Industrial Site - 4 Locations (Mill section, Boiler area, Fermentation section, Sugar bagging section)

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO

Monthly


3 Fugitive Emissions For Industrial Site - Ethanol storage area, Bagasse yard & Distillation column

VOC Monthly


4 Stack Emissions For Industrial Site - Boiler – 2 Nos. (Distillery and Co-gen boiler), D.G – 3 Nos.

SPM, SO2, NOx Monthly


5 Ambient Noise For Industrial Site - 5 No. of Locations (Near Main Gate, Near ETP, Near Sugar Godown, Near Cane Yard, Admin Office)

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq (d), Leq (dn)

Monthly MoEFCC and NABL Approved External Laboratory

Study area- 8 Locations within 10 Km study area - (Industrial Site, Kagwad, Jugul, Mhaisal, Parameshwarawadi,

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq(d), Leq(dn)

Quarterly

158

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by Narwad, Kavateguland & Ganeshwadi)

6 Work zone Noise For Industrial Site - 5 Locations- (Mill section, D.G. Sets, Co-gen Area, Distillation Section, Boiler Section, ETP)

Spot Noise Level recording; Leq(n), Leq(d), Leq(dn)


7 Effluent For Industrial Site - • Treated • Untreated

pH, SS, TDS, COD, BOD, Chlorides, Sulphates, Oil & Grease


8 Soil For Industrial Site - As per Directions

pH, Salinity, Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorous & Potash


Study area- 8 locations within 10 Km study area

pH, Salinity, Organic Carbon, Nitrogen, Phosphorous & Potash

Quarterly

9 Ground Water and Surface water

For Industrial Site - Drinking water Factory canteen

Parameters as per drinking water Std IS:10500

Monthly

Study area- Surface Water – 8 locations (Kuttwad, Kavateguland, Nalla at Ganeshwadi, Tank Near Shedbal, River Nalla Confluence, Tank Near Mhaisal, Tank Near Ghanwad & Tank Near Kavateguland)

Parameters as per CPCB guidelines for water quality monitoring – MINARS/27/2007-08

Quarterly

159

No. Description Location Parameters Frequency Conducted by Ground water – 8 locations

10 Waste management For Industrial Site - Implement waste management plan that identifies and characterizes every waste associated with proposed and expansion activities and which identifies the procedures for collection, handling & disposal of each waste arising

Records of Solid Waste Generation, Treatment and Disposal shall be maintained

Twice in a year By SSWL

11 Emergency Preparedness such as fire fighting

For Industrial Site - Fire protection and safety measures to take care of fire and explosion hazards, to be assessed and steps taken for their prevention.

On site Emergency Plan, Evacuation Plan, fire fighting mock drills

Twice in a year By SSWL

12 Health Check up For Industrial Site - Employees and migrant labour health check ups

All relevant health check-up parameters as per factories act

Once in a Year By SSWL

13 Green Belt For Industrial Site & Study Area - Within Industry premises as well as nearby villages

Survival rate of planted sapling.

Once in a Year / In consultation

with DFO

By SSWL

14 CER Study Area - As per requirement -- By SSWL 15 Submission of

Compliance report to RO MoEFCC

For Industrial Site - Compliance towards the point laid down in the Environmental Clearance (EC) order/ consent order

Conditions laid down in the Environmental Clearance letter/ consent order

Six Monthly By SSWL

161

Table 6.6 Environmental Monitoring Schedule within Industrial Premises

No. Description Schedule of Monitoring Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar April May June July August

1 Ambient Air Quality

√ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

2 Workzone Air √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √3 Stack

Emissions √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

4 Noise √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 5 Effluent √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √6 Drinking water √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √7 Fugitive

Emissions √ √ √ √

8 Waste management

√ √

9 Emergency preparedness, such as fire fighting

√ √

10 Health Check up

√ √

11 Green Belt √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √

Note: Sugar Factory Operation period – 180 Days, Co-gen Operation period – 240 & Distillery Operation period – 330 Days

Table 6.7 Environmental Monitoring Schedule Surrounding the Industrial Premises

No. Description Schedule of MonitoringOct Nov Dec Jan Feb March April May June July August Sep

1 Ambient Air Quality

√ √ √ √

2 Noise √ √ √ √ 3 Soil √ √ √ √ 4 Ground &

Surface water √ √ √ √

5 CER √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √ 6.7 IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

ASPECTS

The mitigation measures suggested in Chapter- 4 i.e. Anticipated Environment & Mitigation Measures will be implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the operations of the proposed project. In order to facilitate easy implementation of mitigation measures, the phased priority of implementation is given in below table.

162

Table 6.8 Implementation of Environmental Monitoring Program

No. Attribute Time Period Implementation Schedule Immediate Progressive

1 Air Pollution Control Before commissioning of the expansion Unit

* ----

2 Water Pollution Control Before commissioning of the expansion Unit

* ----

3 Noise Control Before commissioning of the expansion Unit

* ----

4 Solid Waste Management Stage wise ---- * 5 Green Belt Development

& Rainwater Harvesting Stage wise * *

6 Ecological Aspects Stage wise ---- * 7 Socio - economic Aspects Stage wise ---- ----

Note:* indicates implementation priority. 6.8 COMPLIANCE TO THE RECOMMENDATIONS MENTIONED IN THE CREP

GUIDELINES

The MoEFCC has launched the Charter on "Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection (CREP)” with the purpose to go beyond the compliance of regulatory norms for prevention & control of pollution through various measures including waste minimization, in-plant process, control & adoption of clean technologies. The Chapter has set targets concerning conservation of water, energy, recovery of chemicals, reduction in pollution, elimination of toxic pollutants, process & management of residues that are required to be disposed off in an environmentally sound manner. The Chapter enlists the action points for pollution control for various categories of highly polluting industries. The task force was constituted for monitoring the progress of implementation of CREP recommendations/ action points. The following activities are being undertaken by SSWL and will be continued after proposed expansion under CREP norms.

1. Bagasse as fuel is used in co-gen boilers, which generates significant amount of particulate matter, causing air pollution. ESP is installed as APC equipment along with stack of height 90 M to achieve particulate emission well below 150 mg/Nm3.

2. Molasses is stored in covered tanks (2 no.) having 6000 MT capacity each. 3. Priority is given for immediate lifting of press-mud. 4. Provision of 15 days lagoon storage would be provided on site. 5. As per the CREP norms, effluents from sugar factory and co-gen plant would be generated

@ 75Lit/MT of cane crushed against norm of 200 Lit/MT of cane crushed. 6. Spentwash generation would be 7.4KL/KL of alcohol.

163

Chapter 7 Additional Studies

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

As per EIA notification 14th September 2006 and standard ToRs issued by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC), MoEFCC; New Delhi vide Letter No. IA-J-11011/299/2018-IA-II(I) dated 09.11.2018, SSWL has conducted Public Hearing on 24.06.2019 for expansion of sugar factory from 4,000 TCD to 10,000 TCD, co-generation plant from 15 MW to 60 MW and establishment of 120 KLPD molasses based distillery. 7.1.1 Details of Public Hearing (PH)

Day & Date : Monday, 24 June 2019Venue : At the Factory site – Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. (SSWL)

S. No. 23/A, 36/1A,4A, 40/1, 40/2B, 48/2A+B, 48/1E+P+G+2A+2B, 49/1+2A/3, 49/2B+3A, 49/3B, 49/4, 50/1,2,3,4,5, 52/1+2A/1, 53/1+2+3, 54/1A, 54/2B & 54/1B+2A, Kagwad, Tal: Athani, District: Belgaum, Karnataka.

Advertisement Date

: 23.05.2019 (The Hindu & Prajavani) 25.05.2019 (Kannadamma)

News Paper : ‘Prajavani and Kannadama’ (Kannada), The Hindu (English) Copies of newspapers enclosed at Appendix – L.

Members Present :

1 Dr. Budeppa H. B. Additional District Magistrate, Belgavi, Karnataka

Chairman/ President

2 Mr. Jagdish I. H. Regional Officer, KSPCB, Chikkodi, Karnataka

Convener

7.1.2 Minutes of Public Hearing

Table 7.1 Points Raised in the PH & Response of PP

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan 1. Nathgouda Patil, Resident of

Kagwad said that, due to injustice to the farmers, 30-40 farmers started to do strike but industrialists have registered case against farmers. They took loan on agriculture land for travelling to Dharwad Highcourt. For this give reason first. They have given some rules to Grampanchayat. But now they are telling that they had not given any rules in writing, they told as they are paying Rs. 20 Lakhs per

a. Grampanchayat tax for the period 2017-18 (Rs. 3 Lakh) & 2018-19 (Rs. 3 Lakh) of Rs. 6 Lakh is paid through NEFT/RTGS. The copy of documents showing the same is enclosed at Appendix – M.

b. No any case was filed by the industry on farmers.

c. Further, the road connecting from Kagwad to Narwad, Kagwad to Molawad & Kagwad to Mangavati are being

a. Grampanchayat tax for the year 2019-20 will be paid in December 2019

b. -- c. Compliance done by

industry. Refer Appendix–N for which purchase order is issued.

d. As stated in chapter 2, industry will provide employment under proposed projects & preference will be given to

164

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan annum to the Grampanchayat. How much amount is paid & to whom it was given in writing about making roads, not a single road is made for Kagwad village & why they filed cheating case against farmers. While taking lands for industry they gave assurance that, they will give job to one boy from the family who will give land to them. Around 10-15 members of Kagwad village were only working here. HR of this industry told, they want boys from outside 18 Km, then they should establish the industry outside 18 Km away from Kagwad & why they want industry here? One poor boy approached 10 times to their office. Some of the boys are having laundry shop for their regular life. That boy gave hundred applications, but there is no reply from industry. Now, production of sugar is enough, ethanol & distillery are not required. If you establish the spirit then where these people should go. I don’t have my own land but there is injustice for these people, so we fight on behalf of them & ready to go remand also. No jobs for lower caste people, total 34 people gave their lands but why you don’t want their children’s. Industrial authorities have to answer for all above issues.

maintained by the industry on or before the crushing season every year.

d. Industry have already provided employment to 83 no. of Kagwad people including lower cast persons. List is enclosed at Appendix – O of EIA report.

local people. Refer Chapter 2, table 2.1 for details of employment generation under existing & proposed projects.

2. Shashikant Joshi, Kagwad Earlier on 20.08.2010, they have sent a request letter to Grampanchayat that we want to make one project for 2800 MT sugarcane crushing, 40 MW electricity & 120 KLPD distillery. From PDO they took no objection, without any intimation to Grampanchayat members. This is first offense. The second one is when they issued no dues, that time they set some of the terms & conditions. Till today that terms & conditions are not fulfilled, so this is also an offense. After that, Grampanchayat set an proceeding, in that issued proceeding notice to

a. For existing sugar & cogeneration unit, industry is having NOC from grampanchayat, Kagwad. Copy is enclosed separately.

b. As stated above, grampanchayat tax has already been paid by industry.

c. Industry is having well established ETP on site having primary, secondary & tertiary treatment units.

d. It was mentioned in EIA report that there is a ground water pollution which is reflected in analysis results of bore wells. The impact identification has been done with causes

a. Application is made for NOC from grampanchayat Kagwad. Copy is enclosed separately.

b. Grampanchayat tax for the year 2019-20 will be paid in December 2019.

c. Treated water from ETP is used for irrigation purpose. An agreement is made for use of treated effluent. Copy is enclosed at Appendix – D of EIA report.

d. As stated in chapter 2

165

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan pay tax on yearly basis to Grampanchayat. We brought all the copies of the notice which are already issued many times, the copies will be handed over to you. Based on these, justice should be done & total Rs. 17,91,088/- tax should be paid. By telling frequently also, till today its been 9 years they didn’t paid any tax. If they are not paying any tax, then how it is possible to develop Grampanchayat & who will bear the loss of Grampanchayat. Karnataka State Pollution Control Board representative have also came here, I want ti raise one question to them that which all criteria’s industry has they followed? They should be answerable to this. How much water is getting filtered & getting reused. But any farmer or farmer’s son should openly tell that exactly what is happening. Second thing is you should inspect some of the bore well, open well. The Karnataka State Pollution Control Board should examine this water & tell what is there in that. Here the people are suffering a lot. They give big speech to get their work done. Sugarcane for crushing & sugarcane jurisdiction the Government has set so many criteria. They should tell openly that on which criteria they are opening their industry. Like this our village farmers & labors requested to industrial authorities as they are facing so many problems & how many times they responded for our problems. Whether you are giving permission or not that is secondary but the things which are happened in the past should be rectified. Karnataka State Pollution Control Board should give details of borewell, openwell water usage & disposal report to us because they set boards of public hearing all the sides. It is their responsibility or else we have to give in writing about committing

attributable to the activities of sugar factory & cogen unit as well as other operations in the area which include processing and pollution due to domestic waste waters & drains, improper solid waste management in study area.

of EIA report, no any untreated effluent is disposed on land or any water body. With reference to the complaint made by local people, industry has monitored 7 ground water samples through Regional Laboratory, Belgavi an ISO 9001:2015 & OHSAS 18001:2007 Certified Laboratory. Monitoring reports are enclosed at Appendix-P. Turbidity, Iron & Hardness of one sample exceeding the limit.

166

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan mass suicide. Finally they concluded their speech by telling that depending upon all this you have to do the justice.

3. Annahuti, Kagwad In the last year 2017-18 they did crushing. That time they told that they will pay Rs. 2900, but they paid only rupees 2000 & later paid Rs. 500. As per sugarcane control Act rules, within 14 days if you failed to give the bill, then you should give by adding 15% interest. Neglect the 15% interest, even they are not giving FRP also & why they want the expansion? We don’t want give the permission to this industry.

It was informed by the management that the cane bill payment will be paid to the farmers in far with the other existing sugar mills in the belgavi district. During the period of 2016-17 we are happy to inform that the highest payment was made to the farmers by Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd., in comparison to existing sugar & distillery units in Karnataka State.

--

4. Anil Pandurang Kore, Kagwad It’s been 9 years they are operating the sugar industry from 2010-11. From 3 years 12-13, 13-14 & 14-15 industrial water is coming in the surrounding farmers agricultural lands. Regarding this respect village accountant Mr. Chougale did inspection & told that total loss in one crore seventy thousand rupees. About this they have not taken any consideration. He told farmers should get facilities.

As stated above, industry is having well established ETP on site having primary, secondary & tertiary treatment units. Quality of treated effluent is being done regularly by industry & is well below the CPCB norms. Further, no any untreated effluent is disposed on land or any water body.

As stated in chapter 2 of EIA report, treated water from ETP is used for irrigation purpose. An agreement is made for use of treated effluent. Copy is enclosed at Appendix – D of EIA report. Also, soil samples have been collected on land where treated water is given for irrigation. From analysis, it was observed that soils are fine textured, having low bulk density, imperatively good water holding capacity. Soils are rated as moderate to good for agriculture. As per chemical characters soils are neutral, slightly to moderately alkaline and electrical conductivity (EC) is non saline (normal). Organic matter & Nitrogen is better to sufficient.

5. Rajendra Kaurav, Kagwad Last year we went to the Corporate Office of the industry for sugarcane bill. From there they kicked us out, when we went to ask bill that time they sent us out by holding hands.

Please refer clarification under point no. 3.

--

6. Raju Chouhan, Kagwad Lower caste people were not recruited in the industry. What they should eat by losing their lands.

As stated under point no. 1 (c), industry have already provided employment to 83 no. of Kagwad

Refer Chapter 2, table 2.1 for details of employment generation under existing &

167

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan That time respected Additional Deputy Commissioner has asked him to give his opinion. For that they assured us about giving jobs but they didn’t give it to any one. In those 34 people are there, then too no one got the job. I request to give job for them.

people including lower cast persons. Further, industry will provide employment under proposed projects & preference will be given to local people.

proposed projects

7. Borganve, Chandur This industry is established in the year 2011. Before that in this part, the farmers had inconvenience to send sugarcane to industry. In the year 1994-1995 they cropped sugarcane & thrown on the road. The ex-minister of Karnataka Mr. Magennavar & Mr. Doddannavar thought to do convenient to farmers in this part & to increase the economic condition, they established M/s. Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd., Kagwad village, Athani Taluk, Belgavi District. We all are happy for this & we are getting good sugarcane. To get profit for farmers & also to the industry before only they could have started distillery & cogen. At last before 2 years they could have established distillery the farmers would have got more benefits.

Appreciation by resident

--

8. Maruti Kunal, Kagwad Pollution Control Board Representatives have came here to get public opinion about the environmental effects. They came here to get public views about the expansion of industry & expansion of co-gen, also due to production of ethanol what will be effect on bio-diversity. Here, so many problems & requirements are there. For those, this is not correct platform. For that particular campaign should be done like Gujarat & Maharashtra to fix the price of sugarcane at the FRP level. Accordingly, to carry out 10,000 TCD crushing there is no objection. Because we are sugarcane growers, as our economic crop is sugarcane, so expansion from 4000 TCD to

Appreciation by resident but stressed following points. a. In the draft EIA report prepared

and submitted for conducting Public Hearing, all the relevant information has been presented duly and completely about aspect related with SSWL sugar factory & cogen unit namely; air, water, noise, land and soil, geology and hydrogeology, risk and hazard, ecology and biodiversity, socio-economy, etc. Therein, impacts have been described with types such as positive and negative, permanent and temporary, short term and long term, reversible and irreversible etc. Also, mitigation measures w.r.t. all impacts have been presented at

Refer chapter 6, section 6.6.2, table 6.4 & 6.5 for details of proposed CER plan & implementation schedule.

168

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan 10,000 TCD will be good news, but let me tell you that farmers can get competitive rates. For this I don’t have any objection but they are establishing cogen plant. The ash coming from this should not affect the surrounding people. To prevent & to preserve environment from harmful effects & Pollution Control Board should set the criteria’s & management should follow the same & then all the units should establish. The farmers issues to be addressed & cases should not be filed in future. For us also it is one of the pride moment. One of the biggest industries is established in our jurisdiction. The people who are living here should get the jobs at higher proportion. According to environmental pollution act it is compulsory to do plantation within 10 Km premises. Surrounding ground water is polluted in the early days. Before establishment of industry we got pure water but now a days bore well & well water is polluted in such a way that it cannot be used for drinking purpose. For this, also action should be taken & within 10 Km premises Grampanchayat the industry should spend 2.5% of the investment for the overall development. My opinion is if the industrialist follows the directions correctly, then you should give permission to them.

appropriate places in the report. b. Refer clarification under point

no. 3 for sugarcane rate. c. Effluent for Sugar & Cogen

expansion will be treated in existing ETP & used for irrigation. Spentwash from distillery will be concentrated in MEE & incinerated. Other effluent from distillery will be treated in CPU & recycled back in process.

d. Solid waste generated in the form of Boiler Ash, ETP Sludge, CPU Sludge & Yeast Sludge. Boiler Ash will be given as manure / sale to bricks manufacturers. Sludge will be used as manure. Further, fully automatic ash handling with temporary storage (5 days) will be done in silos (cap. 30MT) from where it is sent in covered tractor trolleys for sale, In case of longer storage (in less demand period); storage will done on a separate yard well-guarded and away from the main plant. All care during its handling and storage will be taken to reduce impact of same on local people and environment. Details regarding this aspect are provided in EIA Report at Chapter 2.

e. Refer clarification under point no. 2 (c & d) regarding ground water pollution.

f. A CER plan have already been prepared by industry, thereunder about Rs. 750 Lakhs (2.5% of capital cost) will be incurred on developmental activities around industrial area.

9. Arun Joshi, Kagwad I extend warm welcome to expansion of this industry. My request is I want to talk in Marathi Language. I am the farmer, Ex-member of Grampanchayat, also I am environmental lover. In this meeting, my first request is, in this place there are so many mistakes happened. Those all should be

Here, Mr. Joshi declared that there is full support of local farmers for the expansion of sugar factory & cogen as well as establishment of molasses based distillery project by stating that industry shall done submission of Grampanchayat tax, additional employment to local people & FRP to sugarcane.

Compliance already done by the industry.

169

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan corrected first. In the year 1996 the industry got permission to establish. After that in the year 2011 the industry is started, at that time, I was vice president of Grampanchayat. That time one meeting was conducted in presence of management of the industry in Grampanchayat & some decisions were taken. Till today those decisions are not followed by the industry. In that main point is industry should spend money for farmers, roads & street lamps. For the expansion of 4000 to 10,000 TCD of this industry, there is no opposition of any farmers. It is necessary to implement production of ethanol, this is one of the by-product. Only by crushing sugarcane it will be difficult to give increase in the bill amount for farmers. For this production of by-product is necessary. I would like to support expansion to 10,000 TCD, 120 KLPD ethanol unit. In the foregoing subject all are having some issues, so what I want to tell industrial management is already farmers have given lands to the industry, so you should take those farmers for jobs in your industry. They told that 93% of water will recycle. According to that, out of 100% only 93% is recycled & what about remaining 7%. They told this 7% water is polluted water, they shall tell what action they are taking for solid waste. One more important thing I want to tell to Government & management that one industry located nearby us in Maharashtra they are giving Rs. 2870 for per ton of sugarcane, but you told that you will give Rs. 3000 per ton, but as per my knowledge you gave only Rs. 2870. For farmers convenience, government should fix bill according to FRP. For the expansion of this industry, no one has objection. But, if you are doing plantation then there will not be any pollution.

170

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan One more most important thing is according to Sugarcane Act, farmers should get bill within 14 days for their sugarcane, if it happened they will lead happy life, along with this another request is you should take care that to do justice to the farmers of this place, there should not be any injustice with neighboring village farmers & you filed case against the farmers. On behalf of Kagwad people, I would like to request industry management to withdrawn the case against farmers.

10. Ajit Kourav, Kagwad Already farmers have proposed some requirement from proposed project. These requirements should be fulfilled completely by 100% as early as possible. All the problems should be solved early. As Arun Joshi told, according to FRP you paid Rs. 3050, 3000, 2800, 2700. In the same way you also should try to make payment. For farmers, there is no nature support, in river also water scarcity is there in the summer season, the crop yield also is not good & the fertilizers also very costly. There is no profit for farmers. For expansion of distillery & ethanol unit, farmers will not be having any objection. While expressing his, opinion, the public did not allow him to explain his views. Afterwards he told that management should take decision after complete examination.

On behalf of local farmers, he also declared full support to the proposed projects by stating that compliance shall be done w.r.t. the conditions mentioned under point no. 9

Compliance done by the industry.

11. Deepak Shinde, Kagwad I am basically from Kagwad, Athani Taluk. The main demand of the farmers of this area is no need of distillery. If they are adopting eco-friendly methods to avoid environment pollution, then there is no opposition. But one problem is that industry is not giving rate according to FRP to the farmers. Already because of drought, the people are suffering for drinking water. Industrialists are using lakhs of gallon water from Krishna river.

He also expressed his support only if the appropriate pollution control infrastructure will be installed by the industry.

Total water required after expansion of sugar, cogen & distillery establishment will be 6919 CMD. From this, about 330 CMD will be the fresh water taken from river Krishna. Further, drinking water is being

Under proposed distillery unit industry is going to provide Condensate Polishing Unit (CPU) to treat effluent. Treated effluent from CPU shall be 100% recycled in process for dilution of molasses. Further, to reduce fresh water use, industry proposed to install CPU under sugar factory & cogen unit also. From the total industrial water

171

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan But, in summer season, why they can’t give 2-3 tanker of water to the public? In every summer they should compensate for farmers. These are the main two requirements. No need of distillery is the main demand, for that also my support is there.

supplied to the local farmers through pipeline in every summer season.

requirement, about 6427 CMD (95%) will be the recycled water from CPU as well as cane condensate. To treat the domestic effluent, STP will be provided. Refer chapter 2 for more details.

12. Suggestions received from some environmentalists – B. V. Reddy, V. Sunanda Reddy, S. Venkateshwaralu, Anjaneya Irani, Nagen Halli, Smt. Manjula a. Consultant, please collect data of

health status of the people, data of crop production & ground water availability status within 10 Km radius.

b. In summer season chance to down fall water level so please arrange rain water harvesting system. Provision of storage tanks for collecting overflowing water in rainy season.

c. Please take village plantation in nearby villages & also avenue plantation for internal roads to control dust pollution. Preference shall given to fruit bearing & medicinal plants.

d. Priority to the educated unemployed youth to give employment in the industry.

e. Promote skill development training to unemployed youth to better skills useful to get employment chances to other industries also.

f. Action plan of CSR/CER budget for village development, in co-ordination with government officers.

g. Promotional activities for creating awareness to farmers regarding use of drip irrigation system.

h. Best price to be given to the local sugarcane growers.

a. During study of EIA, sampling

of Soil, Ground Water, Surface Water, Ambient Air, Noise, Ecology & Bio-diversity & Socio-economic status was done. Data w.r.t. same is presented in EIA report. Under CER & CSR activities, SSWL shall make provisions to check health status of local people.

b. As stated in chapter 2 of EIA report fresh water required will be 330 CMD, taken from river Krishna. Further, provision will be made to harvest rain water from roof as well as surface. More details regarding rainwater harvesting system has been presented in Chapter 2 of EIA report.

c. Treated water from sugar factory ETP will be used for irrigation as well as sprinkling on roads. Also, all internal roads in industrial complex are tarred. Hence, impact due to dust pollution is minimized.

d. At present, SSWL has developed green belt on 33.5% of total plot area (against CPCB norm of 33%). About 15,000 trees have already been planted in existing premises. Green belt proposed under expansion would be 0.6% of total plot area. Refer Appendix – F of EIA report for green belt plan.

e. Training to youth & skill development activities will be

172

No. Points presented by Public Response Given by Industry Action Plan undertaken under CER/CSR activities to be done by industry.

f. As per ToR letter vide no. IA-J-11011/299/2018-IA-II(I) dated 09.11.2018; about 2.5% of total cost (Rs. 300 Cr.) shall be incurred towards CER activities. Total of Rs. 750 Lakh has been earmarked for proposed CER activities. Refer chapter 6 for more details.

g. Promotional activities for skill development to youth and creating awareness regarding use of drip irrigation system to farmers would be done by SSWL under CER activities.

h. Compliance done by the industry.

7.2 R & R ACTION PLAN There is no R & R action plan because proposed project will be undertaken in existing premises of sugar factory of SSWL located at Kagwad, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum, Karnataka. 7.3 POTENTIAL AND MAJOR HAZARDS IN SUGAR FACTORY Process for manufacturing and refining sugar is a standard process. The risk assessment and hazard management study for expansion of sugar factory from 4,000 TCD to10,000 TCD was done by Mr. Vinod Sahasrabuddhe, EEIPL FAE for RH. Areas of concern from hazard and risk points of view in the plant manufacturing of sugar are as follows- 7.4 OBJECTIVES AND SCOPE OF THE RH REPORT: 7.4.1 Objective of the Risk and Hazard analysis 1) Identify hazards and nature of hazard in the process, storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals. 2) Carry out Qualitative risk analysis for the process and suggest mitigation measures. 3) Carry out Quantitative risk analysis of the storage of hazardous chemicals and estimate

the threat zones for Most Credible and Worst case scenarios 4) Suggest mitigation measures to reduce the risk/probability of the accident to the

minimum. 5) Incorporate these measures for ensuring safe operations and safe layout to mitigate hazard

and for effectively encounter any accident reduce the damages to the minimum. 6) Help in preparation of preparation of On-site and Off-site emergency plans 7) Suggest Guidelines for on-site and off - site emergency plan

173

7.4.2 Methodology 7.4.2.1 Identify hazards based on

• Processes description received based. • Identify Hazardous Chemicals handled and stored. • Inventory of Hazardous chemicals

7.4.2.2 Hazard Assessment

• By Qualitative Risk Assessment • By Quantitative Risk Assessment by Hazard index calculations and estimate threat

zones by using ALOHO

7.4.2.3 Recommendations

• Recommend mitigation measures based upon the above • Recommending guidelines for the preparation of On-site Emergency plan.

7.5 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION IN SUGAR INDUSTRY

Potential hazardous areas and the likely accidents with the concerned area have been enlisted below-

Table 7.2 Possible Hazardous Locations onsite

No. Hazardous Area

Hazard identified Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures in place /have to be in place

for running plant

Comments/ Additional measures

1 Boiler Area Explosion IBR rules for design, maintenance and operation of boilers by certified boiler attendants in mandatory

These measures are in place as the boiler is in operation for the existing capacity.

Will be adopted for the additional boiler capacity

2 All over the plant

Lightening To design and install adequate number of best available lightening arrestors.

These measures are in place as the boiler is in operation for the existing capacity.

If requiredadditional for increased area of operations these will be installed

3 Electrocution Lose fitting Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.

These are in place for the operation of the existing capacity

4 Electrical rooms

Fire and electrocution

Regular maintenance, internal safety audit, and external safety audit at regular intervals.


5 Transformer area

Fire and electrocution



6 Cable tunnel Fire and electrocution



174

No. Hazardous Area

Hazard identified Mitigation measures

Mitigation measures in place /have to be in place

for running plant

Comments/ Additional measures

7 Alcohol production area

Fire and Alcohol vapour release

HAZOP study isstrongly recommendedfor the production as well as Alcohol Storage area. And adequate safety instrumentation with alarms and interlocks will be incorporated to make the design and plant operation intrinsically safe.

8 Distillery (ethanol storage tank)

Fire Detailed measures have been suggested in the report, in the later part.And QRA results and based on failure frequency risk has been calculated. Fire hydrant will be laid around with foam fighting arrangements.

7.5.1 Mitigation Measures to avoid accidents (A) Preventive Measures for Electricity Hazard

• All electrical equipment is will be provided with proper earthing. Earthed electrode are

periodically tested and maintained. • Emergency lighting will be available at all critical locations including the operator’s

room to carry out safe shut down of the plant. • Easy accessibility of fire fighting facilities such as fire water pumps and fire alarm

stations is considered. • All electrical equipments will be free from carbon dust, oil deposits, and grease. • Use of approved insulated tools, rubber mats, shockproof gloves and boots, tester, fuse

tongs, discharge rod, safety belt, hand lamp, wooden or insulated ladder and not wearing metal ring and chain.

• Flame and shock detectors and central fire announcement system for fire safety will be provided.

• Temperature sensitive alarm and protective relays to make alert and disconnect equipment before overheating will be considered

• Danger from excess current due to overload or short circuit will be prevented by providing fuses, circuit breakers, thermal protection

(B) Fuel Storage In the Coal storage yard for stacking of coal in heaps the following care must be taken

175

• Adequate dust suppression measures, like water sprinkling, shall be provided to prevent fugitive emission and also risk of fire. Similar measures are also adopted for loading/unloading operations.

• Coal ash transported in tankers will be covered and closed and so that there is no chance of spillage during transportation.

• Workers will be trained to be vigilant and keep water hose with ready water supply to extinguish small fires during hot season.

• Fire fighting measures, alarm measures and fire hydrant line will be provided around the coal storage area to immediately and effectively deal with fire. This is already in place.

• Measures are taken to control the air pollution during loading/handling coal.

7.6 BOILER SECTION

Presently One boiler of capacity 100 TPH with 86 kg/cm2 is in working condition. Boiler ash after the ESP is directly stored in tractor and transported to brick manufacturers. Under expansion of Sugar and Co-gen plant another 100 TPH boiler would be installed. New incineration boiler of 40 TPH shall be installed to meet steam requirement of proposed distillery. 7.6.1 Establishing a Fire Fighting Group

A small spark of fire may result into loss of lives, machines and the damage by fire may result in high economic losses. This type of losses can be avoided by preventing and controlling the fire instantly for which fire–fighting group will be established. The fire fighting group would house and keep in readiness, the following types of equipment and arrangements.

• CO2 extinguishers • Dry powder chemical extinguishers • 80 mm. spray hoses • Fire brigade

7.7 Hazard Identification: Sugar Manufacturing Section

Amongst the hazards identified above the area of major concern for fire, explosion and exposure to and release of toxic liquids and gases and there is risk of persons, outside the factory limits getting affected are identified below:

I. Bagasse storage: Fire hazard II. Production and handling of SO2

III. Molasses Storage tanks: Leakage of molasses due to tank failure 7.7.1 Bagasse Production and Storage

7.7.1.1 Present Scenario

At present capacity for 4,000 TCD capacity plant 36,000 MTPM of Bagasse is produced. 1008 MT/D is consumed in the boiler as fuel and is stored in a storage yard. Present Bagasse storage area is 2800 Sq. M is provided and the same will be used after expansion.

176

7.7.1.2 Present scenario of safety measures

There is fire hydrant piping laid around the Bagasse storage area. Fire hydrant system is provided and maintained to cover up entire bagasse yard. 7.7.1.3 Suggested Measures

1. The fire- hydrant system will be continuously charged with water pressure of 7 Kg/sq.cm.

2. Hydrant points must be always approachable, even during night. 3. Fire hose and boxes will be in good ready to use condition.

7.7.1.4 Fire fighting system for the present plant

1. The company has adequate water storage reserved for fire fighting, main fire hydrant pump, pump running on HSD, alarm system.

2. Water storage for Firefighting 6000 Cu. M 3. Main Hydrant pump Capacity 273 Cu. M/Hr 4. Jockey Pump Capacity 10.8 Cu. M/Hr 5. Water storage provision of 6000 Cu. M will be exclusively used for fire fighting has

been made is as per IS 9668. Details of Fire Hydrant system enclosed at Appendix – G.

7.7.1.5 Additional Mitigation Measures for safe storage Following mitigation measures to eliminate the fire hazard are in place and some additional measures are suggested as below:

1. It should be ensured while routing high tension voltage lines to avoid storage of bagasse storage below & near high voltage (H.T.) transmission lines.

2. Avoid routing of electric supply cables & cable trenches near to bagasse storage and if unavoidable locate these as far away from stored bagasse or bagasse heaps.

3. Always keep other raw materials & useful material far away from storage of bagasse area.

4. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action plan will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse.

5. Posting of proper supervision staff with necessary communication facility. 6. Hot work, like welding, gas cutting should not be carried out near Bagasse storage. Or

only after issue of proper work permit and making necessary arrangements. 7. Daily record of Bagasse storage data must be maintained and proper review of storage

conditions must be taken by higher authority. 8. Training of all the involved staff in firefighting in normal & emergency operating

system. 9. Proper Planning & Maintenance of the fire hydrant system around the bagasse storage

yard and not depending exclusively on fire tender for fire fighting. 10. Creating awareness among workers about sudden bagasse fire and emergency action

plan will definitely avoid risks of heavy fire. In this way we can save a valuable fuel & life of human being working near bagasse.

11. Goggle and mask should be provided for workers in bagasse yard to prevent ill effect on eyes and inhalation of fine Bagasse dust on the workers in the area.

177

7.7.2 Hazard Identification : Sulphur Storage

At present Sulphur is stored in a closed shed of area which is of area 307.50 Sq. M. There is no electrical connections /lighting points inside the Sulphur warehouse. And it was informed that all Sulphur reuired is transferred to the SO2 generation site during daytime only. Following are the hazards in storage and handling Sulphur.

1. Dust Explosion 2. Fire

7.7.2.1 Dust Explosion

As Sulphur is stored and handled in granular form , there is always some dust formation, which can lead to dust explosion. A dust explosion occurs when a fine dust in suspension in air is ignited, resulting in a very rapid burning, and the release of large quantities of gaseous products. This in turn creates a subsequent pressure rise of explosive force capable of damaging plant and buildings and injuring people. It is generally considered that a dust explosion can only be initiated by dust particles less than 500 microns diameter. 7.7.2.2 CONDITIONS FOR A DUST EXPLOSION

Following conditions are necessary before a dust explosion can take place. (a) The dust must be combustible. (b) The dust cloud must be of explosive concentration, i.e. between the lower and upper explosion limits for the dusts. Sulphur is a flammable substance in both the solid and liquid states.The dust is characterized by a very low ignition point of 190°C compared to other combustible dusts, and dust clouds are readily ignited by weak frictional sparks. Dusts containing 25% or more elemental Sulphur may be almost as explosive as pure sulphur. (c) There must be sufficient oxygen in the atmosphere to support and sustain combustion. (d) A source of ignition must be present. (e) The dust must be fine enough to support an explosion. 7.7.2.3 Mitigation Measures

Explosion Prevention: Dust explosions can be prevented by ensuring that the following conditions are met:

a. Formation and Suspensions of Sulphur dust in air are avoided. b. To prevent dust formation during the storage and handling of Sulphur, it is necessary

to take necessary precautions to avoid spillage and crushing of granular Sulphur during bulk loading and unloading in the storage area.

c. Storage shed should be constructed with a minimum number of horizontal surfaces to avoid dust must accumulation.

d. Bulk accumulations of fine Sulphur may also be removed using soft push brooms, having natural bristles and non-sparking scoops or shovels before vacuum cleaning equipment is used.

e. The use of compressed air to remove dust from any surface, vigorous sweeping or any other method of cleaning which may raise a dust cloud is prohibited.

f. All sources of ignition are excluded. g. Presence of moisture helps in preventing dust explosion.

178

7.7.2.4 Fire in Sulphur Storage

There is a risk of fire in Sulphur storage as ignition temperature is low 190 deg C. Solid and liquid Sulphur will burn to produce Sulphur dioxide gas, which is extremely irritating and toxic. The effects of the fire hazard itself are slight.


• Smoking and the use of matches shall be prohibited in all areas where Sulphur dust is likely to be present. Prominent NO SMOKING signs shall be placed around such areas.

• Naked flames or lights and the use of gas cutting or welding equipment is prohibited during the normal operation of the plant. Repairs involving the use of flames, heat, or hand or power tools in areas where sulphur may be present shall be made only after getting hot work permit from the authorities.

• Where this is not possible the sulphur shall be wetted down.

7.7.2.6 Safety and fire fighting tips

• Always use Self Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA). Sulphur fires produce hazardous sulphur dioxide gas. Sulphur dioxide gas is heavier than air and will accumulate in the vapour spaces of the rail car.

• Automatic sprinkler systems which comply with relevant Indian Standards and provide a fine spray or mist are recommended as the most satisfactory extinguishing system for bulk stores. Fire hoses and extinguishers must be fitted with fine spray nozzles to ensure that Sulphur dust clouds are not raised, as these can explode on contact with the fire.

• Small Sulphur fires are easily extinguished by adding more sulphur on top of the burning Sulphur. This depletes the oxygen and smothers the fire.

• For larger Sulphur fires use a light water fog or CO2 to extinguish. Do not use heavy water streams as this may create Sulphur dust which could potentially explode.

7.7.3 Hazard Identification : Molasses Storage

There are two areas of concern are Molasses storage- Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of life and pollution.

7.7.3.1 Present Scenario

Two numbers of molasses tanks having capacities of 6000 MT are installed for storage of molasses. Cooling system for tank is provided for safety purpose. There is gutter provision made around the tank for collection of molasses in accidental leakage. 7.7.3.2 Mitigation Measures

It is necessary to take following mitigation measures to prevent bursting of tanks, and heavy leakage and loss of life. 7.7.3.3 Storage of molasses

1. Molasses should be stored in good quality and leak proof mild steel tanks. 2. Adequate safety factor should be incorporated into the design of wall thickness

considering deterioration that will occur due to corrosion over a period of time. 3. Regular internal and external inspection should be scheduled for checking wall thickness

of the tanks. At present there is no dyke wall around Molasses storage tanks.

179

4. Dyke/ Bund walls should be constructed around the tank or tanks. 5. It must be ensured while finalizing the dyke dimensions and that thickness that clear

volume inside the dyke walls is equal or more than 1.2 x volume of tank storage capacity. 6. Continuous mixing of molasses through external pump circulation should be done. 7. If there is increase in temperature beyond 300C external cooling of tanks shall be

provided by heat exchanger in the circulation line. 8. Frequent Temperature monitoring, manually or by recorder is strongly advised.

If there is leakage – a. Leakage should be washed out and diluted and should be recycled as far as possible or

must be properly treated in Effluent treatment plant. b. Replacing of leaky gaskets, joints, should be done strictly by following work permit

system. c. Leakage of pipelines, welding repairs should be attended / carried out outside the

plant. The necessary hot work permit should be issued after taking necessary precautions and fire fighting measures for onsite hot work, by the concerned authority before any hot work in undertaken

d. Leakage through pump gland shall be reduced to the minimum by installing mechanical seals.

e. To attend all major leakage in tanks the following procedure should be followed (i) Transfer the material to other tank. (ii) Prepare the tank for welding repairs by making sure that it is positively isolated

with blinds from other vessels and ensuring that it is free of the chemicals and gases by purging air and carrying out air analysis before any hot work is undertaken and this should be done by skilled workers. For this purpose safety permit should be given.

7.7.4 Hazard Identification : Sulphur di oxide (SO2) production and handling The plant has standard Sulphur di oxide (SO2) production unit. It was confirmed that the existing production capacity is adequate to cater to the additional requirement of Sulphur di oxide (SO2) for increased production. However, if this is found not adequate, the capacity will have to be increased. The unit produces required amount of Sulphur dioxide (SO2) at the required rate by changing sulphur feed to the unit, it is melted at 150 deg C and charged to the burner chamber, where in the air at controlled rate is fed to burner to produce Sulphur di oxide (SO2). Gas at high temp of 400 to 600 deg C is cooled to first to 90 deg C and then 60 deg C and sent to the user unit through 100 mm piping at 1.5 to 1.7 atm pressure. This is unit designed for in situ production and use of Sulphur dioxide (SO2). There is practically no inventory of gas in the Sulphur burner unit and the inventory of the gas is in the pipeline from the unit to the sulphiter only. Major hazard is leakage; being toxic it can lead to serious injuries and health concerns. 7.7.4.1 Mitigation Measures suggested and measures which are in place

1) SOP for the unit operation should be provided. 2) Emergency Shutdown procedure should be provided. 3) Operators are trained. 4) Emergency Shutdown procedure, in local language will be displayed.

180

7.7.4.2 Hazard quantification

Following are the toxic properties of SO2 NFPA rating N(H)=3, N(F)=0 and N(R)=0, TLV= 2 ppm Toxicity Index Toxicity Number: The toxicity number (Th) is derived from the NFPA health factor Nh. Nh is an integer number ranging from 0 to 4.

Table 7.3 Toxicity Number

Nh 0 1 2 3 4 Th 0 50 125 250 350

PENALTY FACTOR: The Penalty Factor (Ts) is the second toxicity parameter used to determine the TI. The Ts value is derived from the ‘Threshold Limit Values (TLV)’. The TLV-values are drawn up by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists. TLV represents a time weighted average (TWA) air concentration to which workers can be exposed during a normal working week of 6 days at 8 hrs per day, without ill effects. The penalty factor is determined from the table below:

Table 7.4 TLV Level

TLV <5 5-50 >50Penalty factor Ts 125 75 5

Toxicity Index TI= Th+Ts/100 X (1+1.75+2.4) TI= 250+125/100 (5,15) = 3.75X 5.15, which is equal to 19.3 Resulting TI values are ranked into three categories: 1-5 Light 6-9 Moderate 10-up High Hence Toxicity index is in HIGH range. Sulphur di oxide is produced by oxidation of molten Sulphur in situ in a standard readymade unit as described above and is used in Sulphitation of Sugar cane juice. There is no storage of Sulphur di oxide, as it is produced at the consumption rate and when required. 7.8 CO-GENERATION PLANT Company has existing 15 MW Co-gen plant. The same will be expanded by 45 MW to have total 60 MW generation Capacity. The company’s present plant is standard DCS controlled and operated to take care of all safety related issues with all instrumentations, alarms and interlocks. Details of the same are provided in Appendix - H. Similar system will be in place for expansion plant as it is standard. In addition, all the employees working in this area on the shop floor are provided with ear plugs to prevent ill effects of high noise in this area.

181

7.9 DISTILLATION PLANT New Distillation Plant of 120 KLPD Alcohol production capacity shall be established in existing premises. 7.9.1 Choice of Technology

1. Though the initial investment is on higher side, as per Detailed Project Report of the

company, the company will adopt modern continuous fermentation technology over batch fermentation technology because of advantages of ease of operation, higher efficiency and consistent results.

2. The company will adopt multi-pressure distillation system for the production of rectified spirit and Molecular sieve technology for the production of Anhydrous Alcohol

Since the plant is in the basic stage and not all the details are available, the report will give the recommendations and suggest mitigation measures. As per DPR, there will following storages-

Table 7.5 Storage for Rectified Spirit

No. Particulars Working Capacity MOC Qty

1 Rectified spirit receivers 1000 Cu. M MS 2 2 Impure Spirit Receivers 100 Cu. M MS 2 3 Extra Neutral Alcohol receiver 750 Cu. M MS 1 4 Ethanol / Absolute alcohol receiver 1000 Cu. M MS 2

7.9.2 Hazard Identification: Molasses Storage

There are two areas of concern are: 1. Molasses storage: Heavy leakage of Molasses, total breakage of tank, leading to loss of

life and pollution. 2. Alcohol Storage: Leakage leading to fire. For Molasses storage hazard identification and mitigation measures are already given the earlier part of the report.

7.9.3 Hazard Identification: Production of Alcohol Major hazard identified in the production unit is release of alcohol vapours and fire. It is recommended to eliminate the risk and hazard at the design stage of the expansion itself by carrying out detailed systematic HAZOP study of the entire process and make the process and operation intrinsically safe. This tool is recommended for ensuring built in plant safety and understanding the plant operations in the best manner. Though the plant and distillery technology are established and well-known, it is suggested to include the clause of carrying out HAZOP study, with active participation of technical officials from the company for better understanding of the process and philosophy and basics behind design of equipments, instrumentation logic, safety systems and plant operation. This will prove vital in safe plant

182

7.9.3.1 Hazard Identification: Alcohol Storage

Following Alcohol storage is planned

It is confirmed that the following for the Alcohol storage, tank layout, tank-farm layout, pump locations etc will be as per the requirements of PESO latest rules and regulations. Statutory approvals for the storage of Alcohol will be obtained, before the pant start up.

Table 7.6 Alcohol Storage Details

No. Particulars Capacity No. MOC 1 Absolute Alcohol Receivers 60 Cu. M 3 MS 2 RS feed tank 150 Cu. M 1 MS 3 Absolute Alcohol Storage Tanks 600 Cu. M 2 MS

All tanks will be provided with flame arrestors, moisture traps, and over head condensers with chilled water for prevention of Alcohol loss and environment protection. NFPA rating for Alcohol is NH (Health Factor) NF (Fire Factor) NR (Reactivity) NF= 3, NH = 2 and NR=0, indicating fire as the major hazard in handling and storage of Alcohol Following storage has been for various grades of alcohol in the existing plant in the unit 1 and 2 7.9.3.2Qualitative Risk analysis

For the storage of alcohol Fire and Explosion index has been calculated to be 72 based on the Material Factor MF= 16 and storage conditions (Degree of Hazard is rated based on of Fire and explosion index as follows )

Table 7.7 Degree of Hazard

Degree of Hazard and F&Ei IndexF&Ei Index Range Degree of Hazard1-60 Light61-96 Moderate97-127 Intermedite128- 158 Heavy More Than 159 Severe

F&EI index is in the range of moderate QRA for Alcohol tanks is not done because basic information required is not available as the project is in early stage and basic engineering and design has not been done. 7.9.3.3 Mitigation Measures

1. Based on standard recommendations for moderate hazard is it is recommended to have Alcohol storage tanks should be in open in dyke walls and must have spill collection and control (recycle) arrangement to pump into another tank.

2. As indicated the storage should be in open with dyke walls.

183

3. If applicable and if storage of Alcohol equals or exceeds 5000 KL following must be done.

4. Clear distance between tanks will be provided as per the requirement of Petroleum Rules Table 1 SCHEDULE II.

5. Location of pumps, location of tank farm in the factory should be as per the requirements of Petroleum rules.

6. Necessary approval /LICENCE from Chief Controller of Explosives will be obtained for the alcohol storage and factory lay out AS PER THE CHAPTER V

7. Proper firefighting system, inside the plant and around the storage tanks will be designed as per IS or international code. And Fire NOC will be obtained.

8. Fire fighting around Alcohol storage will be as per OIS 117 standard with sprinkler system and foam based fire fighting arrangement shall be provided.

For worst case scenario mapping refer Appendix – I. 7.9.3.4 Quantitative Risk Analysis

F&EI index can also be used for estimating the damage that would probably result from the accident/fire. And it is converted to radius of exposure by multiplying it by 0.84 to feet. Thus radius of exposure in this case will be 0.84X72= 60 feet or 18 meters 7.10 ON-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN The company has an on-site emergency plan for the existing facilities. Copy of the same shall be presented as and when required by any authority. The same can be modified with inclusion of Mitigation measures and quantitative Risk analysis results given above for Sugar manufacturing section and other suggestions. This will have to be suitably modified to include distillery safety measures and results of QRA studies will be carried out later and modify the same. 7.10.1 Safety Measures during regular and shut-down It must be remembered that shutdown plant are also and sometimes more prone to accidents. Hence it is suggested that all workers, regular and contract workers should be issued proper PPE, like helmet, safety shoes etc. as necessary. All work, hot work, working at height etc. during working and shutdown period should be carried out with proper work permit and under proper supervision. 7.11 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ASPECTS AND MEDICAL PROVISION IN

THE FACTORY

7.11.1 Effects of Alcohol on HSealth

It reacts vigorously with oxidizing materials. TLV for 8 hr. is 1000 ppm (ACGIH). Minimum identifiable concentration has been reported as 350 ppm. Exposure to concentrations of 5000 - 10000 ppm results in irritation of eyes and mucous membranes of the upper respiratory tract. Effects of exposure to higher concentration of Alcohol in the atmosphere are given in the following table

184

Table 7.8 Effect of Ethyl Alcohol

mg/l Ppm Effects on human10-20 5300 – 10,640 Some transient coughing and smarting of eyes and

nose, not tolerable30 15,960 Continuous lacrimation and marked coughing;

could be tolerated with discomfort.40 21,280 Just tolerable for short period> 40 >21,280 Intolerable

To prevent injury to workers, standard PPEs will be provided. In addition, sufficient number of self-contained breathing apparatus will be provided to be used in case of major alcohol leakage to avoid exposure to higher levels of Alcohol. All precautionary methods will be adopted by the company to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards. 7.11.2 Medical Check-up

Pre & post medical check-ups will be done of all the employees. Employees will be regularly examined and the medical records will be maintained for each employee. Pulmonary function test and periodical medical checkup shall be done once in every year.

The following tests will be conducted for each worker: • Lung Function Test • Radiology – X-ray • Pulmonary Function Test • Audiometric Test • General clinical examination with emphasis on respiratory system • Pre employment examinations • Periodical medical examinations at the time of employment and after completion of

employment.

Refer Appendix – J for Health check up reports of workers.

7.11.3 Occupational Health Center (OHC)

The company has OHC center for the existing sugar plant. The facilities of the present OHC and the periodic tests will be carried out will be modified for distillery workers and officers in view of the above details and in consultation with the registered medical practitioner. The location of OHC with dimensions will be clearly shown in the factory layout drawing layout and note on facilities provided will be given. It will be ensured that the exiting OHC and other medical facilities at the site as per the factories act, and number of employees. The same will be augmented before the Distillery start up. The company will have OHC and other medical facilities at the site as per the factories act, and number of employees. Some guide lines are given below:

185

Under rule 73 W All factories carrying out hazardous processes must have OHC with services and facilities

A) For factories employing up to 50 workers: i) Medical officer on retainer ship basis, ii) minimum 5 workers trained in first aid, at least one shall be available during all working hours. iii) Fully equipped first aid box (What it should contain is also specified later)

B) For factories employee 51 to 200 workers i) OHC with min. floor space of 15 sq. meters ii) part time medical officer iii) one

qualified and trained dresser-cum- compounder throughout all working hours. iv) equipped first aid box

C) For factories employing more than 200 workers, i) Full time medical officer up to 500 workers, and one more full time medical officer

for every additional 1000 workers or part thereof ii) OHC with 2 rooms iii) One compounder and one ward boy 24 by 7 iv) OHC will be equipped all

emergencies

With what facilities OHC should be equipped with is given in details in schedule. Requirement of Ambulance van for any factory carrying on hazardous process shall be provided and maintained is defined under 73-X. For factories with less than 200 workers, management must have an arrangement for getting ambulance van at short notice it also details out what facilities ambulance Van should have. Other important requirements are: company must have, MSDS for all hazardous chemicals at site, Pre-employment medical checkup and six monthly medical check-up for all employees, including contract workers. And record must be available. Since the operation involve storage and handling of toxic chemicals, affecting liver, kidneys, lounges, medical test must include the specific teats to check functioning of these vital organs. The company carries out medical checkup for workers as per the requirement; the health check up parameters can be modified in consultation with the qualified medical doctor.

Standard Medical facilities as required by Factory rule are expected to have been provided in the OHC for the existing plant, some important are illustrated below:

1. Well equipped First Aid Boxes will be provided in each Section of the factory. 2. Snake bite Lancet 3. In case of need, factory will be having dispensary to give effective medical facility to

workers. In dispensary, sufficient stock of medicines will be available to provide to workers in case of any major emergent situation.

4. A vehicle will be always available to shift the sick/injured person to District Hospital. 5. Ambulance will be made available 24X7 in the factory to deal and take the injured

workers to the district hospital.

7.12 EHS POLICY

The Company has well defined EHS policy and is displayed as per the norms.

186

Chapter 8 Project Benefits

8.1 INTRODUCTION Any industrial activity helps in improving the social status of the locality. The existing project by SSWL has held in improvement of infrastructure and social structure in the command area and has lead to sustainable development. Also, after expansion the community that inhabit in the nearby areas will benefit directly or indirectly by the project. Following benefits due to the proposed & expansion project are expected. 8.1.1 Improvement in the Physical Infrastructure • The industry has constructed well paved roads for easy access to the workers that has

helped in easy transportation of raw materials and finished products from industry. Further under expansion project as per the Socio Economic survey it is suggested to improve and construct a well paved roads in surrounding area of the industry as well.

• Industry shall adopt the rain water harvesting systems that will improve the ground water table in surrounding area.

• As no groundwater is utilized for existing as well as proposed expansion project, this will have a positive impact on ground water quantity in the study region.

• Augmentation of existing green belt and plantation of additional trees in the industrial area and its surrounding shall help in improving the aesthetic beauty of the surrounding environment giving a pleasant look and improvising the air quality. Also green belt will help in arresting dust emissions as well as noise.

• Villages in study area are benefited from CER activities undertaken by industry especially in respect of sanitation through provision of toilets.

8.1.2 Improvement in the Social Infrastructure • The people residing in the nearby areas are benefited by the educational facilities that

help in enhancing the literacy rate and safety in the area. • Organization of Medical check-up camps as well as Funds for Science Exhibition is allotted

by industry. • Activities like supply of drinking water and agricultural training done by industry

regularly. • Due to expansion, the frequency of the local transportation will increase in this area. This

will help shorten the time reaching destination and utilize it for some fruitful productive work.

8.2 ACTIVITIES DONE BY SSWL UNDER CER Industry has already allocated funds towards CER activities. Amount incurred on CER activities in the year 2015-16, 2016-17 and 2017-18 is Rs. 30.0 Lakhs, Rs. 55.0 Lakhs and Rs. 79.0 Lakhs resp. CER activities implemented through HR, Agriculture and separate CER department. The details are as under-

187

Table 8.1 CER activities done by SSWL

Sr. No. Description Amount Incurred on CER (Rs.) for the Year

2015-16 2016-17 2017-18 1. Agricultural Training &

Krishi Mela Rs. 4.0 Lakhs Rs. 3.0 Lakhs Rs. 5.0 Lakhs

2. Supply of Educational Material & Education Infrastructure

Rs. 10.0 Lakhs Rs. 30.0 Lakhs Rs. 50.0 Lakhs

3. Funds for Provision of School Van

-- Rs. 4.0 Lakhs --

4. Supply of Drinking Water to Villages


5. For Social Welfare & Medical Check - Up


6. Tree Plantation Programme


Total Rs. 30.0 Lakhs Rs. 55.0 Lakhs Rs. 79.0 Lakhs

Proposed CER activities are listed under Chapter 6, Section 6.4.1.4, Table 6.3. 8.3 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL In order to run the existing and expansion projects, all about 490 nos. of skilled and unskilled workers would be employed. Out of these total workers, about 250 workers have already been hired from local areas. Local persons shall be given preference while appointing for expansion project. 8.4 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS After execution of the project the above mentioned benefits shall accrue. Apart from this other tangible benefits are mentioned below. • After expansion of the industry, the industry will meet the national interest of economical

growth through sustainable development, as alcohol has been a great source of revenue through excise duty levied by the Government.

• First Aid Training and fire safety training will be given to all the workers. • Insurance Policies for the workers will be made available. • The ground water recharging shall be done by arresting rainwater.

188

Chapter 9 Environmental Management Plan

9.1 INTRODUCTION Environment Management Plan (EMP) is required for ensuring sustainable development. It should not affect the surrounding environment adversely. The management plan presented in this chapter needs to be implemented under proposed expansion unit. The EMP aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Waste minimization and waste recycling measures are emphasized. In addition to the industry specific control measures, the proposed expansion activities should adopt following guidelines- • Application of Low and Non Waste Technology in the production process. • Adoption of reuse and recycling technologies to reduce generation of wastes and to

optimize the production cost of the industry. Recycling and reuse of industrial waste not only reduces the waste generation but also can be an economic gain to the industry. For proposed & expansion activity the management of the SSWL will take all the necessary steps to control and mitigate the environmental pollution in the designing stage itself. Moreover, while implementing the project the management will follow guidelines issued by CPCB. EMP is prepared based on the existing environmental status of the project location and the anticipated impacts of the project activities on environment. 9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an EMC. The SSWL is already having a cell functioning under its existing sugar factory and co-gen plant. The cell works under Managing Director (MD) of the industry and is responsible persons from certain departments have been taken as members. The EMC is responsible for all the activities, actions, outputs and management of entire infrastructure provided for control and abatement of pollution in the SSWL project complex. Further, the cell is also active in protecting state of environment in the study area around existing campus of SSWL. Various programs and tasks towards conservation, awareness, promotion, review etc. are undertaken and implemented through the existing environmental management cell of SSWL. This cell will also be responsible for taking care of actions and implementations subsequent to the expansion activities of the sugar & cogen. Further, the EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new members since the work load on existing ones is going to be increased substantially subsequent to commissioning of proposed & expansion project. Following table gives details about EMC in the industry. Members of the Environmental cell are well qualified and experienced in the concerned fields. Some of the routine tests of wastewater such as pH, solids, temperature etc. will be carried out in the laboratory that would be established at the site. However, for additional tests of water, wastewater, soil, air etc., services of accredited laboratories as well as that of a consultant would be hired.

189

Table 9.1 Environmental Management Cell

No. Name of Member Designation Number of Person(s) 1 Mr. Kallapa P. Magennavar Chairman 12 Representative of Consultant Environment Consultant 13 M. Ramamohana Rao Sugar Production Manager 14 Nagegowda Production Manager 15 Satish Kulkarni Environmental Officer 16 J. R. Patil Safety Officer 17 H. N. Jagadish Co-gen Manager 18 • N.Durgarao

• Satish Artal • Gambhir Gouraj • Bharatesh Kavatekoppa

Lab Chemist 4

9 • Subhas Kurubar • Bhopal Poojari • Shankar K • Azim

ETP Operators & Supporting Staff

4

Figure 9.1 Environmental Management Cell and Responsibilities

Health and Safety Manager Reporting the Vice President, Operational Risk

Committee and the Board on matters regarding SHE performance, SHE Management System performance

and the SHE risk position in the Industry

Environmental Engineer Providing technical advice on implementation of SHE management plan

Environmental Chemist Collecting and analyzing the samples and developing remediation programs.

Safety Officer Developing & implementing occupational health & safety policy, program and procedure, increasing health and safety awareness at all levels within the organizations.

Managing Director Effective implementation of EMP

Sugar Factory Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)

Distillery Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)

Co-gen Team Responsible for all activities in this unit related to Safety, Health and Environment (SHE)

190

9.3 WORKING OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Figure 9.2 Environmental Management Plan

9.4 RECOMMENDATION AND IMPLMENTATION SCHEDULE

Mitigation measures suggested in Chapter 4 would be implemented. This will reduce the impact on environment due to the expansion as well as establishment of project. To facilitate easy implementation, recommendations suggested are grouped in different phases. Most important measures are accommodated in earlier phase whereas the lesser important ones are grouped in later phase.

Table 9.2 Summary of Recommendations

No. Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Action 1 Water

Consumption a) Total water requirement for SSWL

integrated project complex (after expansion of Sugar factory & Co-gen & establishment of distillery) shall be 6919 M3/D.

a) It is seen that total fresh water requirement in SSWL campus is 330 M3/D. The permission granted to SSWL by Krishna River Water Lifting Scheme is 25.78 Mcft/Season i.e. 4052 M3/D, which is much more than the actual water utilization after expansion activities in the complex

b) In sugar & cogen, 98% would be utilized from sugar cane condensate and in distillery, 84% would be the recycled water from CPU and remaining would be fresh water taken from Krishna river.

c) Fresh water consumption for industrial purpose in sugar factory would be 10 Lit/MT of sugarcane crushed against the CPCB norm of 100 Lit/MT of cane crushed.

d) As far as distillery is concerned, 1.8 KL/KL of fresh water would be required for industrial purpose against 10KL/KL of alcohol produced.

Environmental Policy

Planning • Environmental Aspects • Objectives & Targets • Environmental Management Plan

Implementation • Implementation of EMP in all the three

plants i.e. Sugar factory, Co - gen & Distillery

• Document Control • Operational Control • Emergency Preparedness /Response

Checking / Corrective Action • Monitoring & Measurement • Non-conformance & Corrective &

Preventive Action • Records • EMS Audits

Management Review Preparing Environmental

Plan and Policy

191

No. Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Action 2 Effluent

Treatment a) Sugar Factory & Co-gen plant:

Total trade effluent generated after expansion of sugar and co-generation activities would be 751M3/D.

b) Distillery Unit: Raw Spentwash to the tune of 895M3/D shall be generated from distillery. Other industrial effluent generated would be 991M3/D.

c) After implementation of sugar & cogen expansion project & distillery establishment, total domestic effluent from SSWL campus shall be 21 M3/D.

a) Total trade effluent generated from existing & expansion of sugar and co-generation activities would be treated in existing ETP, comprising of primary, secondary & tertiary unit operations. Effluent generated from sugar factory and co-gen plant @75 Lit/MT of cane crushed against CPCB norm of 200 Lit/MT of cane crushed.

b) Raw Spentwash shall be forwarded to evaporation and concentration in Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE). Further, concentrated spentwash of 180 M3/D shall be incinerated in proposed 40 TPH boiler. Spentwash generation in distillery will be 1.5 KL/KL of alcohol.

c) Other effluent from distillery would be treated in proposed CPU & recycled in to process for dilution of molasses and cooling tower make-up; thereby achieving ‘Zero Liquid Discharge’ (ZLD) for Process Effluent.

d) Domestic effluent shall be treated in proposed Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and treated effluent shall be reused for flushing.

e) Storm water drains would be kept separate from other drains. Natural drains if found, would not be altered under any circumstances. No drains will be kept open in the plant.

f) The treated water from sugar factory ETP will be given to nearby farmers for irrigation purpose.

3 Air Pollution Control

a) After expansion, steam required for sugar & cogen activities would be taken from existing 100 TPH as well as proposed 100 TPH boiler. Bagasse to the tune of 2016 MT/D would be used as fuel. Boilers would be provided with ESP as APC with common stack of 90M height.

b) Under proposed distillery unit 40 TPH boiler would be installed. Coal 75 MT/D alongwith spentwash about 243 MT/D would be used as fuel. ESP as APC with stack of 70M height would be provided.

c) 2 No. of D.G. Sets with 1010 KVA (2 nos.) capacity are provided. Diesel about 300 Lit./Hr. is used as fuel. D.G sets would be operated only during power failure.

a) Regular self-monitoring of the AAQ and work zone air quality is being done by the industry through approved lab.

b) Online stack monitoring system is provided on site.

c) Further, efficiencies of dust control equipments in the industry shall be monitored regularly (at least once a month) under performance evaluation.

d) Inlet and outlet of pollution control equipment shall be provided with all necessary sampling arrangements as per guidelines of CPCB.

192

No. Aspect Description Recommendations & Proposed Action 4 Solid &

Hazardous Waste Management

a) Sugar Factory & Co-gen Plant: The solid waste generated under existing as well expansion activities would be in the form of boiler ash and ETP sludge. Boiler ash & ETP sludge is used as manure.

b) Distillery Unit: Solid waste that would be generated under distillery unit is boiler ash which will be sold to brick/ cement industry, CPU sludge and yeast sludge & same incinerated in incineration boiler.

a) Recommendations have been made toward storage of ash in silo of and transportation of same disposal site through covered vehicles.

b) Adequate storage, disposal shall be done.

5 Noise Control Measures

a) Probable sources of noise are boiler house, turbine rooms, cane crushing section and mill house, distillation assembly, D.G. Sets etc. D. G. Set would be operated only in the case of power failure. Expected noise levels in the section would be about 70 dB(A).

b) Pumps, compressors, movement of trucks for material transportation etc. may cause noise.

a) Control through isolation, separation and insulation techniques. PPEs like earmuffs, earplugs etc. shall be provided to workers. D.G. Set is enclosed in a separate canopy to reduce the noise levels.

6 Ecological & Socio-economic Aspects & CER

Proposed expansion of sugar factory and c-gen as well as establishment of distillery will not have negative impact on ecology and socio-economic status. Details of ecology and biodiversity (flora, fauna, fishes, etc.) observed in study area are described in Chapter 3.

a) Industry has been advised to undertake implementation of green belt plan. Thereunder, a time bound program shall be prepared for plantation of trees along the periphery and along the roads of proposed unit.

b) Awareness camps in study area. c) Industry would always take lead in

contributing towards social development. 9.5 ENVIRONMENTAL POST MONITORING PROGRAMMES

After commissioning of the project, monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as AAQM, Stack Emissions, Noise and Effluent would be done on regular basis.

Table 9.3 Implementation Schedule

No. Aspect Time period Implementation Schedule

Immediate Progressive As per Time Schedule of Unit

1 Air Pollution Control (Stack of Proposed Incineration Boiler)

Before commissioning of the

Project

* - -

2 Water Pollution Control (CPU)


Project

* - -

3 Noise Control (Green belt development as well as isolation and Insulation)


Project

* - -

4 Ecological aspects (Green belt

Stage wise - * *

193

No. Aspect Time period Implementation Schedule

Immediate Progressive As per Time Schedule of Unit

development) 5 Solid & Hazardous

waste Management (ETP Sludge/boiler ash)

Stage Wise - * -

6 Socio-economic aspects (CSR)

Stage wise - - *

Note :-‘ * ’ indicates implementation of recommendations

9.6 POST ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE COMPLIANCE

After commissioning of the project, regular monitoring of Environmental Attributes such as Ambient Air Quality, Stack Emissions, Noise, and Effluent would be done on regular basis. Refer Chapter 6 for details w.r.t. Post Monitoring Program to be conducted. Following compliance against the consent conditions after commissioning of project would be observed under the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981, Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling & Transboundary Movement) Rules 2010

Table 9.4 Compliance against the Consent Condition

No. Description Frequency Remark 1 Renewal of Consent Once in a year Application for renewal shall be done 60

days before the expiry date. 2 Environmental Statement Once in a year Would be submitted for every financial

year before 30th September of next year.3 Hazardous Waste Returns Once in a year Would be submitted for every financial

year before 30th June of next year.

9.6.1 Monitoring Equipment A. Air Quality and Meteorological Instruments

1. Fine Dust Sampler 2. Weather station with Wind Vane, Anemometer, Thermometer, Dry/Wet Bulb

Thermometer, Rain-gauge 3. Spectrophotometer 4. Single pan balance up to 0.0001gms detection levels. 5. Relevant chemicals as required 6. Oven

B. Water and Waste Water Quality

1. BOD Incubator 2. COD reflux assembly 3. Refrigerator 4. Thermometer 5. pH meter 6. Stop watch

194

7. Distilled water plant 8. Pipette box 9. Titration set 10. Relevant chemicals and glass wares C. Noise Levels

Sound level meter in different scales like A, B and C with slow and fast response options D. Soil Characteristics

Soil sampler (auger) to collect soil samples.

195

Chapter 10 Summary and Conclusion

10.1 INTRODUCTION This EIA report has been prepared for expansion of sugar factory, Co-gen plant and establishment of distillery project – Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. (SSWL), located at Kagwad, Tal: Athani, Dist: Belgaum, Karnataka.

Above mentioned project attracts the condition of prior Environmental Clearance as per the EIA Notification No. S. O. 1533 (E) dated 14.09.2006 and amendments thereto. Accordingly, it has been listed under Category – A; Item No.: 5(j), 5(g) and 1(d) for sugar, distillery & cogeneration resp. Project granted Standard ToRs vide letter no. IA-J-11011-/299/2018-IA-II(I) dated 09.11.2018. Total capital Investment of existing Sugar and Co-generation project is Rs. 337.65 Crores. Total capital Investment of Sugar and Co-generation expansion project is Rs. 180 Crores and that for establishment of distillery project is Rs. 120 Crores. 10.2 PROJECT AT A GLANCE

Table 10.1 Salient Features of SSWL Project Site

No. Particulars Details 1 Name and Address of the Industry

Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd. (SSWL) S. No. 23/A, 36/1A,4A, 40/1, 40/2B, 48/2A+B, 48/1E+P+G+2A+2B, 49/1+2A/3, 49/2B+3A, 49/3B, 49/4, 50/1,2,3,4,5, 52/1+2A/1, 53/1+2+3, 54/1A, 54/2B & 54/1B+2A, Kagwad, Tal.: Athani, Dist.: Belgaum, Karnataka.

2 Total Land Acquired 4,97,455.18 Sq.M. (49.74 Ha) 3 Elevation 560 M above MSL4 Nearest Habitation Kagwad at 1.8 Km & Mhaisal at 4.3 Km 5 Nearest City Kagwad (1.8Km)6 Nearest Highway NH- 4 is about 48 Km & SH-12 is about 0.9 Km 7 Nearest Railway Track Shedbal Railway Station (3.5Km)8 Nearest airport Kolhapur Airport (47Km) & Belgaum Airport (94Km)9 Nearest tourist places Shree Datt Temple, Narsobawadi at 13 Km

10 Defense installations Nil within 10 Km radius11 Archaeological important Nil within 10 Km radius12 Ecological sensitive zones Nil within 10 Km radius13 Reserved /Protected forest / National Parks/

Wildlife Sanctuary (from Project Site)Nil within 10 Km radius

14 Nearest streams / Rivers / water bodies Krishna River (3.1 Km)15 Nearest Industrial Area --16 Interstate Boundary Maharashtra–Karnataka interstate boundary at 0.5Km17 Site Co-ordinates (all corners) Latitude: 16°42'40.21"N , Longitude: 74°43'24.74"E

Latitude: 16°42'51.99"N, Longitude: 74°43'11.83"E Latitude:16°42'45.78"N, Longitude: 74°42'55.80"E Latitude:16°42'32.01"N, Longitude:74°42'56.81"E

196

10.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 10.3.1 Product and Raw Material The details of raw materials and products that are being manufactured under existing as well as those to be manufactured under expansion are presented in following table-

Table 10.2 List of Products for Integrated complex

Industrial unit Product& By-product Quantity Existing Expansion Total

$ Sugar Factory Capacity (4000 TCD) (6000TCD) (10,000 TCD) Sugar (11-12%)* (MT/M) 12,000 20,700 32,700 By-Product Bagasse (30%)* (MT/M) 36,000 54,000 90,000 Press Mud (4%)* (MT/M) 4800 7200 12,000 Molasses (4%)* (MT/M) 4800 7200 12,000

$ Co-Gen Electricity (MW/M) 450 1350 1800 Distillery Product& By-product Proposed Quantity

Ethanol/ Rectified Spirit (RS)/ Extra Neutral Alcohol (ENA) (KL/M)

-- 3600 3600

By-Product Fusel Oil (KL/M) - 7.5 7.5 CO2 (MT/M) - 2850 2850

Note: $ - Values as per valid CFO, * - Percent of Cane Crushed.

Table 10.3 List of Raw Materials for integrated complex

Industrial unit Name of Raw Material

Quantity (MT/M) Existing Expansion Total

Sugar Factory Sugarcane 1,20,000 1,80,000 3,00,000 Sulphur 80.0 120.0 200 Lime 240.0 360 600

Co-gen Bagasse 30,240 30,240 60,480 Distillery (Proposed)

Molasses - 13,350 13,350 Yeast - 8 8 Urea - 4 4 De-foaming Oil - 12 12

10.4 SOURCES OF POLLUTION AND MITIGATION MEASURES 10.4.1 Water Pollution • Total water requirement for SSWL integrated complex (Sugar factory, Co-gen Expansion

and proposed distillery) shall be 6919 CMD. • About 5615 CMD will be the cane condensate water i.e. 98% recycle for sugar & co-gen

expansion unit. • About 954 CMD will be the recycled water from distillery CPU i.e. 81% recycle for

proposed distillery unit.

197

• Total water required for domestic purpose under sugar, cogen & distillery unit would be 27 CMD. From this, 7 CMD would be fresh water for drinking purpose & 20 CMD would be treated water from STP.

• Fresh water consumption for industrial purpose in sugar factory would be 10 Lit/MT of sugarcane crushed against the CPCB norm of 100 Lit/MT of cane crushed & that for distillery would be 1.8 KL/KL of alcohol.

• Total trade effluent generated from existing & expansion of sugar and co-generation activities would be 751 CMD, would be treated in existing ETP.

• Raw Spentwash to the tune of 895M3/D shall be generated from distillery, forwarded to evaporation and concentration in Multiple (Five) Effect Evaporator (MEE). Further, concentrated spentwash of 180 M3/D shall be incinerated in proposed 40 TPH boiler

• Industrial effluent generated from proposed distillery activities would be 991 CMD, shall be treated in proposed CPU & recycled in to process for dilution of molasses and cooling tower make-up.

• After implementation of sugar & cogen expansion project & distillery establishment, total domestic effluent from SSWL campus shall be 21 CMD, shall be treated in proposed STP and treated effluent shall be reused for flushing.

10.4.2 Air Pollution

After expansion, steam required for sugar & cogen activities would be taken from existing 100 TPH & proposed 100 TPH boiler. Bagasse to the tune of 2016 MT/D would be used as fuel. Boiler would be provided with ESP as APC with common stack of 90M height. Under proposed distillery unit 40 TPH boiler would be installed. Coal 75 MT/D alongwith spentwash about 243 MT/D would be used as fuel. ESP as APC with stack of 70M height would be provided. 2 No. of D.G. Sets with 1010 KVA (2 nos.) capacity are provided. Diesel about 300 Lit./Hr. is used as fuel. D.G sets are operated only during power failure. 10.4.3 Noise Pollution • In the Sugar factory, co-gen and distillery, very high noise generating sources do not

exist. Boiler house, distillation & fermentation section would be the minor sources of noise.

• The noise levels, as measured at various points in the boiler house, are not more than 85 dB (A). Adequate care shall be taken under expansion process also so that the noise from all the concerned sections shall be properly attenuated and controlled through insulation, isolation, separation techniques.

• Green belt to be developed further shall play an important role to attenuate the noise levels from industry to surroundings.

10.4.4 Solid Waste After expansion of sugar & cogeneration unit, boiler ash 1512 MT/M & ETP sludge 21 MT/M would be generated, shall be forwarded to farmers for use as manure/ sold to brick manufacturers.

198

Solid waste generated from proposed distillery operations would be in the form of yeast sludge -810 MT/M, CPU sludge – 20 MT/M & boiler ash (coal+spentwash) 1560 MT/M, shall be forwarded to farmers for use as manure/ sold to brick manufacturers. 10.4.5 Hazardous Waste

HW generated after expansion of Sugar and Co-generation activities would be in the form of Used Oil/ Spent Oil (Cat. No. 5.1 & 5.2) - 6 MT/ Yr., forwarded to authorized re-processor. Contaminated Cotton Waste (Cat. No. 33.3)-1 MT/Yr, forwarded to authorized dealer for burning in boiler & Empty Containers (Cat. No. 33.1)- 96 Nos./Yr, forwarded to authorized re-seller. 10.4.6 Odour Pollution In the integrated complex of SSWL sources of odour generation is from ETP, molasses tanks, stale cane, bad mill sanitation, bacterial growth in interconnecting pipes & unattended drains. The mitigation measures for controlling the same are proper House Keeping, Sludge management in biological ETP units, Steaming of major pipe lines, Regular use of Bleaching powder in the drains, Efficient handling, prompt & proper disposal of Pressmud. 10.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT Total plot area of SSWL (including existing sugar factory, co-gen plant & proposed distillery) is 4,97,455.18 Sq. M. As per MoEFCC norms, green belt should be developed on 33% of the total plot area of industry. Under existing set up of SSWL an area of 1,66,947 Sq. M. is under green belt i.e. 33.5% of total plot area. There under, about 6050 no. of different small & big plant species of ecologically as well as economically important have already been planted. Further, an area of 3021 Sq. M. shall be developed under proposed unit. 10.6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM Monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain the following:

• State of pollution within the plant and in its vicinity; • Examine the efficiency of pollution control systems installed in the plant; • Generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution; • To assess environmental impacts

The project management will carry out the monitoring regularly and record shall be maintained of the same. For details w.r.t. post monitoring program to be conducted; refer Chapter – 9. 10.7 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

The Environment Management Plan aims at controlling pollution at source with available and affordable technology followed by treatment measures. Under the existing sugar factory and co-generation plant, SSWL has effectively implemented the EMP. As a part of the EMP, it is essential to formulate an Environmental Management Cell (EMC). The SSWL is already having a well functioning EMC under its existing sugar and co-gen unit comprising of about well qualified 15 persons. EMC will be adequately expanded by incorporation of certain new

199

members subsequent to commissioning of expansion project. For more details, the separate chapter on EMP may be referred. 10.8 CONCLUSION

The proposed expansion of sugar factory, co-gen plant as well as establishment of distillery by SSWL will help to elevate the economic growth at the local level as well as national level. It will also generate the employment in the study region, thereby improving the standard of living of people in the area. The expansion activity shall not disturb the land use pattern in the study area of 10 Km. No Rehabilitation is involved under this project since expansion is to be done in the existing unit. While undertaking this expansion activity the farmers shall also be partially benefitted as their farm lands will be irrigated by the treated water from sugar ETP. Thus, the SSWL expansion project is beneficial for society without hampering the environment and thereby accomplishing the aim of sustainable development.

200

Chapter 11 Disclosure of Consultants

11.1 THE ORGANIZATION

Equinox Environments (India) Pvt. Ltd. (EEIPL) is a major organization under the 'Equinox Group (EG)’ companies. EEIPL (Registration No. U90000PN2009PTC134168) has been registered under the Companies Act 1956 and is one of the leading environmental consultants in the country. It renders number of environmental services, under one roof, needed by various industries, institutions, government and semi-govt. bodies. ‘Equinox’ offers services related to Environmental; Civil & Chemical Engineering, Pollution Control & its abatement, Industrial Safety, Health & Hygiene. ‘EG’ is in the environmental business since 1994 and operates through its offices located in Kolhapur (Corporate), Pune, New Mumbai, Hyderabad and New Delhi in India as well as at Baltimore in Maryland; USA. ‘Equinox’ set up comprises of engineers, technocrats, eminent scientists & professors, chemists, technicians and business associates.

Quality, consistency and committed service are the "3 Pillars" of Equinox. The ‘EG’ is working in close association with some reputed institutions and organizations in India that are leading in R&D, consultation, education and infrastructure development in environmental engineering & management areas. A few to mention are – (1) Institute of Chemical Technology (formerly UDCT); Mumbai, (2) KIT's College of Engineering; Kolhapur, (3) Shivaji University; Kolhapur, (4) D.Y. Patil College of Engg.; Kolhapur, and (5) GPKP; Kolhapur. ‘Equinox’ has also been awarded Memberships by Prestigious Global Institutions namely - IE (India), IWA (UK), ISWA (Austria), and ENACT (Alabama-USA).

Presently EEIPL has a strength of 78 highly qualified personnel out of which 9 are Ph.D. scholars and 25 hold post graduate qualifications namely M.Tech. (from IITs), M.S.E. (JHU-USA), M.E. and M.Sc. with an experience range of 10 to 50 years.

EEIPL is an ISO 9001:2015 certified organization (DNV-GL) that has been duly accredited through QCI–NABET for the MoEFCC; New Delhi as recognized and approved ‘Environmental Consultant’ of ‘Cat. A’ at the National Level for 15 different Sectors (1,2,4,8,12,17,18,20,21,22,25,32,32A.37 & 39).The EIA team comprises of 7EIA Coordinators and 23 Functional Area Experts actively engaged in the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies and related exercises under Environmental Clearance assignments. Moreover, EEIPL is having back up of 5 state-of-art Laboratories spread in 4 states of India (2 in Maharashtra and 1 each in Gujarat, Karnataka and West Bengal). All the Labs have received NABL accreditations (ISO/IEC 17025: 2005; 2017) as well as approvals by the Govt. of India through the MoEFCC; New Delhi. Also, they have certifications namely ISO 9001: 2015, ISO 18001: 2007 (OHSAS) and ISO 140001: 2015.

The 'Equinox Group' companies, over last 25 years, have rendered services as well as expert consultation to more than 300 Projects and Industries all over the country which included sugar factories, power plants, distilleries, foundries, sponge iron & steel plants, textile industries, bulk drug manufacturing units and chemical industries, food processing & beverage manufacturing units, asbestos products & roofing, timber and particle board Industries. So far, the ‘EG’ organizations have successfully procured ‘Environmental Clearance (EC)’for 138 Projects that required conducting EIA studies. Out of them, as many as 110 were ‘Category-A’ projects for which EC was awarded by MoEFCC. The engineering team of ‘Equinox’ has planned, designed, erected and commissioned more than

201

75 Plants that comprised of ETPs, STPs, WTPs, SW & HW Management Units, Rain Water Harvesting & GWR, Piezometer Network Stations and Resources Recovery Systems. Also, more than50 Projects have been rendered consultation on CER, Green Belt, Ground Water Abstraction Clearance(CGWA & MoWR; Govt of India), NBWL Clearance (SBWL & MoEFCC), OCMS, and Legal & Technical advice. Further, the EG companies have actively contributed their technical & scientific skills and knowledge in the Lakes & Rivers Revival and Conservation Program promoted by MoEFCC; Govt. of India through NRCD under NPCA scheme (formerly NLCP). There under, preparation and getting approvals was done for DPRs of 13 Lake Projects in Maharashtra & Uttar Pradesh while obtaining sanction of Rs. 320 Cr. as grant-in-aid (funds). Here, the second largest funding (next to ‘Dal Lake’ in Srinagar) was awarded by MoEFCC to ‘Ramgarh Lake’ at Gorakhpur in UP where under Revival & Conservation Project worth Rs. 197 Cr. was successfully executed and commissioned in the year 2018. Engineers & scientists of ‘Equinox’ made this mission possible in association with professors from KITs College of Engineering; Kolhapur. The EG website –www.equinoxenvi.com – may be visited for more details regarding activities, achievements and list of the esteemed clients of ‘Equinox’ as well as Key Personnel information.

744 GI/2017 (1)

jftLVªh laö Mhö ,yö&33004@99 REGD. NO. D. L.-33004/99

vlk/kj.kEXTRAORDINARY

Hkkx II—[k.M 3—mi&[k.M (ii) PART II—Section 3—Sub-section (ii)

izkf/dkj ls izdkf'kr PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY

la- 352] ubZ fnYyh] 'kqØokj] iQjojh 10] 2017@ek?k 21] 1938 No. 352] NEW DELHI, FRIDAY, FEBRUARY 10, 2017/MAGHA 21, 1938

05

2 THE GAZETTE OF INDIA : EXTRAORDINARY [PART II—SEC. 3(ii)]

06

¹Hkkx IIμ[k.M 3(ii)º Hkkjr dk jkti=k % vlk/kj.k 3

07


MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT, FOREST AND CLIMATE CHANGE

NOTIFICATION

New Delhi, the 10th February, 2017

S.O. 388(E).—In exercise of the powers conferred by clause (b) of sub-section (1) of section 12 and section 13 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986), read with rule 10 of the Environment (Protection) Rules, 1986, the Central Government hereby makes the following further amendments in the notification of the Government of India in the erstwhile Ministry of Environment and Forests, number S.O. 1174(E), dated the 18th July, 2007, namely :-

In the Table appended to the said notification,-

(i) for serial numbers 12,16,18,21,22,47,75,76,77,88,89,90,91 and 92 the entries relating thereto, the following serial numbers and entries shall be substituted, namely :-

(1) (2) (3) (4) “12 M/s Horizon Services

( Environmental and Safety) Shree K ¾, S.N 10, Erandawane Housing Society, Opposite Deenanath Mangeshkar Hospital, Pune-411004, Maharashtra.

(i) Ms. Seema Raghunath Jamdar (ii) Mrs. Sagar Dharamaraj Surwase (iii) Ms.Amruta Girish Joshi

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

16 M/s Mitcon Consultancy & Engineering Service Ltd. (Environment Management & Engineering Division),

(i) Dr. Sandeep Sukhdeo Jadhav (ii) Mr. Rahul Laxman Patil (iii)Mrs. Kadabari Dilip Katkar

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

08


92 M/s Environmental Health and Safety Research and Development Centre (EHSRDC) No. 13/2, 1st Main Road, Near Fire Station, Industrial Town, Rajajinagar, Bangalore-560010, Karnataka .

(i) Mr. Shivanand M. Dambal (ii) Ms. Sindhu Kumari (ii) Ms. Praveena Kumari H.N.

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

(ii) after serial number 143 and the entries relating thereto, the following serial numbers and entries shall be inserted, namely:-

144 M/s Green Envirosafe Engineers and Consultant Pvt. Ltd. Gat No. 1405/06, Mayuri Residency, Office No. 16, 2nd Floor, Sanswadi, Pune-Nagpur Highway, Tal-Shirur, Pune-412208, Maharashtra.

(i) Dr. Satish Damodar Kulkarni (ii) Dr. Ayodhya Kshirsagar (iii) Mr. Vinod Prataprao Hande

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

145 M/s Siddhi Green Excellence Private Limited Kamal Arcade, Shop No.3, Commercial Plot No.C-3/3, Near State Bank of India, G.I.D.C Ankleshwar-393002, Gujarat

(i) Dr. Vinod Kumar Brijmohan Gaur (ii) Mr. Purvesh Mahendra Bhai Shah (iii) Mrs. Twinkle Hiren Modi

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

146 M/s Omega Laboratories S.F. No. 55/6B, Plot No.10, Near Col/lector Office, Thiruchengodu, Main Road, Namakkal-637003, Tamil Nadu.

(i) Dr. S. Palaniappan (ii) Mr. N. Kandasamy (iii) Mr. U. Manimaran

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

147 Environmental Testing Laboratory M/s ENPRO Enviro Tech and Engineers Pvt. Ltd. D/29/16, Road No.17 Hojiwala Industrial State, Gate No.3, , Surat-394230, Gujarat.

(i) Mr. Paresh Mevawala (ii) Dr. Dhaval Naik (iii) Ms. Shahenaz Jadeja

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

148 M/s MATS India Private Limited ( Laboratory Service Division), 1A & 1B, Perumal Koil Street, Nerkundram, Chennai-600107.

(i) Ms. V. Sri Priya (ii) Shri P. Prabakaran (iii) Shri V. Rambabu

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

149 M/s J.P Test & Research Centre 4/54, Site IV Sahibabad Industrial area, Ghaziabad, U.P.-201010.

(i) Mr. Dushyant Tyagi (ii) Ms. Anju Jain (iii) Ms. Himani Shrotriya

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022 150 M/s TUV SUD South Asia Pvt. Ltd.

No.11 & 13, 1st & 4th Floor, Origin Tower, Type-2, Dr. VSI Estate , Thiruvanmiyur, Chennai-600041, Tamil Nadu.

(i) Mr. Mutthukumar V. (ii) Dr. S. Daniel Wesley (iii) Ms. Shilpi Kohli

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

151 M/s FICCI Research & Analysis Centre Plot No.2A, Sectro-8, Dwarka, New Delhi-110077.

(i) Mr. Jasjit Singh Sandhu (ii) Mr. Surender Kumar Manocha (iii) Ms. Anita Singh

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

152 M/s Excellent Enviro Laboratory & Research Centre Plot No. D-52/18, MIDC Area, Waluj, Aurangabad-431136, Maharashtra.

(i)Mr. Sakharam Tumadu Patil (ii) Mr. Shashank Trimbak Pedram (iii) Ms. Kavita Sadanand Premallu

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

153 M/s Enviro Lab S-2 & S-3, Phase-II, RIICO Industrial Area, Bhiwadi, Alwar-301019, Rajasthan.

(i) Mr. Afaq Ahmad (ii) Mr. Nitin Kumar (iii) Mr. Girdhari Lal Yadav

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

09

¹Hkkx IIμ[k.M 3(ii)º Hkkjr dk jkti=k % vlk/kj.k 7

154 M/s Hubert Enviro Care Systems Pvt. Ltd. Plot NO. C-45, Industrial Estate, Baikampady, Mangalore-575011, Karnataka.

(i) Mr. Abraham Abishek Moses (ii) Mr. K. Gopi (iii) Ms. Rakhee B.

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

155 M/s S A Encon Private Limited Gat No. 1373/1, Shirwal, Tal- Khandala,Dist.- Satara-412801, Maharashtra.

(i) Mr. Anant Sattupa Nandawadekar (ii) Mrs. Nalini Santosh Talekar (iii) Mr. M. Kashid Jalinder Pandurang

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022

156 M/s Shiva Analytical (India) Private Limited No.24-D(P) & 34D, KIADB Industrial Area, Hoskote, Bangalore-562114, Karmataka.

(i) Mr. Krishnamurthy (ii) Mr. Ravi M.B (iii) Mr. Prakash S.

09.02.2017 to

08.02.2022”

[F. No. Q. 15018/7/2003-CPW ]

Dr. MANORANJAN HOTA, Advisor

Note : The principal notification was published in the Gazette of India, Extraordinary vide number S.O. 1174 (E), dated the 18th July, 2007 and subsequently amended vide notification numbers S.O. 1539 (E), dated the 13th September, 2007, S.O.1811(E), dated the 24th October, 2007, S.O.55(E), dated 9th January, 2008, S.O.428(E), dated the 4 th March, 2008, S.O.No.865(E) dated the 11th April, 2008, S.O.No.1894(E) dated the 31st July, 2008, S.O.No.2728(E) dated the 25 th November, 2008, S.O.1356(E) dated the 27 th May, 2009, S.O.No.1802(E) dated the 22nd July, 2009 and S.O.No.2399(E), dated the 18th September, 2009 and S.O.No.3122(E), dated the 7th December, 2009 and S.O.No.3123(E), dated the 7th December, 2009, S.O.No.142(E), dated the 21st January, 2010, S.O.619(E), 19th March, 2010, S.O.No.1662(E) dated the 13rd July, 2010, S.O.No.2390(E), dated the 30th September, 2010 S.O.No.2904(E), dated the 8th December, 2010 and S.O.No.181(E), dated the 28th January, 2011, S.O.No.692(E) dated the 5th April, 2011, S.O No. 1754(E), dated the 28th July, 2011, S.O. No. 2609, dated 22th November, 2011, S.O No. 264(E), dated-13th February, 2012, S.O No. 1150(E) dated-22th May, 2012, S.O No.1295(E), dated-6th June, 2012, S.O. No. 2039 (E), dated-5th September, 2012, S.O No. 2850 (E), dated-7th December, 2012, S.O. No. 592 (E), dated- 8th March, 2013, S.O. No. 945(E), dated-8th April, 2013, S.O. No. 2287(E), dated-26th July, 2013, S.O No. 3489(E), dated-26th November, 2013, S.O No.21(E), dated-3rd January, 2014, S.O No. 561(E), dated-26th February, 2014, S.O. No. 1190(E), dated-1st June, 2014, S.O. No. 2003(E), dated-9th August, 2014, S.O. No. 137(E), dated-12th January, 2015, S.O. NO.1783(E), dated-30th June, 2015, S.O. No. 2453(E), dated-7th September, 2015 and S.O. No. 1953(E), dated-2nd June, 2016.

Uploaded by Dte. of Printing at Government of India Press, Ring Road, Mayapuri, New Delhi-110064 and Published by the Controller of Publications, Delhi-110054.

10

ENCLOSURE – I

No.IA-J-11011/299/2018-IA-II(I)Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate ChangeImpact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003 09 Nov 2018

To,

M/s M/S. SHIRAGUPPI SUGAR WORKS LIMITED M/s Shiraguppi Sugar works Ltd Doddannavar Trade links, Near Fort, Old Pune -BangaloreRoad,, Belgaum-590016 Karnataka

Tel.No.831-2461231; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forestand Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIAstudy for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions ofthe EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in theprescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal aregiven below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/KA/IND2/80417/2018

2. Name of the Proposal: Shirguppi Sugar Works Ltd.

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(g) Distilleries5(j) Sugar Industry

5. Date of submission for TOR: 05 Oct 2018

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TORfor the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environmentmanagement plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultationas follows:

213

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(g): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FORDISTILLERIES AND INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMPREPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

214

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

215


ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-Ifauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

216


7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

217


xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time

218


bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FORDISTILLERIES

1. List of existing distillery units in the study area along with their capacity and sourcing of rawmaterial.

2. Number of working days of the distillery unit.

3. Details of raw materials such as molasses/grains, their source with availability.

4. Details of the use of steam from the boiler.

5. Surface and Ground water quality around proposed spent wash storage lagoon, and compost yard.

6. Plan to reduce spent wash generation within 6-8 KL/KL of alcohol produced.

7. Proposed effluent treatment system for molasses/grain based distillery (spent wash, spent lees,condensate and utilities) as well as domestic sewage and scheme for achieving zero effluent discharge(ZLD).

8. Proposed action to restrict fresh water consumption within 10 KL/KL of alcohol production.

9. Details about capacity of spent wash holding tank, material used, design consideration. No. ofpeizometers to be proposed around spent wash holding tank.

10. Action plan to control ground water pollution.

11. Details of solid waste management including management of boiler ash, yeast, etc. Details ofincinerated spent wash ash generation and its disposal.

12. Details of bio-composting yard (if applicable).

13. Action plan to control odour pollution.

14. Arrangements for installation of continuous online monitoring system (24x7 monitoring device)

***

219


5(j): STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SUGARINDUSTRY INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA / EMPREPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided.

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. Inaddition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

220


2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

xiv. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

i. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitiveplaces)

ii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iii. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

iv. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

v. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area,plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex,layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vi. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

vii.Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.(not required for industrial area)

viii. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

ix. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

x. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega greenfield projects)

xi. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xii.R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

221


ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

222


7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmentshall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also touse for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

223


xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise

224


Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time boundaction plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR EIASTUDIES FOR SUGARINDUSTRY

1. Complete process flow diagram describing each unit, its processes and operation sinproduction ofsugar, along with material and energy inputs and outputs (material and energy balance).

2. Details on water balance including quantity of effluent generated, recycled & reused. Effortstominimize effluent is charge and to maintain quality of receiving water body.

3. Details of effluent treatment plant, inlet and treated water quality with specific efficiency of eachtreatment unit in reduction in respect to fall concerned / regulated environmental parameters.

4. Numberofworkingdaysof thesugar productionunit.

5. Detailsoftheuseofsteamfromtheboiler.

6. Detailsofproposedsource-specificpollutioncontrol schemes andequipments to meet the nationalstandards.

7. Collection, storage, handling and transportation of molasses,

8. Collection, storage and handling of bagasse and pressmud.

9. Flyash management plan for coal based and bagasse and action plan

10. Details on water quality parameter ssuchas Temperature, Colour, pH, BOD, COD, Total KjeldhalNitrogen, Phosphates, Oil & Grease, Total Suspended Solids, Total Coli form bacteria etc.

11. Details on existing ambient air quality and expected, stack and fugitive emissions for PM10, PM2.5,SO2*, NOx*, etc., and evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution control devices to meetstandards for point sources and to meet AAQ standards. (*-As applicable)

***

225